Bi 
 
A 
 
THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 PRESENTED BY 
 
 PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND 
 MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID 
 
TO ANGLERS. 
 
 AS a means of furthering the intention of this work, the author 
 undertakes to supply EVERY ARTICLE REQUIRED 
 BY THE FLY-FISHER, manufactured under his immediate 
 superintendence by experienced PRACTICAL ANG-LERS. 
 
 The author is naturally anxious for the extension of those 
 principles of the art which he advocates, because he believes 
 them to be true ; and, in justice to himself, he desires that they 
 may be fully and fairly tested by those who are inclined to 
 adopt them. This can be done only by following implicitly the 
 various instructions contained in the volume, including, of course, 
 those relating to the MANUFACTURE of the different implements 
 required. It is easy to believe that in this department the most 
 minute description must necessarily be inferior, as an exempli- 
 fication of principles, to the BONA FIDE articles themselves ; for 
 it will be admitted that the difference between articles which 
 are really good and useful and those which are worse than 
 useless, is very difficult to be discovered, on mere inspection, by 
 the most experienced angler, and is obviously quite impossible 
 to be discovered by the tyro. 
 
 The author has therefore come to the determination of devoting 
 his constant personal attention to the manufacture of the various 
 piscatorial implements, of which the prices will be found moderate 
 and the quality and adaptation unexceptionable. 
 
 From the list of articles may be enumerated Rods, Lines, 
 Reels, Collars, and Artificial Flies, to which the greatest care and 
 attention are bestowed. Also, G-ut, Hooks, Panniers, Landing 
 Nets, &c. Flies of other kinds than those recommended in 
 this work are also made by the author, on order, from written 
 directions or from patterns. 
 
 Orders to any amount sent, carefully packed, on receipt of 
 Post Office Orders, payable to Mr. PHILIP PULMAN, Axminster, 
 or to Mr. GEORGE P. R. PULMAN, Crewkerne, to either of 
 whom orders for goods may be addressed. 
 
THE 
 
 VADE-MECUM 
 
 OP 
 
 FLY-FISHING FOR TROUT: 
 
 BEING 
 
 A COMPLETE PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THAT BRANCH OF 
 THE ART Or ANGLING ; 
 
 WITH 
 
 PLAIN AND COPIOUS INSTRUCTIONS 
 
 FOR 
 
 THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FLIES. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 BY G. P. R. PULMAN, 
 
 AUTHOR OF 
 " RUSTIC SKETCHES," " THE BOOK OF THE AXE," ETC. 
 
 " The most important principle, perhaps, in life, is to have a pursuit, 
 
 a useful one if possible, and at all events an innocent one 
 
 Though I do not expect, like our arch-patriarch Walton, to number 
 ninety years and past, yet I hope, as long as I can enjoy, hi a vernal day, 
 the warmth and heat of the sunshine, still to haunt the streams." 
 
 SIR H. DAVY. 
 
 THIRD EDITION, RE-WRITTEN AND GREATLY ENLARGED. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS. 
 1851. 
 
LONDON : 
 
 SPOTTISWOODES and SHAW, 
 New-street-Square. 
 
DEDICATION. 
 
 To whom can I more appropriately dedicate this 
 little literary effort than to my parents ? 
 
 My mother's earliest lessons inculcated a love 
 of Nature along with a love of Virtue and of 
 my fellow-men. 
 
 My father first introduced me to the green 
 fields of my native valley, and on the lovely 
 banks of the stream which meanders there so 
 musically, initiated me into the mysteries of 
 " the gentle art ; " and thus, in actual contact 
 with Nature's beauties, assisted to develop the 
 germs of admiration of those beauties which my 
 mother's lessons had implanted. 
 
 A 2 
 
 f\7O60300 
 
IV DEDICATION. 
 
 Much of my subsequent happiness has been 
 derived from those early impressions and instruc- 
 tions. 
 
 To you, then, my dear father and mother, 
 I dedicate this little work ; and I hope that you 
 will not consider so insignificant an offering as 
 the literal index to the amount of gratitude 
 and respect which is, and always has been, 
 entertained for you by 
 
 YOUR TKULY AFFECTIONATE SON. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 THE present edition may be considered as an 
 entirely new work, so extensive are the additions 
 and so altered is its style of publication. This 
 will at once be evident to every one who com- 
 pares it with the previous editions. 
 
 A considerable sale for the work in its former 
 shape a mere outline of the present edition 
 encouraged the hope that a more extensive and 
 complete treatment of the subject, on the founda- 
 tion already laid, might more deserve the appro- 
 bation of the angling public. The writer there- 
 fore determined to make the attempt, by entirely 
 re-writing the original, and by supplying such 
 new matter as he thought likely to be interesting 
 and useful. In the following pages, therefore, 
 the instructions for making artificial flies, and the 
 illustrations by which they are accompanied, 
 will, perhaps, be recognised as the most promi- 
 
 A 3 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 nent, if not the most important, of these addi- 
 tions. 
 
 The subject of fly-making is hardly alluded to 
 in the former editions ; and as the writer was of 
 opinion that the instructions in many other works 
 are not so complete as to render such an addition 
 uncalled for, he was the more anxious to supply 
 the omission. The defect in other works, it was 
 imagined, might arise from the infrequent asso- 
 ciation, in sporting authors, of a practical know- 
 ledge of fishing with that of the manufacture of 
 those beautiful baits, and also with the ability to 
 furnish really efficient drawings in illustration of 
 their instructions. The writer of this work is not 
 only a practical fly-maker himself, but has been 
 so fortunate as to obtain the assistance of an 
 artist who is also a practical fly-maker and an 
 accomplished angler. It is hoped, therefore, that 
 whatever is found deficient in the letter-press 
 instructions will be counterbalanced by the excel- 
 lence of this gentleman's illustrations. 
 
 The work has received other very extensive 
 additions, which it is hoped will be considered as 
 improvements also. Among them is the Intro- 
 ductory Chapter, in which an idea of the pleasures 
 
PREFACE. Vll 
 
 of fly-fishing is attempted to be conveyed; and 
 they will be found also in the chapter which 
 treats of the history of the trout, particularly 
 with reference to the remarks on some disputed 
 points in the nature and habits of the migratory 
 SalmonidcB ; in the arrangement of the list of flies ; 
 in the enumeration of the materials required for 
 fly-making; and, in short, in the remaining 
 chapters, which treat of the practical depart- 
 ment of this delightful and thoroughly English 
 recreation. 
 
 The writer trusts that his little book, in its 
 present altered shape, will not be without interest 
 and use to his " brethren of the angle," and that 
 it will be received with an indulgence for which 
 an enthusiastic love of the art, and an earnest 
 desire for the diffusion of its precepts, that others 
 may enjoy its pleasures also, are claims that will 
 not be totally disregarded. 
 
 Axminster, Nov. 1850. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 A Tribute to Walton. Truthfulness of his Pictures of an 
 Angler's Pleasures. Characteristics of Angling. Sir 
 Henry Wotton quoted. Superiority of Fly-fishing to 
 all the other Branches of Angling. Sketch of a Spring 
 Day's Fly-fishing from the "Set-out" at "rosy Morn" 
 to the "Wind-up" at "dewy Eve;" interspersed with 
 sundry Reflections and Descriptions of Natural Scenery. 
 The Chapter ended pleasantly - - Page 1 to 12 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 History of the Trout. Value of an Acquaintance with its 
 Habits. Generic Character of the Trout. Its Varieties. 
 
 Comparative nutritious Qualities of these, and In- 
 fluence of Food upon the Form and Colours of the Fish. 
 
 Mr. Stoddart quoted in illustration. Size of Trout. 
 
 Caution against killing small Fish. A few Words 
 about the History of the Salmon. Mr. Shaw's Experi- 
 ments and their Results. Mr. Young's Correction of 
 an important Error of that Gentleman's. Is the Salmon- 
 peal identical with the Salmon, but in an imperfect State 
 
X CONTENTS. 
 
 of its Growth? What is the Parr? These Questions 
 considered. Seasons of Trout. The Process of Spawn- 
 ing described by Mr. Mudie. Mr. Stoddart's new 
 Theory of the Spawning of Fishes commented on. 
 Effects of Spawning on the Health of the Fish. The 
 Lernea trutta. Feeding Times and Haunts of Trout. 
 Senses of Fishes: Smelling, Seeing, and Hearing. 
 Foundation of Professor Rennie's Non-imitation Theory. 
 Our Remarks thereon. Mr. Erasmus Wilson's Opinion 
 on Vision in Fishes. An Experiment on the Hearing 
 of Fishes. Professor James Wilson's Opinion. Voracity 
 of Trout. Intellectuality of Fly-fishing Page 13 to 44 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 Entomology. The Flies eaten by Trout. The two princi- 
 pal Classes, Phryganidse and Ephemeridae. Peculiarities 
 of each and their Habits described. Times of the Ap- 
 pearance on the Water of the different Species. The 
 Perlida the Stone-fly - - - - 45 to 59 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 General Remarks on Tackle. Dame Juliana Berners 
 lauded. The Fly-rod. Copious Remarks thereon, with 
 Instructions for its Selection, and Information concerning 
 its Manufacture. Our Notions of a good Rod, and 
 Reasons for forming them. Rod-rings. Varnish. 
 Price of a good Rod 60 to 74 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Selection of the Tackle concluded. The Line. The 
 "Point." The Reel.- The Collar, and the proper 
 
CONTENTS. Xi 
 
 Method of fitting it up with Flies. The Angler's Knot 
 described. Silkworm Gut. Process of its Manufacture, 
 and Directions for choosing it. The different kinds of 
 Hooks. What constitutes a good Hook. The Kendal 
 Hook recommended. Different Parts of a Hook shown 
 by a Diagram. The Fly-book. Its Make and Cost. 
 The landing Net. When desirable and otherwise. 
 The Basket or Pannier. Caution against cheap Tackle 
 
 Page 75 to 94 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Fly -making. Introductory Remarks. Selection of the 
 requisite Materials. Silk. Fur or Dubbing. Herls. 
 Twist. Hackles. Materials for Wings. Wax. 
 Scissors. Principal Characteristics of Artificial Flies. 
 Different Methods of making them, and a Word about 
 our own. Instructions for making a Red Palmer, with 
 Illustrations of all the principal Operations. Instruc- 
 tions for making Buzz and Wing-flies, also illustrated. 
 A Word to our Pupils - - - - 95 to 123 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Remarks on Imitation. Our own Opinion. Size, Colour, 
 and Form the " main Points " of Imitation. Occasional 
 Necessity for Imitation of Natural Flies. Caution against 
 over-fastidiousness. Imitation of Action highly im- 
 portant. The " Sporting Review" quoted. The Duns 
 recommended, and why. Correction of an erroneous 
 Idea. List and Tables of Flies - - 124 to 149 
 
Xll CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 Theory and Practice. A Word about " Book-learning." 
 Throwing the Line and Flies. Striking its Necessity 
 and Object. Quotations from Mr. Ronalds, Mr. 
 Younger, and " Ephemera." Friendly Hints on pisca- 
 torial Etiquette. Instructions for playing and landing 
 a Fish. A Word about Patience, and a Glance at Love. 
 Insensibility of Fish to Pain. Sir Humphrey Davy 
 quoted thereon. The unfounded Charge of " Cruelty " 
 summarily dismissed ... Page 150 to 169 
 
 CHAPTER, IX. 
 
 General Remarks on the Fly-fishing Season. Spring. 
 The proper Flies to use, and what Parts of the River to 
 Fish. Rising " short." Summer Fishing. Best in a 
 wet Season. Proper Flies enumerated. Evening Fish- 
 ing. Its peculiar Delights. The best Flies for use. 
 Dace Fishing. A good preliminary " School " for the 
 superior Art of Trouting. Remarks and Instructions 
 thereon. Autumn Fishing. Where to fish, and what 
 Flies to use. End of our piscatorial Lessons. A 
 Word at parting. Conclusion - - 170 to 186 
 
THE 
 
 VADE-MECUM OF FLY-FISHING, 
 
 &c. fcc. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY. 
 
 " My good scholar, we may say of angling as Dr. Boteler 
 said of strawberries, ' Doubtless God could have made a 
 better berry, but doubtless God never did ;' and so, if I 
 might be judge, God never did make a more calm, quiet, 
 innocent recreation than angling." IZAAC WALTON. 
 
 GLORIOUS old Izaac ! What delightful thoughts 
 what poetical imaginings the bare mention 
 of thy name evokes I They come fresh and un- 
 contaminated from the pure fountains of nature 
 as if haloed with cowslip garlands, bespangled 
 with the blue-bell and the water-lily stealing 
 along amid the murmur of the summer stream, 
 the hum of insects, and the song of birds ! 
 B 
 
2 OUR FATHER IZAAC. 
 
 What more can be said in praise of angling 
 than that which the good and quaint old father 
 of anglers has so charmingly discoursed? What 
 more delightful picture of an angler's life and 
 pleasures of the scenes 'mid which he wanders, 
 and the poetry which shines in his heart and 
 illumines the mental atmosphere in which he lives 
 
 can be presented than that which Walton has 
 bequeathed to us in the delightful book which he 
 designed as " a picture of his own disposition," 
 and which is described as having "hardly its 
 fellow in any of the modern languages?" Who, 
 on reading, or recalling to his recollection, the 
 beautiful scenes and dialogues in that exquisite 
 production, will not fancy himself the delighted 
 companion of Piscator, Auceps, and Venator? 
 will not be carried away for a while from the 
 stern realities and corroding cares of the world, 
 to the quietude and poetry of nature to the 
 flower-spread banks of a lovely river in some 
 sequestered vale embosomed by its tree-clad hills ? 
 
 will not feast, in imagination, upon the glorious 
 and ever-varying scenes through which an angler 
 roams, and taste the indescribable enjoyment 
 which is peculiar to his fascinating pastime ? 
 
 " God never did make a more calm, quiet, 
 innocent recreation than angling," let cavillers 
 
PRAISE OF ANGLING. 3 
 
 and those who have no acquaintance or sympathy 
 with rural recreations say what they will to the 
 contrary. It delights, by bringing its votaries 
 into direct and intimate communication with 
 nature in her loveliest guise ; it instructs, by 
 compelling them, if they would pursue the art 
 successfully, to acquire a knowledge of some of 
 her most interesting productions ; it soothes and 
 elevates, by the habits of " calm, quiet, and in- 
 nocent" contemplation which it induces; it inte- 
 rests, by the triumph which skill and perseverance 
 enable them to effect in the capture of shy and 
 cunning creatures by elegant and scientific means 
 by art and reason over instinct ; and it in- 
 vigorates, mentally and physically, by the active 
 exercise which it demands, and by the agreeable 
 excitement which it produces. 
 
 " That undervaluer of money, Sir Henry 
 Wotton, the late provost of Eton College a 
 man," says Walton, " whose very approbation of 
 the art ought to be enough to convince any 
 modest censurer of it," was wont to say of angling 
 that it was " an employment for his idle time, 
 which was not then idly spent ; for it was, after 
 tedious study, a rest to his mind, a cheerer of 
 his spirits, a diverter of sadness, a calmer of 
 unquiet thoughts, a moderator of passions, a pro- 
 B 2 
 
4 SUPERIORITY OF FLY-FISHING. 
 
 curer of contentedness ; and that it begat habits 
 of peace and patience in all who professed and 
 practised it." 
 
 It is universally admitted, that of the different 
 branches of angling the most scientific and in- 
 teresting is that on which this unaspiring treatise 
 is written. In preference to any special enume- 
 ration of its claims to that distinction, we shall 
 endeavour to convey an idea of their nature, and 
 at the same time of the attractions of this delight- 
 ful art, in an off* hand sketch of a day's fly-fishing 
 on one of the most celebrated streams of "the 
 west countrie;" and this perhaps will prove a 
 not unfitting introduction to our more dry, but 
 we hope not useless, chapters. 
 
 Down far, far into one of the most picturesque 
 parts of the country away from the bustle and 
 gaiety of city life is nestled a quiet and secluded 
 valley, through which a clear and dancing stream 
 pursues its devious way, and on every side dif- 
 fuses health and freshness. This valley is enclosed 
 and sheltered by ranges of high hills which the 
 hand of Cultivation (the arch-enemy of landscape 
 beauty) has not yet quite denuded of their wood, 
 although its approach is everywhere manifest. 
 Among them, branching away in different direc- 
 tions, are snug little combs into which the eye 
 
A DAY S FLY-FISHING. 5 
 
 can penetrate to the dimmest distance, and trace 
 among their windings the glistening brook which 
 each contributes to the larger ^ stream ; while 
 downwards, at the valley's mouth, washing the 
 craggy cliffs with which the boundary hills ter- 
 minate, is seen the broad bosom of "the deep 
 and dark blue ocean," into which the waters of 
 the valley-stream are poured. * 
 
 It is a fine, fresh, April morning. The valley 
 was full of mist when the sun peeped over the 
 eastern hill ; but it soon gradually dispersed, like 
 the rolling aside of a vast filmy curtain, and 
 allowed the early beams to twinkle in the myriad 
 dewdrops on blade and spray, while a chorus of 
 nature's music sent up a joyful welcome from a 
 thousand feathered throats ; and even the surface 
 of the glittering stream, in quiet nooks under 
 sheltered banks and overhanging bushes, was 
 occasionally broken by the rising of some hungry 
 trout at the grannams and hare's flaxes which 
 were thus early called into existence. But as 
 the morning advanced, a southerly breeze sprang 
 up, and sundry clouds appeared in the horizon, 
 gradually overcasting the entire sky, and beto- 
 kening a favourable day for the sport. * * * 
 
 The hour is now nine, and three anglers may 
 be imagined wending their way along a pleasant 
 B 3 
 
6 A DAY'S FLY-FISHING. 
 
 road, leading from a certain town, which still lies 
 buried in the mist and smoke behind them, to a 
 tributary of the main river, a mile or so distant. 
 This they mean to fish down to its mouth (for the 
 distance is short), and afterwards continue fishing 
 the main stream downwards, as far as their in- 
 clination may lead them. No solitary, selfish 
 anglers are they, as is manifest by their going 
 in company, and by the presence of a couple of 
 canine favourites, who are evidently accustomed 
 to the sport, for they partake of their masters' 
 excitement, and withal are admirably " behaved." 
 Our anglers are well caparisoned, without being 
 encumbered. No superfluous landing-nets, huge 
 books, and other gear, which usually betoken 
 " the pretender," can be found on them. They 
 have only necessaries. Their rods and baskets 
 are the only outward and visible signs of their 
 craft, and small side pockets suffice to contain 
 their stores of " glittering glories." You can see 
 at a glance that they are worthy disciples of our 
 patriarch, evidently "slaughterers" of the first 
 degree, and enthusiastic, from the gusto with 
 which they relate and listen to old exploits, and 
 anxiously and joyously trudge on. 
 
 At last they arrive at their ground. Their 
 tackle is very soon arranged ; and now they are 
 
A DAY S FLY-FISHING. 7 
 
 hard at work, taking stickles by turns, and 
 bending with intense interest over their flies, 
 which play so scientifically upon the dancing 
 stream. What a splendid fish was that which 
 came at the red-palmer of the angler lowest down, 
 but missed it ! And what a shout from one of 
 the others, announcing a half-pounder almost at 
 the first cast fairly killed and basketed ! While 
 whiz goes the reel of the third piscator, whose 
 eagerness in striking too smartly has cost him a 
 splendid Limerick, which has found a lodgment in 
 the mouth of the " little peel" that carried it off 
 so cavalierly. 
 
 Thus they " angle, angle on ;" now raising fish 
 which, somehow or other, do not " take home ;" 
 then hooking a monster which bends the rod like 
 a bow, and straightway escapes after a nimble 
 summerset in the air ; and ever and anon landing 
 a speckled beauty, the red, blue, golden, silvery 
 tints of which commingle so delightfully with the 
 rich green sward on which it lies panting under 
 
 the admiring gaze of its captor. 
 
 ***** 
 
 Three hours have now elapsed since our friends 
 
 first wetted their lines. They have fished over a 
 
 couple of miles of first-rate ground, and called a 
 
 halt under that spreading oak by the side of the 
 
 T* 4 
 
8 A DAY'S FLY-FISHING. 
 
 little rivulet which here ripples itself into the 
 main stream. Two of the party are already at 
 the place of rendezvous, earnestly discussing the 
 events of the morning, and giving an occasional 
 salute to the third, who is detained below with 
 a salmon (only a six-pounder, as it is afterwards 
 found), which has held him in check for the last 
 half-hour. He approaches at last, however, bear- 
 ing his prize across his shoulder, a trophy more 
 valued by him than any ever gained by valiant 
 knight in bloody fray ; and the conversation is 
 instantly of a most animated description. Soon, 
 however, there is a general turn out of pockets, 
 and a spread is laid upon the turf of sandwiches, 
 cold fowl, and so forth, together with " pocket- 
 pistols" duly charged, and one of the party 
 gathers in the rivulet aforesaid a heap of water 
 cress, green and fresh, and very tempting to 
 behold. So they seat themselves forthwith, and 
 do justice to the viands in the way that anglers 
 understand so well, for they eat with " Spartan 
 sauce." 
 
 And now they have time to look about them, 
 and to admire the beauties of Nature by which 
 they are surrounded. The trees have lately burst 
 into leaf; the flowers of various hues are spring- 
 ing up around them everywhere, scenting the air 
 
A DAY'S FLY-FISHING. 9 
 
 with their perfume ; and the music of the birds, 
 and the hum of insects, mingle with the bubblings 
 of the stream which flows rejoicingly at their feet. 
 Upwards, their view ranges through the tree- 
 filled valley, catching glimpses of the shining 
 stream, and here and there of the gable of some 
 snugly nestled farmhouse, from the chimneys of 
 which those "windpipes of hospitality" the 
 blue smoke wreathes so gracefully ; and also of 
 old village towers, among their clusters of thatched 
 cottages. Eanging still wider, over fields of every 
 hue, and away among the undulating hills, is their 
 own distant town, thrown prominently out by a 
 gleam of sunshine which now happens to rest 
 upon its slated roofs. Parallel to this, on the 
 opposite hill-side, are seen other objects which 
 add a charm to the landscape some 'squire's 
 seat, perhaps, surrounded by its park and groves ; 
 and, far beyond, is the extreme distance, where 
 the hills look blue and undefined, and seem to 
 melt into the cloudy sky. At their back, on 
 the highest point of the range of hills which 
 bounds the valley in that direction, are the re- 
 mains of an ancient British fortification, which 
 furnish them with matter for instructive con- 
 versation about remote and savage times. On 
 the slope between them and this old fortress 
 
10 A DAY'S FLY-FISHING. 
 
 is a pleasant village, in which a white, flaunting 
 " great-house" is sufficiently conspicuous to assure 
 them of its modern date. This they naturally 
 contrast with the architecture of a more mediaeval 
 age, of which the remains of an interesting speci- 
 men are visible at their right. Opposite them is 
 ,an opening in the hills, half shrouded by elms 
 and by another pleasant village embosomed in 
 orchards, at the mouth of a little green and 
 wooded comb which hides itself snugly in the 
 windings of the hills behind, where a limpid 
 streamlet trickles. Downwards, the valley greatly 
 widens, for scarcely a league below them is the 
 pebbly strand on which the rolling waves are 
 tossed by the southern breeze which plays so 
 balmily. 
 
 " God made the country and man made the 
 town ! " they are in the act of exclaiming, when 
 their admiration is abruptly interrupted by the 
 rapid " yap, yap ! " of " Tip," who, with her 
 companion, has for some time been industriously 
 " trying " the wooded rivulet. Our anglers hasten 
 to the spot whence the sounds proceed, and a 
 hunt ensues, which terminates in the death of 
 a moorhen, admirably " found " by the canine 
 favourites, and perhaps half frightened into their 
 jaws by the almost frantic shoutings of the bipeds. 
 
A DAY'S FLY-FISHING. 11 
 
 But " revenons a nous moutons" is at length 
 the word ; and the trio, after arranging for the 
 final " wind-up," resume their rods, and fall to 
 fishing down the stream. 
 
 It is evening. The sun, before bidding adieu 
 for the night, and as if to compensate in some 
 measure for hiding himself during the day, peeped 
 from under his nubial canopy just as he touched 
 the western hill, and lighting up the heavens 
 with a crimson glow, like mingled gold and roses, 
 sank gently down to " ope the gates of day" in 
 another hemisphere, leaving the glorious traces 
 of his departure to mingle with the twilight here. 
 Our angling friends have at last suspended opera- 
 tions. Their rods and tackle are soon snugly 
 packed. The return of killed and basketed has 
 been duly made, and amounts, in the aggregate, 
 to the small salmon aforesaid, two brace of peel 
 (certainly not in the finest season), two and 
 thirty trout, and a dace. Of course they are 
 delighted with the day's adventures, and a con- 
 sultation is forthwith held, which results in the 
 adjournment to a neighbouring hostelrie which 
 stands in high repute with all the local craftsmen, 
 the landlord being a " brother of the angle." As 
 they are at least four miles from home, and have 
 had a hard day's fag, the strengthening and re- 
 
12 A DAY'S FLY-FISHING. 
 
 freshing of " the inner man," with steaks and 
 accompaniments, is decided on and at once com- 
 menced. Two or three other craftsmen also happen 
 in for the same laudable purpose. And here we 
 leave the happy party to their evening's enjoy- 
 ment. Each one, we may be sure, relates his 
 day's exploits ; and, when this is over, old tales are 
 pretty sure to be told, and old times thus brought 
 to mind ; till, by and by, the " minstrel" of the 
 party strikes up a song, which after a while goes 
 duly round, or else, as Walton hath it, "some 
 harmless sport is found to content them ;" and 
 thus they " pass away a little time without offence 
 to God, or injury to man." 
 
HISTORY OF THE TROUT. 13 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 " The trout is a very generous fish ; a fish that is highly 
 valued, both in this and foreign nations." WALTON. 
 
 IT must be obvious that in every branch of sport- 
 ing some acquaintance with the haunts and habits 
 of the animals pursued is indispensable to success- 
 ful practice. Many a man who may be perfectly 
 au fait in all that concerns the mechanical de- 
 partment of his sport, but who fancies that it is 
 only his ill luck which prevents him from being 
 so fortunate as others, whose powers of observa- 
 tion are more active than his own, and who are 
 better informed than himself in the theory which 
 he affects to despise, would doubtless be able to 
 find a more correct and rational cause for his 
 inferiority in his imperfect information on these 
 subjects. To be sure, it is hardly possible for the 
 most indifferent observer to pursue any sport for 
 a length of time without insensibly acquiring 
 some knowledge of the nature and habits of his 
 game ; but there is an immense difference in the 
 amount of information which different individuals 
 
14 VALUE OF THEOEETICAL KNOWLEDGE. 
 
 will acquire in parallel circumstances, arising, of 
 course, from the difference in their mental quali- 
 fications. It is not intended, in these remarks, 
 to lay down the principle that the best naturalist 
 is, a priori, the best sportsman; although we 
 should not shrink from maintaining that a good 
 naturalist, or even an indifferent one, is already 
 three-fourths a sportsman, inasmuch as he pos- 
 sesses a considerable share of a sportsman's neces- 
 sary education, a taste for out-of-door recre- 
 ation, and 'consequent aptitude for acquiring 
 practical sporting knowledge. Professor Rennie, 
 a distinguished naturalist and an enthusiastic 
 angler, is very probably also of this opinion ; for 
 he tells us that " the chief knowledge required by 
 a skilful angler is the thorough acquaintance 
 with the food and habits of the fish he wishes to 
 catch." With these views of the importance of 
 this subject, we shall direct our attention to it 
 before proceeding to the practical department of 
 this delightful art. 
 
 Of the numerous tribes of fishes which inhabit 
 the streams of Britain, the trout is the hand- 
 somest, the best, and the most sought, after by 
 the fly-fisher. It belongs to the genus Salmo, 
 which is included in the Cuvierian order Mala- 
 copterygii abdominales. This order embraces all 
 
GENERIC CHARACTER OF THE TROUT. 15 
 
 those fish which have soft-rayed fins, with their 
 ventral fins placed far behind and unattached to 
 the bone of the shoulder. All the SALMONID^E 
 have eight fins, namely, two pectoral or breast 
 fins; two ventral fins, on the belly next below 
 the pectorals ; the anal fin, behind the ventral 
 fins ; the caudal or tail fin ; and two dorsal or 
 back fins, the hindermost small, fleshy, and 
 without rays. 
 
 Although the trout in different localities vary 
 considerably both in appearance and quality, it is 
 by no means a solitary opinion that there exists 
 but one species ; the difference of form, size, and 
 colour in the trout of different localities being 
 accounted for by the operation of their food and 
 of the water they inhabit. Some naturalists, 
 however, think and among them is Mr. Yarrell 
 that more than one species, and that several 
 varieties, of the common trout, exist in this coun- 
 try ; and supposing those gentlemen to classify 
 the lake trout and the gillaroo trout of Ireland * 
 in this latter category, they are, perhaps, suffi- 
 
 * A remarkable peculiarity of the gillaroo trout is the 
 construction of its stomach, which has been likened to the 
 gizzard of a bird, and accounted for from the circum- 
 stance of the principal food of this fish being shell-fish, 
 for the constant assimilation of which its stomach has thus 
 become permanently adapted. 
 
16 VARIETIES OF TROUT. 
 
 ciently correct ; although it is by no means made 
 clear that even those varieties may not have been 
 derived from the common trout, altered by cir- 
 cumstances and characterised by peculiarities 
 transmitted through a succession of generations, 
 but not the less varieties on that account.* As 
 to species, there can be no doubt that whatever 
 may be the case with naturalists, the unlearned 
 are certainly apt to multiply them, either from an 
 imperfect comprehension of the term, or from 
 being deceived by the external appearance and 
 colours of the fish, from which a hasty opinion 
 ought not to be formed,. " The colouring mat- 
 ter," says Sir Humphrey Davy, " is not in the 
 scales, but in the surface of the skin immediately 
 beneath them, and is probably a secretion easily 
 aifected by the health of the animal." The 
 soil, the season, and the water undoubtedly exer- 
 cise considerable influence on the colours of fish, 
 and that the food does so has been satisfactorily 
 proved by an experiment made some years since 
 in the south of England, and thus recorded by 
 Mr. Stoddart : " Trout were placed in three 
 separate tanks, one of which was supplied daily 
 with worms, another with live minnows, and the 
 
 * See Salmonia, pp. 65 72. ; also, Combe's Constitution 
 
 of Man ; and the Vestiges of Creation. 
 
FOOD OF TROUT. 17 
 
 third with those small dark-coloured water-flies 
 which are to be found moving about on the sur- 
 face, under banks and sheltered places. The 
 trout fed with worms grew slowly and had a lean 
 appearance ; those nourished on minnows, which, 
 it was observed, they darted at with great vora- 
 city, became much larger ; while such as were 
 fattened upon flies only, attained, in a short time, 
 prodigious dimensions, weighing twice as much as 
 both the others together, although the quantity 
 of food swallowed by them was in no wise so 
 great." * Whatever may be the fact, we are 
 certainly inclined to think, from all that has been 
 advanced by naturalists, that opinions as to differ- 
 ent species and varieties should only be formed 
 upon the surest grounds, and should not be re- 
 ceived without the greatest caution. What can be 
 said of the opinion of ordinary folks, when even a 
 professed naturalist tells us that " the various 
 names of common trout, sea trout, and salmon 
 trout apply only to differences arising from age, 
 sex, season, the character of the water, and the 
 sorts of food which they can procure." With due 
 deference to this learned authority, we will remark 
 that the names of sea trout and salmon trout are 
 
 * Scottish Angler, p. 79. 2nd edit. 
 C 
 
18 SIZE OF TROUT* 
 
 undoubtedly synonymous, and apply to a well- 
 known and recognised species of the migratory 
 salmonida, but one entirely distinct from salmo 
 fario, the common trout, which, unlike the sea 
 or salmon trout, never changes its abode from 
 the fresh water. 
 
 The size of river trout, which, in a general sense, 
 is characteristic of neither species nor variety, 
 varies considerably in different localities and 
 under different circumstances. In brooks the 
 trout of the largest size are seldom above six 
 ounces, while in rivers favourable to their growth, 
 and protected from poachers, they often reach as 
 many pounds. The Thames, among other streams, 
 often produces gigantic specimens as large as 
 twelve and fourteen pounds ; and in many of the 
 rivers of Hampshire, Wilts, and Dorset, they are 
 often taken of five or six pounds. Occasionally 
 the capture of some veritable monster becomes 
 the subject of record, as, for instance, a specimen 
 taken in 1824 in the river Clist, near Topsham, 
 Devon, by a Mr. Hall of that town, which mea- 
 sured thirty-four inches in length and twenty in 
 girth, and weighed more than twenty-three pounds. 
 We have seen an engraving of this portly indi- 
 vidual, which, if faithfully represented, must have 
 been a splendid specimen. Many other Brobdig- 
 
SIZE OF TKOUT. 19 
 
 naglan trout have been chronicled in works on 
 natural history. Mr. Yarrell describes one of 
 twenty-five pounds " that was captured on the 
 llth of January, 1822, in a little stream ten feet 
 wide, branching from the Avon, at the back of 
 Castle Street, Salisbury." It is, however, by no 
 means clear to us that these extraordinary speci- 
 mens were all really common trout, for the evidence 
 is doubtful in some cases, owing to the uncertainty 
 about the ability of their captors to distinguish 
 between the large migratory and other species. 
 But an instance has come under our own know- 
 ledge which cannot admit of dispute, for the water 
 in which were captured the specimens of which 
 we shall speak is miles from the sea, and has not 
 the slightest communication with it through any of 
 its numerous feeders. We refer to the reservoir 
 of the canal at Chard, in Somersetshire, a piece 
 of water covering some seventy acres, in which 
 common trout weighing six and eight pounds 
 were taken with the net within two years after 
 its construction ; and one was found dead on the 
 bank, about the same period, which weighed 
 more than a dozen pounds. These fish must have 
 been supplied from the neighbouring tributary 
 brooks, in which a trout above six inches long is 
 perhaps never seen ; and they afford additional 
 c 2 
 
20 SIZE OF TROUT. 
 
 proof if such were wanting of the physical 
 peculiarity of fish, the growth of which, under 
 favourable circumstances, has no limit, and is of 
 marvellous rapidity. Not only so, but perhaps 
 they throw some light upon the formation of 
 species and varieties, by showing the probability 
 of the Great Lake Trout, which sometimes 
 reaches thirty or forty pounds, being traceable to 
 an equally humble ancestry increased in size, 
 and altered in conformation by peculiar circum- 
 stances, and stamped at last with permanent cha- 
 racteristics, transmitted through successive gene- 
 rations. 
 
 But we must leave these extraordinary speci- 
 mens, a further consideration of which would not 
 only be foreign to our object, but be likely to 
 convey to our inexperienced pupils a far too 
 exalted idea of the kind of game they are likely 
 to capture. Ordinary river trout seldom exceed 
 two pounds, and a fish of half that size will be 
 considered large when it is stated that the general 
 weight is not above six or eight ounces. It may, 
 perhaps, be laid down as a general law, that open 
 and shallow streams, flowing over a poor soil, or 
 having their origin in poor land, or peat, produce 
 small and insipid trout ; while deeper streams, in 
 a rich soil, and shaded at intervals with marginal 
 
A NEEDFUL CAUTION. 21 
 
 wood, produce trout of a large size and high culi- 
 nary character. The difference arises from the 
 better shelter and greater abundance of food 
 obtainable in streams of the latter description. 
 It is not the close and bushy river, however, 
 which forms the perfect trout stream as the 
 veriest tyro in fly-fishing can testify. 
 
 It is our most earnest wish to press upon the 
 attention of our readers the short-sighted policy 
 and unsportsmanlike practice of basketing unsize- 
 able fish. It is surprising to what an extent this 
 shameful practice prevails, even among men sup- 
 posed to be accomplished in the art, and interested 
 in pursuing it fairly. One very general excuse 
 for the killing of small fish in many rivers is, that 
 as they bear the distinguishing^^er marks, they 
 are therefore parr a distinct species, say their 
 captors, of dwarfish dimensions ; forgetting that 
 the young of all, even the largest of the salmonidce 
 (including, of course, the common trout), are 
 always similarly marked. 
 
 But recent discoveries show that the parr itself 
 occupies by no means so insignificant a place as 
 has hitherto been assigned to it. So far from 
 being of trifling value, from the supposed narrow 
 limits of its utmost size, it has been ascertained, 
 by careful observation and conclusive experiments 
 c 3 
 
22 HISTORY OF THE SALMON. 
 
 conducted by competent persons, to be nothing 
 more nor less than the salmon itself in the infant 
 stage of its existence. It is only within a very 
 few years that this fact has been ascertained or 
 at least promulgated and the honour of the dis- 
 covery, by actual experiment, is due to Mr. Shaw, 
 manager of the Duke of Buccleugh's salmon fish- 
 eries, in Scotland. This gentleman proves and 
 his statements in the main have been confirmed by 
 the subsequent experiments of other qualified ob- 
 servers that what is commonly called the parr is 
 the salmon-fry in its first stage of growth; that 
 in this state, as a parr, it remains in the river in 
 which it was hatched for a whole year; that 
 during the second year its outer covering of scales 
 is moulted off, as it were, and reveals it in the 
 character of the graveling, or smoult, which was 
 formerly supposed to be the first stage of the 
 salmon's life ; that when about two years old, 
 being still in the dress of the smoult, and not 
 above six inches long, it descends to the sea, and 
 in the course of a few months or weeks re-enters 
 the river as a grilse or salmon peal, weighing from 
 two to five pounds more or less according to the 
 time it has passed in the salt water; and that 
 on its return from a second visit to the sea, after 
 the lapse of another year, it becomes a veritable 
 
HISTORY OF THE SALMON. 23 
 
 salmo solar, the acknowledged " king of fresh- 
 water fishes." Thus seems, at last, to be cleared 
 up, to a great extent, the uncertainty which has 
 hitherto been attached to the natural history of 
 this princely fish. * 
 
 But it may be asked how it happens, if this 
 theory be correct, that grilse or peal (that is, the 
 
 * It is the opinion of Mr. Andrew Young, an observer 
 equally intelligent and favourably circumstanced with Mr. 
 Shaw, that although the latter is right as regards the 
 changes and successive stages of salmon development, yet 
 he is mistaken in point of time ; that instead of remaining 
 in the parr and smoult state for two years before migrating 
 to the sea for the first time, it really remains but one ; 
 " in fact, that Mr. Shaw's calculations are wrong by one 
 whole year ; that there are no salmon-fry to be found in 
 salmon rivers with transverse bars at the age of eighteen 
 months (see Mr. Shaw's plates of young salmon) ; that they 
 become smoults at the age of twelve months, and then 
 migrate seawards, and not at the age of twenty-four months, 
 according to Mr Shaw's experimental theory." The error 
 is accounted for by Mr. Shaw feeding the salmon ponds, in 
 which he made his experiments, with spring or rivulet water, 
 which being of a lower temperature than the waters of the 
 Mth, from which he took the ova, caused a slower develop- 
 ment of the infant fish. According to Mr. Young, the fish 
 of course arrive at maturity much earlier than Mr. Shaw 
 supposes, reaching the weight of six pounds, or thereabouts, 
 at the age of eighteen months, instead of being then not 
 that number of inches long, as stated by the latter. We 
 have not the slightest doubt about the correctness of Mr. 
 Young's opinion. 
 
 c 4 
 
24 HISTORY OF THE SALMON. 
 
 fish in an imperfect stage of its growth), are often 
 taken of superior size to that of the salmon itself, 
 and with generative functions maturely developed, 
 as if a distinct species. In the Axe and other 
 western streams, salmon, perfectly matured, are, 
 to our knowledge, often taken under three or four 
 pounds, while peal have been known (though 
 rarely) to weigh as much as eleven pounds ; and 
 such, of course, is the case in other rivers. This, 
 however, is accounted for by supposing the peal to 
 have remained in the sea during their first visit, 
 from some cause or other, for a longer time than 
 was passed there by the smaller salmon during both 
 their visits put together. Speaking of the Axe 
 reminds us of what may perhaps be a remarkable 
 circumstance connected with this fish a circum- 
 stance which, although, perhaps, capable of satis- 
 factory explanation in harmony with Mr. Shaw's 
 opinions, seems at first sight to prove a difference 
 of species between the salmon and what is locally 
 denominated the peal a difference religiously be- 
 lieved in by the local fishermen. We refer to the 
 fact that in the little river Char, at Charmouth, a 
 salmon is not known to have been ever taken, 
 while peal, on the other hand, are abundant or 
 rather were, for, thanks to the industry of the 
 poachers and the shameful neglect of those who 
 
HISTORY OF THE SALMON. 25 
 
 ought to be the protectors of so valuable a source 
 of national wealth, this little river, like so many 
 others of higher pretensions, is now almost de- 
 populated of a once prolific breed of migratory 
 fish. The peal which it produced were of every 
 intermediate size, from ten ounces to as many 
 pounds ; but, as we have said, a true salmon is 
 not known to have been ever captured in it. We 
 obtain this information from an Axminster fisher- 
 man, who, with his father, fished this prolific 
 stream for more than fifty years, during which 
 period many thousands of fish must have been the 
 reward of their indefatigable pursuit. The opinion 
 of the local fishermen of the Axe is, that the parr, 
 the pug-peal, the harvest-peal, and the salmon, are 
 so many distinct species ; and one circumstance on 
 which they found that opinion, independently of 
 shape, habits, and markings, is that of fully 
 developed milt and roe being found in the smallest 
 individuals of the three former kinds, in parr as 
 small as two ounces we mean not the fish in 
 the graveling or smoult, but the parr state, or 
 rather what is called the parr in the West, perhaps 
 a different fish from Mr. Shaw's parr. Peal of less 
 than a pound, we have often seen full of mature 
 roe. Whatever may be the truth (and the subject 
 deserves the most attentive investigation), there 
 
26 HISTORY OF THE SALMON. 
 
 can be no doubt that the parr and trout, at all 
 events, are distinct species, though both, in their 
 younger stages, are similarly distinguished with 
 the blue marks on their sides, which are fancifully 
 likened to impressions of the fingers. It must 
 not be supposed that we presume to question Mr. 
 Shaw's opinion, which (except in point of time, as 
 before mentioned) is now universally received by 
 naturalists, and of the correctness of which we 
 have not the slightest doubt, but we may observe 
 that these seeming discrepancies may possibly 
 arise from a confusion of terms that Mr. Shaw's 
 parr and grilse may be different fish from what are 
 called the parr and peal of the western waters. If 
 this be so, the question arises whether at least one, 
 if not both, of these last-named fish have hitherto 
 been described by naturalists.* Of the two kinds 
 
 * Since the above was written, we have enjoyed the 
 perusal of the Book of the Salmon, by Ephemera and 
 Andrew Young, in which those gentlemen question the 
 correctness of the term parr, as employed by Mr. Shaw. 
 They say, speaking of the growth of salmon-fry, " The 
 fish now [at between nine and ten months old] resembles 
 the little trout, called the parr ; but its fins are much 
 longer than those of that little fish, and its whole shape is 
 much less perfect. Not observing these marks of distinc- 
 tion has led to the confounding of salmon-fry with parr, 
 calling them, indeed, ' parr,* as Mr. Shaw and his followers 
 do ; whereas the parr is a distinct adult fish, of the river- 
 
REASON FOR DIGRESSING. 27 
 
 of peal (both very different from the sea-trout, 
 which also haunts the stream we have mentioned), 
 the largest, called the pug-peal, run from two to 
 eight pounds, and ascend the river from the sea 
 during May, June, and July. The harvest-peal 
 are from six ounces to a pound and a half, and do 
 not commence their ascent for six weeks after the 
 larger sort, but both are in the river at the same 
 time during part of the season. The salmon come 
 in later still, and all return to the sea about the 
 same time, together with the graveling or smoults, 
 in the floods of early spring. But we cannot here 
 devote greater space to this important and interest- 
 ing subject. Our primary object for introducing 
 it has been already stated, namely, to assist in re- 
 moving an unjustifiable excuse for the wanton 
 destruction of diminutive fish. 
 
 The trout is in best season from April to 
 October, when the general spawning begins. The 
 period for commencing fly-fishing varies in different 
 localities and in different seasons. On most May- 
 
 trout species." We have no doubt of the existence of this 
 diminutive species in most trout streams, but it is not 
 easily distinguished from salmon-fry of the same size pre- 
 vious to assuming its migratory dress, and therefore our 
 caution against the capture of all small fish, in rivers fre- 
 quented by salmon, becomes the more important. 
 
28 SPAWNING OF TKOUT. 
 
 fly rivers it does not take place much before the 
 appearance of that insect in the end of May, while 
 in many localities the height of the fly-fishing 
 season has passed for weeks before that period. 
 No specific date, therefore, can be generally appli- 
 cable. 
 
 The trout partakes somewhat of the habits of 
 the salmon in migrating up the stream on the 
 approach of the spawning time in autumn, but 
 not to the same extent. The object, in both cases, 
 is to arrive at a spot which instinct teaches them 
 is best suited for spawning that is, in pure, 
 shallow, running water, towards the spring head. 
 The trout of the main stream ascend towards its 
 source, and into the smaller streams which con- 
 tribute to it ; and those in the latter push upwards 
 and into the still smaller brooks with which the 
 tributaries also have communication, selecting on 
 their way the proper places for their purpose. The 
 important operation of spawning is thus described 
 by Mr. Mudie, in his interesting work, " The 
 British Naturalist : " " The eggs or ova are 
 first deposited, and then the milt over them, and 
 they are then wholly or partially covered with 
 sand or gravel. The bottom of clear running 
 water is the best adapted for the purpose, and this 
 is the kind of ground which the trout instinctively 
 
SPAWNING OF TROUT. 29 
 
 choose for their operations. Four or five weeks 
 are supposed to be sufficient for the hatching of 
 the eggs, but that depends a good deal on the 
 situation and the weather the eggs in a shallow 
 mountain stream, which is apt to freeze, being 
 supposed to remain unhatched till the ice be 
 cleared away in the spring. When the young 
 fish first make their appearance they are not 
 wholly detached from the egg, but have a portion 
 of the yolk attached to the lower part of their 
 bodies, which is understood to constitute their 
 first nutriment. It does not appear that the eggs 
 can be hatched in water that is distilled, or in any 
 other manner deprived of air, or in that which is 
 impregnated with lime, or any other ingredient 
 that is deleterious to the fish in a grown state. 
 Some have even said that they have seen the 
 young trout, still attached to the remains of the 
 eggs, upon a shallow sand bank, poking their 
 little heads above the water ; but, though we have 
 looked for this, we have not found it, neither have 
 we found the trout adhering to the place where 
 the spawn had been deposited. We have seen it 
 in the case of the salmon, and thus can have no 
 doubt that it also happens with the trout. About 
 a week or ten days after the first bursting of the 
 egg, the fry are entirely clear of it, and begin to 
 
30 A NOVEL THEORY OP 
 
 seek their food with avidity preying upon very 
 minute insects and larvae, though there are some 
 larvas which are said to prey, in turn, upon them, 
 while they are also the prey of all larger fishes, 
 even those of their own species." 
 
 A new theory of the spawning of salmon, and 
 we suppose of all other fishes a theory totally 
 at variance with all received and time-honoured 
 notions of the economy of this interesting portion 
 of creation (not, perhaps, the better for being 
 time-honoured) has recently been propounded 
 by Mr. Stoddart.* This gentleman is of opinion 
 that fishes do not differ from land animals in their 
 manner of copulation; that impregnation of the 
 female takes place in the usual way, by actual 
 contact of the sexes, immediately after spawning ; 
 and that this is the chief purpose for which the 
 male fish seeks the female at the spawning bed, 
 instead of that of shedding his milt upon the ex- 
 cluded ova. " It is not," says he, " an impregna- 
 tion of the shedded or flowing ova that takes 
 place, but an impregnation of the ovaria after 
 spawning ; and this for the purpose of endowing 
 
 * See The Angler's Companion to the Rivers and Lakes 
 of Scotland. The author of this work is an excellent writer 
 on piscatorial subjects, besides being a powerful poet, and 
 a very able and enthusiastic " brother of the angle." 
 
THE SPAWNING OF FISH. 31 
 
 or fructifying the next year's deposit" Mr. Stod- 
 dart supports this opinion with much ingenuity 
 and force ; but being merely theoretical, it must 
 only be received with caution by those who may 
 be disposed to regard it favourably ; while, like 
 every innovation upon established system, it has 
 not escaped pretty general opposition, nor the 
 severest criticism of opposing writers.* In spite 
 of all this, however, Mr. Stoddart is more than 
 ever convinced of the correctness of his opinion, 
 the result of further observation by himself and 
 others ; and in a private communication with which 
 we have been favoured, he expresses the hope 
 and belief that he shall shortly be enabled to 
 present the public with an overwhelming mass 
 of indisputable evidence in confirmation of his 
 views.f 
 
 * See The North British Review, for May, 1848. 
 
 ")* Mr. Stoddart will assuredly fail, if the experiments of 
 Mr. Andrew Young (the well-known manager of the Duke 
 of Sutherland's salmon fisheries), detailed in Ephemera's 
 Booh of the Salmon, were fairly conducted and are faith- 
 fully recorded : " He [Mr. A. Young] "took a female 
 salmon, exuded by manipulation a portion of her ova, and 
 having simply done so, he buried it beneath the gravel of 
 one part of an artificial spawning-pond. From the same 
 salmon he exuded another portion of ova ; but before he 
 covered it over with the gravel of another portion of his 
 spawning-bed, he impregnated it by pressing milt from the 
 
32 EFFECT OF SPAWNING. 
 
 For some time both before and after spawning, 
 the parent trout are unfit for the table they 
 become black about the head and body, and their 
 flesh is soft, watery, and unwholesome. After 
 the operation, when they return to the deep still 
 water, where they pass the winter, their shape 
 and colour undergo great alterations. They be- 
 come lank and lean, their heads appear dispropor- 
 tionally large, and their bodies acquire a dusky 
 and disagreeable hue, little resembling their usual 
 bright and beautiful tints, the contemplation of 
 which induced our patriarch, the enthusiastic 
 Izaac, to exclaim with Solomon, " every thing is 
 beautiful in its season." What is worse, their skin, 
 particularly near their gills, becomes infested with 
 a parasitic insect (Lernea trutta), which is a kind 
 
 male salmon, and causing it to come in contact with the 
 last ova deposited. He then covered them in beneath the 
 gravel, and in due time they produced fish. The ova he 
 had covered in without impregnation produced nothing. He 
 repeated the experiment frequently, and always with similar 
 results. He has even taken two female salmon in the act 
 of spawning. The ova of one he impregnated with milt 
 from a male ; the ova of the other he did not impregnate. 
 He covered in each under equal conditions, apart, in the 
 same spawning-bed. The ova that he had caused to be 
 impregnated were productive ; the other proved perfectly 
 barren. This experiment was repeated, and the result was 
 ever the same." 
 
FEEDING TIMES OF TROUT. 33 
 
 of diminutive leech, in shape resembling a small 
 clove, and called by Walton "the sug or trout 
 louse." The fish remain in this state till return- 
 ing spring exerts its invigorating influence, pro- 
 ducing abundance of food, and enabling them to 
 remove to the more shallow parts of the stream 
 and its stickles, up which they advance by de- 
 grees. Here, becoming gradually purified and 
 strengthened, they are at last fair game for the 
 sportsman, if they by chance escape the wiles of 
 the prowling poachers who are allowed by an 
 indifferent legislature to destroy so wantonly a 
 large proportion of what might, with hardly any 
 trouble, become staple food for the dense popula- 
 tion of these islands, and be an endless source of 
 innocent and healthful enjoyment. 
 
 Trout, in common with most kinds of fish, feed 
 chiefly by night; but in cloudy weather, and, 
 when the water is discoloured, even in sunshine, 
 they often feed in the day-time induced, no 
 doubt, by the similarity to their vision of these 
 conditions of the water and atmosphere to the 
 evening twilight, and by the presence of a tempt- 
 ing quantity of flies or other kinds of food. At 
 any rate, cloudy days are those on which the 
 angler's wiles are most likely to be successful. 
 The trout then haunt, for feeding places, the sides 
 
34 HAUNTS OF TROUT. 
 
 and tails of swift currents, or scours (called in the 
 west of England stickles), little turns and eddies, 
 where insects are carried by the stream, and many 
 other places, a knowledge of which is indispens- 
 able to successful practice. Indeed, it is a fact 
 which we would earnestly impress upon the as- 
 pirant to piscatorial renown, that to know where 
 to cast the flies is nearly as important as to know 
 how to cast them. A person ignorant of the 
 former would have almost as little chance of suc- 
 cess as if he were unable to perform the latter. 
 It is true that in early spring, when food is scarce 
 and the fish are obliged to depart in some measure 
 from their usual stationary habits, in order to pro- 
 cure a meal, his random-thrown flies may some- 
 times fall in the way of " a passing inhabitant of 
 the liquid element ; " but when, as the season ad- 
 vances, this necessity for roving is at an end 
 when the fish obtain their prey with no other 
 trouble than that of seizing it occupying parti- 
 cular feeding-places, and taking at pleasure the 
 food within their ken in this case, he who 
 would ensnare 
 
 " The monarch of the brook" 
 
 must not expect that " monarch" to leave his 
 dining room and rush headlong after " the trea- 
 
" COURT " ETIQUETTE. 35 
 
 cherous flies," wherever they may happen to be ! 
 Certainly not. He must have the politeness to 
 " drop a line," neatly and carefully, at the mo- 
 narchial dwelling, coax its occupant to accept of 
 the proffered invitation to be led a dance by the 
 nose, and, in due course, to be transferred, con 
 amore, into the osier retreat of his fish basket. 
 But to be serious. This knowledge, as we have 
 said, is indispensable, and it can only be acquired 
 by observation and experience, for the peculiari- 
 ties of every river render it impossible to give 
 general instructions. 
 
 It is thought probable and the opinion is 
 supported by Buffon, Yarrell, and many other emi- 
 nent naturalists that fishes are led to their prey 
 chiefly by their sense of smelling. Such, indeed, 
 is the abundance of the olfactory nerves in certain 
 fishes, that the celebrated Cuvier conjectured that 
 "something more important than the occasional 
 power of smelling is given them." This addi- 
 tional function he conceived to be that of recog- 
 nising certain substances not in themselves odori- 
 ferous when mixed with or dissolved in water 
 thus enabling the fish to make a selection of such 
 waters as may be purest, or otherwise adapted to 
 their habits. Mr. Stoddart is undoubtedly cor- 
 rect in stating that trout, when feeding on flies, 
 D 2 
 
36 SMELLING IN FISHES. 
 
 trust, in general, more to their sight in seeing 
 them than to their sense of smelling; and that 
 they dart at them with a velocity too great to be 
 checked by any sudden discovery. Some natu- 
 ralists entertain contrary opinions as to the faculty 
 of smelling in fish. Among them is Mr. Erasmus 
 Wilson, who (in an ably written chapter in 
 Ephemera's "Handbook of Angling") places it 
 "next in order to that of hearing, and greatly 
 inferior to sight." 
 
 Naturalists are not fully agreed about the power 
 of vision in fishes ; indeed, unanimity cannot be 
 expected on a subject depending so much upon 
 analogy and conjecture. Mr. Yarrell says " the 
 external structure of the eye itself is but slightly 
 rounded, but the lens is spherical, a structure 
 which, in a dense medium, affords intense power 
 of vision at short or moderate distances rather 
 than a long sight. When water is clear, smooth, 
 and undisturbed, the sight of fishes is very acute. 
 This is well known to anglers, who prefer a 
 breeze that ruffles the surface, well knowing that 
 they can approach much nearer the objects of 
 their pursuit, and carry on their various deceptions 
 with a much better chance of success." Professor 
 Rennie, Professor Wilson, and some other modern 
 writers, who are the advocates of the non-imita- 
 
VISION IN FISHES. 37 
 
 tion system of fly-fishing, thus found their theory : 
 " The form of the eye in fishes proves that they 
 are all very short-sighted ; so much so, that the 
 dense medium of water can have but small in- 
 fluence in extending their vision, which must be 
 further limited from the eye being covered by the 
 common skin of the head, in order to defend the 
 eye-ball, as there are no eyelids for this purpose 
 as in other animals. This indistinctness of vision 
 may be observed, by any one who will take the 
 trouble, in the gold and silver fish usually kept in 
 glasses. It is of considerable importance for the 
 angler to bear this indistinctness of vision in 
 fishes always in mind, as much of his success 
 must depend on being guided thereby. The 
 shadow, for example, which will be cast upon the 
 water by having the sun in his back, will have 
 the same effect in frightening the fish as if it 
 were, caused by a harmless sheep or a prowling 
 otter; and the poor fishes, being unable to dis- 
 criminate between friends and enemies, dart away 
 in terror at every shadow which crosses them. 
 The same indistinctness of vision will prove the 
 decided fallacy of the supposed art of the routine 
 angler, who fancies the fish are so well skilled in 
 the colours and forms of particular flies as to 
 refuse all other sorts on particular seasons and 
 
 D 3 
 
38 VISION IN FISHES. 
 
 days, and even at different periods of the same 
 day. Nothing can be more preposterous than 
 such a notion, universal though it be amongst the 
 most experienced anglers ; yet, at the same time, 
 I am well aware that the facts are certain upon 
 which they found the fancy, but are to be ac- 
 counted for on a totally different principle. The 
 fish appear to seize upon an artificial fly, because, 
 when drawn along the water, it has the appear- 
 ance of being a living insect, whose species is 
 quite unimportant, as all insects are equally 
 welcome. The aim of the angler, accordingly, 
 ought to be to have his artificial fly calculated, by 
 its form and colours*, to attract the notice of the 
 fish, in which case he has a much greater chance 
 of success than by making the greatest efforts to 
 imitate any particular species of fly." This ex- 
 tract, from " The Alphabet of Angling," contains 
 the substance of Professor Eennie's remarks on 
 this subject, a subject to which we shall revert 
 in a subsequent chapter, remarking at present 
 that we are forcibly struck with the idea that 
 
 * The learned Professor appears to have forgotten what 
 he had just said about " colours and forms." The " routine 
 system" is very ingeniously defended from the Professor's 
 " heretical innovations " by Messrs. Shipley and Fitzgibbon. 
 See their Treatise on Fly-Fishing, chap. vii. 
 
VISION IN FISHES. 39 
 
 indistinctness of vision in fishes seems incompatible 
 with the harmonious arrangements and wise adap- 
 tations of Providence, as manifested in every 
 object of creation. It seems strange that a 
 creature, provided with organs of the most rapid 
 motion, and using them freely and fearlessly both 
 in escaping from its enemies and in avoiding the 
 numerous obstructions which constantly present 
 themselves in the element in which it lives, should 
 yet be deficient in organs so indispensable to this 
 freedom of motion as those of seeing. The sight 
 of birds is exquisitely acute ; and therefore it is 
 no wonder that, in their rapid flights through the 
 air, they should never come in contact with one 
 another, or with the obstacles which we constantly 
 see them avoid: but it certainly would be a 
 strange anomaly if fish the motions of which 
 are still more rapid than those of birds should 
 also escape similar mischances, as we all know 
 they do, and yet possess only the " indistinctness of 
 vision" ascribed to them by Professor Rennie. It 
 seems unnatural to associate, in the same creature, 
 rapidity of motion with defective sight ; and, until 
 such an association is admitted by all naturalists, 
 or at least has preponderating evidence in its 
 favour, and is found not at variance with the 
 general laws of nature, we do not see why plain- 
 p 4 
 
40 VISION IN FISHES. 
 
 going anglers, although it may prove that they 
 labour also under similar " indistinctness of vision" 
 (intellectually speaking), should not venture to 
 question the correctness of even a professor's 
 notions, particularly when a difference of opinion, 
 on anatomical and other grounds, exists among 
 naturalists themselves, and when a new angling 
 theory is founded on those notions. Mr. Eras- 
 mus Wilson, in summing up a minute conside- 
 ration of the subject, thus declares his opinion: 
 " Whether, therefore, we regard the mechanical 
 or the vital apparatus of the organ of vision, or 
 whether we pursue the inquiry by anatomical 
 investigation, or by observation of the habits of 
 the animals, we have the clearest evidence before 
 us that the faculty of sight in fishes is one of their 
 highest sentient endowments." Our readers will 
 judge for themselves as to the respective merits of 
 these conflicting opinions. 
 
 If it be true that fish possess the faculty of 
 smelling in the perfection ascribed to them by 
 some naturalists, as mentioned in a preceding 
 page, it cannot be unreasonable to suppose that 
 rather from the lack of odour in the artificial fly 
 than from anything wrong in its appearance, trout 
 sometimes rise snappishly, or shorty without taking 
 it. On these occasions it is probable that they 
 
HEARING IN FISHES. 41 
 
 have already fed to repletion, and, from being 
 indifferent about further rising, are the more dif- 
 ficult to be deceived. Some affirm that, in this 
 case, the application to the artificial fly of a small 
 portion of a worm or fly, or of any other substance 
 composing the food of trout, will often, from its 
 emission of odour, induce the fish to seize the 
 previously rejected bait. We know, also, that 
 rhodium, oil of aniseed, assafoetida, and other 
 aromatics, are said to possess marvellously attrac- 
 tive properties, and to be in frequent use by many 
 ultra "cannie" craftsmen. We are not at all 
 inclined, however, to apply this knowledge to 
 any practical purpose piscatorially speaking 
 though we presume not to say that it is equally 
 unworthy the attention of the naturalist. 
 
 Although anatomical observation has proved 
 the existence of the organs of hearing in most 
 species of fish, there can be no question that, as 
 affecting his sport, the angler need be under no 
 concern about them. The result of numerous 
 experiments with fire-arms and otherwise has con- 
 firmed us in the opinion which our own experience 
 had long before induced. Who ever dreamed of 
 imputing his piscatory success to the observance 
 of taciturnity, admirable quality though it be 
 a quality of which we would not say a syllable in 
 
42 HEARING IN FISHES. 
 
 disparagement? We remember on one occasion 
 having first-rate sport within ten yards of a band 
 of inebriated musicians (pardon the profanation, 
 O Apollo !) who favoured us with a special sere- 
 nade in a style any thing but dolce e piano 
 half stunning us with the squeak of clarinets, 
 the clang of trumpets, and the thunder of a roll- 
 ing drum, amid the uproar of a fight among the 
 bystanders. We endured the din with proper 
 equanimity, landing fish after fish at the very feet 
 of our disturbers, without suspecting them of 
 Glenkindie's power to attract our speckled cap- 
 tives, and yet experiencing no contrary effect. 
 
 Professor James Wilson a brother of the 
 delightful and celebrated " Christopher North," 
 and the author of the excellent article on Angling 
 in the Encyclopaedia Britannica alluding to 
 this subject, in that article, says : " There is no 
 doubt that fishes possess the power of hearing, 
 though merely as a general sense of sound, and in 
 all probability without the power of perceiving 
 any variety or range of intonation. It appears 
 to us that the simple fact of fishes being, as a 
 class, almost, if not entirely, mute, is of itself a 
 logical ground for believing that their perceptions 
 of sound are extremely dull." 
 
 The voracity and omniverous propensities of 
 
VORACITY OF TROUT. 43 
 
 fishes are well known. The trout feeds on flies, 
 moths, worms, snails, beetles, larvae, shell-fish, the 
 spawn of other fishes (particularly that of the 
 salmon, which forms an excellent bait), grass- 
 hoppers, smaller fishes of every kind, not even 
 excepting those of its own species in a word, it 
 devours indiscriminately, and with equal avidity, 
 " every minute thing that swimmeth in the 
 waters." Nor is it always satisfied with tit-bits 
 and morsels, for even frogs, mice, water-lizards, 
 and (though with less probability) toads, are said 
 to deserve a not inconspicuous position in its 
 bill of fare." 
 
 Flies as we have before illustrated are by 
 far the most nutritious kind of food. Of these 
 beautiful insects there are many hundreds of 
 species, some fifty or sixty of which, at least, 
 comprise the angler's catalogue of "imitations." 
 We ought, perhaps, to have mentioned earlier 
 that the action made by trout to seize their 
 winged prey, as it floats upon or hovers imme- 
 diately over the surface of the water, is called, in 
 angling phraseology, " rising." 
 
 We shall appropriate the following chapter to 
 
 a brief account obtained from the best sources 
 
 of some of the principal flies, concluding the 
 
 present chapter with remarking (though the cir~ 
 
44 INTELLECTUALITY OP FLY-FISHING. 
 
 cumstance may be too obvious to require pointing 
 out) that the practice of fly-fishing, in addition to 
 numerous other recommendations, which it would 
 be superfluous to enumerate, presents peculiar 
 facilities for studying some of the most interesting 
 productions of nature. The habits of fishes and 
 of the insects on which they prey extensive 
 and important sections of the animal kingdom 
 with " many curious and interesting facts," adds 
 Sir Humphrey Davy, himself an accomplished 
 naturalist and fly-fisher " are really forced upon 
 the angler's observation ;" so that in addition to the 
 enjoyment derived from the practice of angling, 
 the seeds of still more pleasurable and intellectual 
 pursuits cannot fail to be sown, if the soil be of 
 anything like the proper character to receive 
 them. 
 
ENTOMOLOGY. 45 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 " Let no presuming impious railer tax 
 Creative Wisdom, as if aught was formed 
 In vain, or not for admirable ends*" 
 
 THOMSON. 
 
 FKOM the flies, of infinite variety, which haunt 
 the water, the trout makes no invidious selection ; 
 all, as their successive genera spring into exist- 
 ence, in the wonderful economy of insect birth, 
 become its greedy and welcome prey. By far the 
 greater portion of those delicate and fragile crea- 
 tures those "emblems of human life, and beings 
 of a day" which form the food of trout, are 
 produced from Iarva3 which inhabit the water. 
 These are strictly aquatic flies. But not a few 
 species found upon the water are bred upon the 
 land, and are indebted to the wind, or some other 
 accidental cause, for their transition to another 
 element. Among these last are the cow-dung 
 fly, the hazel fly, the ant fly, and many other 
 well known species. 
 
 The flies which are most commonly imitated 
 by "routine anglers" belong to two families of 
 
46 THE PHRYGANIiyE. 
 
 the aquatic kind, one of which is called by 
 naturalists Pltryganida, and the other Ephemeridce. 
 The former is included in the order Trichoptera 
 and the latter in the order Neuroptera. The 
 phryganidas are familiarly termed cad or caddis 
 flies, and sometimes water moths. The different 
 British species, of which there are upwards of 
 two hundred, are known by the names of gran- 
 nam, sand fly, hare's flax, and from their colour, 
 yellow flies, cinnamon flies, and the like. Flies 
 of this family are distinguished, among other more 
 minute peculiarities, by four large dark- coloured 
 wings, pervaded by numerous veins, through 
 which the blood or, more correctly speaking, a 
 fluid corresponding to what in animals is called 
 the blood is said to have been discovered to 
 circulate. The wings are longer than the body 
 of the insect, and when at rest lie flat along its 
 back the foremost and larger pair being folded 
 over the hindermost pair. The shape and position 
 of the wings, indeed, resemble those of moths, 
 but the downy substance found upon the wings of 
 the latter is altogether wanting. The antenna, 
 or feelers which emanate from the front of the 
 head, and appear like horns are very long ; 
 and the legs are long, dark, and slender. 
 
 The females lay their eggs upon the leaves of 
 
THE PHRYGANID^E. 47 
 
 overhanging trees and bushes, to which they 
 adhere till they are hatched a process which, 
 in summer weather, soon takes place. The 
 eggs produce little six-legged larvae, which fall 
 into the water, and immediately set about 
 constructing for themselves tube-like cases in 
 which to reside secure from their numerous 
 enemies in the list of which are other larvae 
 and fishes. When seen at the bottom of the 
 water these cases appear like short bits of stick, 
 but they will be found, on examination, to be 
 regularly and beautifully constructed of various 
 materials some of minute portions of the leaves 
 and other parts of aquatic plants ; others of pieces 
 of reed, grass, and the like; and many of fine 
 gravel, sand, and even little shell fish, each 
 species selecting its peculiar materials, which are 
 neatly and strongly cemented together with a kind 
 of glue, which the larvae produce, and which com- 
 pletely resists the action of water. The cases are 
 lined inside with a kind of silk, which the insect 
 spins from its mouth in the same manner that ca- 
 terpillars do. The cases of most species being 
 specifically lighter than water, the larvae swim 
 with facility, and thus have a greater range for 
 their food than those species which inhabit cases 
 composed of denser materials. These last are 
 
48 THE PHRYGANID.E. 
 
 necessarily confined to the bottom for their food, 
 and that, no doubt, is the particular place at 
 which it can be found the different species being 
 of course led by instinct to select the proper and 
 peculiar materials for their habitations. " Pro- 
 fessor Rennie," says a writer in the Saturday 
 Magazine, "made repeated experiments with the 
 larvae of the phryganidae, in order to ascertain 
 their mode of building. He deprived them of 
 their coverings, and furnished them with materials 
 for constructing new ones. He found that they 
 worked at first in a very clumsy manner attach- 
 ing with threads of silk a great number of chips 
 to whatever materials were within their reach, 
 and thus surrounding themselves with materials, 
 many of which are never used in the perfect 
 building. Unskilful as their efforts may at first 
 appear, there is much wisdom in this aggregation 
 of all the substances within their reach before 
 their dwelling is actually commenced ; for when 
 these preparations are completed, they are able to 
 devote their whole attention to. the building, and 
 to select the requisite materials from the heap 
 close at hand." 
 
 The larvae feed principally on tender aquatic 
 plants, but some species are carnivorous preying 
 on smaller insects, even of their own kind. Taken 
 
THE PHRYGANID^E. 49 
 
 out of their cases, the larvse arte often used as bait 
 for trout and other fish. Their cases are open at 
 each extremity, and when feeding or crawling 
 they expose their head and legs, which are in- 
 stantly withdrawn on the slightest alarm, and 
 their hinder parts are furnished with two hook- 
 like appendages, with which they are attached to 
 their cases, and thus can draw them along as a 
 snail does its shell. 
 
 After having passed sufficient time in the larva 
 state to arrive at the proper degree of maturity, 
 the insect fastens its case to the stem of some 
 water plant, or other substance, and, closing it at 
 each extremity with a kind of grating, through 
 which the water necessary for respiration flows, it 
 turns to an inactive pupa, which is a further step 
 towards its perfect state, the rudiments of which, 
 indeed, now become clearly perceptible. In a 
 few days it issues from its outer case, rises to the 
 surface of the water, and, bursting its pupa skin, 
 appears in its last and perfect form of a beau- 
 tiful fly. 
 
 The time at which this class of flies appears on 
 the water depends on the temperature of the 
 season. If it be mild, the sand fly will be seen 
 in the end of March. This fly is much more 
 abundant on some rivers than on others, and its 
 E 
 
50 THE PHRYGANIDJE. 
 
 imitation is more or less used in these different 
 localities. * Bainbridge, Ronalds, and some other 
 writers, speak highly of its " killing" properties. 
 As the season advances the phryganidas appear 
 only in the mornings and evenings; and in the 
 height of summer, during the night only, thus 
 approximating to moths in their habits as well as 
 conformation. The grannam, which is also called 
 the green tail, from the colour of the bag of eggs 
 in the female, first appears in April, and may be 
 seen flitting, in infinite numbers, about the sides 
 of the stream, and among the bushes on its banks. 
 In warm weather during May and June, the 
 angler should be at work by sunrise, for he will 
 find the fish disposed for early breakfast on the 
 grannams and other flies which soTs first beams 
 bring into existence; and, as the summer ad- 
 vances, he may expect the fish to be more inclined 
 for their winged feast at daybreak, and in the 
 " shades of evening," than during the heat and 
 lassitude of the day. The male grannam is called 
 the hare's flax, and is not, of course, in posses- 
 sion of the green caudal appendage of the female. 
 
 * Careful and complete instructions for dressing the 
 various flies mentioned here and elsewhere in this work, 
 and lists of the proper materials for the purpose, will be/ 
 found in subsequent chapters. 
 
THE EPHEMERID^E. 51 
 
 The cinnamon fly, of which there are several 
 varieties, comes on the water in August. It 
 much resembles the sand fly of April. 
 
 The family Ephemeridce comprises a tribe of 
 insects very different in their appearance and 
 habits from the phryganidce already described. 
 Their antenna^ or feelers, are very small, and 
 their wings which, in the smaller species, are 
 very delicate and nearly transparent stand 
 erect on their backs, like those of the butterfly. 
 They have two pairs of wings, the hindermost of 
 which is very much smaller than the anterior pair. 
 Their bodies are soft, small, and elongated, and 
 from their extremity proceed two (in a few species 
 three) long hair-like filaments, called Setce, or, in 
 less scientific language, tails 9 or whisks. The 
 ephemerida?, in their perfect state, are the most 
 short lived of insects hence their name. Their 
 longest life extends but to a few hours ; some 
 species to only a few minutes. In the boxes of 
 naturalists, however, they have been kept alive for 
 more than ten days, but, as Mr. West wood re- 
 marks, " there can be no doubt that had these 
 individuals been at large and capable of pursuing 
 their natural habits, their existence would have 
 been as short as that of their companions." 
 
 The female lays her eggs on the surface of the 
 E 2 
 
52 THE EPHEMERID^E. 
 
 water, and, sinking to the bottom, they are soon 
 hatched. Although the life of the insect, in its 
 perfect state, is so very short, such is by no means 
 the case in the larval stage of its existence. In 
 some species two or three years elapse between 
 the hatching of the egg and the appearance of the 
 insect in the winged state. That time is passed 
 at the bottom, where the insect undergoes various 
 transmutations, each gradually fitting it for its 
 brief existence in another element. Unlike the 
 phryganidae, these Iarva3 do not construct cases in 
 which to take up their residence, but they hide 
 themselves under stones and among 'the roots of 
 plants sometimes collecting together in great 
 numbers. Some excavate holes in the mud at the 
 bottom and along the banks below the surface of 
 the water. These retreats consist of two tunnels, 
 each having an external opening, and connected 
 inside at the extremity. The object of this con- 
 trivance is to allow free ingress and egress to the 
 inmate. Were there but one straight perforation 
 the insect would be obliged to turn itself quite 
 round to effect its object, which would be attended 
 with great inconvenience, from the diameter of the 
 tunnel being little larger than that of its own 
 body. The burrowing kinds seldom quit their 
 retreats, but the others range about very actively, 
 
THE EPHEMERIDJE. 53 
 
 feeding upon vegetable matter. It is stated by 
 some writers that the former feed upon the clay, 
 in which their holes are made. Swammerdam, 
 the celebrated Dutch naturalist, found that sub- 
 stance in their stomach and intestines. " It is 
 therefore most probable," says Mr. Westwood, 
 " that when the larva has assimilated the decaying 
 vegetable matter contained in the mud, the earthy 
 particles are discharged. The larva is provided 
 with six legs, and what are regarded by some 
 writers as a row of fins on each side of the body. 
 These fin-like appendages, however, are, with 
 greater probability, considered by other writers to 
 be the organs of breathing answering to the 
 lungs of land animals, and to the gills of fishes. 
 They are constantly in motion, and are pervaded 
 by little tubes, very curiously arranged, through 
 which the air is supposed to pass. The general 
 form of the larvse resembles that of the perfect 
 insect, with the exception, of course, of wings, and 
 the likeness becomes more and more apparent 
 after each moulting. Its last change, in the water, 
 is into the pupa state, and when this has taken 
 place and the atmosphere is of the proper tem- 
 perature, the insect rises to the surface, and, 
 emerging from its confinement in the pupa skin, 
 appears in the form of a delicate fly. But its 
 E 3 
 
54 THE EPHEMERIDJE. 
 
 transmutations are not yet complete, for the newly 
 produced insect makes early use of its wings to 
 remove to the nearest bank or tree, where it 
 undergoes its final metamorphosis shedding the 
 whole of the delicate skin with which not only 
 its body, but its wings, legs, and whisks were 
 covered. The cast off skin remains behind, re- 
 taining for a short time the exact form of the 
 insect.* After this final change the fly is brighter 
 in colour, its wings are more shining and trans- 
 
 * This wonderful operation may be witnessed by any one 
 who will take the trouble to catch a blue dun, or any other 
 ephemeral fly, and place it under a wine glass. Or even 
 that trouble may be saved by watching, for a few minutes, 
 the same kind of flies alighted on the sleeve of his coat 
 during his summer-evening's ramble by the river side. 
 These insects will have availed themselves of his presence 
 for the express purpose of undergoing the operation, and if 
 he be a lover of nature, the contemplation of such a sight 
 will prove an ample return for the convenience afforded by 
 the said sleeve, and for the slight interruption to his fishing 
 or his walk which that contemplation may have occasioned. 
 To the dwellers by the Axe we need not mention Cloakham 
 bridge as a favourite resort of ephemeral flies for the 
 purpose mentioned, nor as an excellent place for studying 
 the economy of many other aquatic insects J; to say nothing 
 about its claims to their attention for affording a pleasant 
 prospect of varied scenery, and for the study of other por- 
 tions of animate and inanimate nature from the beaux 
 and belles of Axminster, and the groves and lawn of Cloak- 
 ham, downwards. 
 
THE EPHEMERID^E. 55 
 
 parent, and its whisks are considerably longer. 
 The insect is at last, after so much labour and 
 danger, in its perfect or imigo state, and being now 
 furnished with organs to continue its species it 
 loses no time in fulfilling the Divine command. 
 Indeed, it has no time to lose. The new life, or 
 rather state of existence, into which it is launched 
 is but a very brief one its very moments are 
 numbered. The parental duties are hastily com- 
 menced, and the life of both the male and female 
 insect ceases with their accomplishment. The 
 duns and other smaller species lay their eggs 
 while sitting on the water, but the May-fly, and 
 some others, do so while springing up and down 
 in the air, from the surface. The whole number 
 deposited by a single May-fly has been calculated 
 at eight hundred, which, perhaps, is considerably 
 more than that deposited by the smaller species. 
 Very little time is occupied in depositing them, 
 as they are arranged in two packets, the contents 
 of each being cemented together with a substance 
 soluble in water. These packets are deposited at 
 the same moment, and the grains of which they 
 are composed separate, and become dispersed 
 in the water, to be hatched as before described. 
 To counterbalance its immense prolificacy, the 
 enemies of the little insect are numerous and 
 E 4 
 
56 THE EPHEMEKID^S. 
 
 voracious. The swallow which skims the pool, 
 and the trout which breaks its surface, immolate 
 thousands when in the very act of propagating 
 their kind and the latter, too, are not indifferent 
 to their future winged prey when in the state 
 of crawling grubs at the bottom of the water. 
 
 The blue dun appears upon the water towards 
 the end of February, or earlier in mild weather, 
 and continues in a succession of species and 
 varieties throughout the season. After the blue 
 dun has changed its first-winged coating, in the 
 manner just described, it assumes a different 
 colour and is called the red spinner in which 
 state it lays its eggs. Its imitation in the dun 
 state, however, is most used by anglers par- 
 ticularly in the early part of the season. u The 
 term dun," observes Mr. Ronalds, " seems to have 
 been applied in a general sense to the different 
 species of ephemeridse in the first winged state 
 (except those of the largest size) another name 
 being added to designate each species as the 
 blue dun, yellow dun, &c. In like manner the 
 term spinner seems to have been applied as a 
 general name for the final or perfect state of the 
 same insect another name, also, being added to 
 distinguish each species, as the red spinner, the 
 great red spinner," &c. The latter is the meta- 
 
THE EPHEMERHXE. 57 
 
 morphosis of the much praised and far famed 
 March brown, or brown drake, as it is often 
 called, which is a large brown insect of great 
 beauty, and forms, if the inhabitant of another 
 element may be allowed to judge, a very tempting 
 and appetible morsel. It appears on the water 
 in the middle of March, and continues about 
 three weeks, and sometimes rather longer.* It 
 is only seen in warm days, when few duns are 
 to be found, and its imitation is used most suc- 
 cessfully in \vindy weather, upon the ranges or 
 deep parts of the river. In April a species of 
 pale lemon-coloured dun, with delicate gauze-like 
 wings, comes on; and towards the end of the 
 month is succeeded by a variety more decidedly 
 yellow, with wings of nearly the same colour as 
 the body. The spinners to which these duns 
 change are of lighter and darker red in pro- 
 portion to the yellow tint of their precursors. 
 As the season advances, the duns, in both their 
 winged stages, become gradually darker, and by the 
 middle of September they acquire the same hue 
 as on their first appearance in spring. A variety 
 
 * When a fly is spoken of as remaining on the water for 
 a certain time, it must be remembered that not an indi- 
 vidual, but a species^ is meant a new generation being 
 hatched every day, and often every hour. 
 
58 THE EPHEMERID^:. 
 
 called the September blue is very prevalent 
 during the whole of autumn. It is very small 
 and nearly white. The iron blue, or Scotchman, 
 is one of the most delicate and beautiful of water 
 flies. It is most abundant, on cold days, from 
 the middle of April to the middle of May, but 
 it is occasionally on the water through the rest 
 of the season. Its imitation is in great repute, 
 being on many rivers what the May-fly is on 
 others one of the best and most favourite 
 flies. Its little body and wings are very dark 
 blue, and its legs yellow. After casting its skin 
 it appears in the very different garb of the white 
 or silver spinner the imitation of which is 
 chiefly used in summer evening fishing. Of the 
 British ephemeridse the largest is E. vulgata 
 the May-fly. This beautiful insect, though 
 totally unknown in many rivers, literally swarms 
 in others. It usually appears towards the end 
 of May, and continues in season about a month. 
 It is greedily taken by trout, which soon give 
 ample proof of its nutritious qualities ; and its 
 imitation particularly if dressed smaller than 
 usual may be very successfully used, especially 
 in windy weather. In its first winged state it 
 is known by the name of the green drake. The 
 female changes to the grey drake, and the male 
 
THE PERLID^E. 59 
 
 to the black drake which last is seldom imi- 
 tated artificially. 
 
 It is somewhat extraordinary and we are not 
 the first to notice the circumstance that the na- 
 tural history of the May-fly should be so little 
 understood by many of the best anglers on the 
 rivers on which it abounds. It is generally be- 
 lieved to spring from a cad-case similar to that of 
 the stone fly. The idea is altogether erroneous. 
 These identical species, indeed, are the leading 
 English members of two distinct classes of insects, 
 widely differing from each other, in their struc- 
 ture and habits, during every state of their exist- 
 ence. 
 
 The stone fly belongs to the family Perlidce, 
 which is included in the same order as the ephe- 
 meridas. It is a very large brown insect, in 
 season during April and May, and its imitation is 
 only fished with in windy weather. To the same 
 family belong also the yellow sally, appearing in 
 May ; the willow fly a large insect, though 
 much smaller than the stone fly, and easily recog- 
 nised by its habit of fluttering about on the sur- 
 face of the water ; and the red fly, which appears 
 in February, or earlier in mild weather, and con- 
 tinues till April. 
 
60 GENERAL REMARKS ON 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 " The rod fine tapering with elastic spring, 
 Snatch'd from the hoary steed the floating line, 
 And all thy slender wat'ry stores prepare." 
 
 THOMSON. 
 
 IN the natural order of our piscatorial lessons the 
 selection of the various implements required for 
 the pursuit of our art presents indisputable claims 
 for consideration at this stage of our labours. 
 
 It may be well to observe that we shall not 
 attempt to give instructions for the manufacture 
 of all the different articles, because such instruc- 
 tions would occupy a great deal more space than 
 would perhaps be commensurate with their utility. 
 Nobody, now-a-day, thinks of becoming his own 
 rod or reel maker, except professionally. Most 
 of us are too closely engaged with the active 
 duties of life to find time for such a purpose ; and 
 those who are not, have rarely the mechanical 
 ability, or, if so, the inclination, to apply them- 
 selves to the task. And the necessity for such 
 amateur manufacture is obviated by the facility 
 
THE FLY-FISHER'S " HARNEYS." 61 
 
 and comparative cheapness with which every article 
 can now be procured in all parts of the country, 
 in a style of workmanship unmistakably charac- 
 terised by the extraordinary improvement which 
 the last few years have so conspicuously developed 
 in all our industrial productions, whether minis- 
 tering to the wants or to the amusements of man- 
 kind. Except in the case of flies, therefore, to 
 which these remarks can hardly be so generally 
 applicable, we shall confine ourselves to such a 
 description of the necessary implements as we may 
 consider necessary to enable our pupils to make 
 a judicious selection of them to detect infe- 
 riority, and to know what constitutes excellence. 
 We proceed first, then, to treat of the fly-fisher's 
 rod, and then, seriatim, of his tackle, or, as it is 
 called by Dame Juliana Berners, his " harneys,"* 
 
 * This lady was the first angling author, or at least the 
 first who published a printed book on the subject. She 
 wrote that curious production, The Bake of St. Albaris, 
 which was "imprinted" at Westminster, by Wynkin de 
 Worde, the assistant and friend of Caxton. This u Boke" 
 was published originally without " the Treatyse of Fyssh- 
 inge," which was added to it for the first time in 1496. 
 Dame Juliana, who was eminent for piety and learning, and 
 whose name ought to be held in veneration by anglers in all 
 ages, was prioress of the nunnery of St. Sopwell, near 
 St. Alban's, Hertfordshire, and her "Boke," besides the 
 " Treatyse of Fysshinge" already mentioned, contained 
 
62 THE ROD. 
 
 and shall conclude this division of our subject, 
 with instructions, in a separate chapter, for the 
 manufacture of artificial flies. These instructions, 
 we trust, will differ from those very generally 
 given in works of this description, in the important 
 particular of being sufficiently simple and com- 
 plete to effect an object so much oftener attempted 
 than attained, namely, that of enabling a person 
 of ordinary intelligence to acquire from them 
 alone, with moderate application, a practical know- 
 ledge of the delightful art. We say this with 
 some degree of confidence, because both the letter- 
 press instructions and the diagrams which illus- 
 trate them are the production of practical fly- 
 makers, and have been prepared with no little 
 labour and care; and because more than one 
 pupil, possessing not the slightest previous know- 
 ledge of the art, have by their aid alone, in 
 manuscript, become what many who manufacture 
 books on angling are not the makers of a neat 
 and "killing "fly. 
 
 In the choice of a fly-rod the purchaser must 
 dismiss every idea of a whip, and remember that 
 the great desideratum is power, not pliability, and 
 that stiffness is one of the chief means by which 
 
 also treatises on " Hawkynge and Huntynge," in verse, 
 and also a treatise on the method of " Blazynge of Armes." 
 
THE ROD. 63 
 
 that power can be obtained, supposing the rod 
 be correctly made in other respects. It must be 
 obvious that considerable care should be taken in 
 the selection of this important implement, seeing 
 that upon it so much of the angler's success de- 
 pends. To insure a good cast, or to strike and 
 play a large fish properly with a bad rod that is 
 to say, with a rod which is either too pliable in 
 the lower part, and top-heavy, or else too rigid 
 throughout and of too cumbrous a size amounts 
 to sheer impossibility. We shall endeavour to 
 point out, before we have done, what we conceive 
 a good rod to be, and although our notions may 
 not exactly square with those of many other 
 writers on the subject, we hope the reader will 
 not on that account find them the less worthy of 
 his attention. 
 
 A good rod does not begin to play much till 
 about the middle, whence its elasticity increases 
 upwards in proportion with the gradual tapering. 
 It is made of such just and correct proportions, 
 and its pliability is so nicely regulated, that, 
 whatever be its weight, it balances so well in 
 the hand as to feel very light and free in 
 using. Such a rod is to use a figurative phrase 
 a rara avis a thing so seldom met with as to 
 become a curiosity a piscatory treasure ever 
 
64 THE KOD. 
 
 to be valued by its fortunate possessor. One 
 cause of this rarity is to be found in the circum- 
 stance that rod makers are seldom rod users : and 
 should this not be generally the case, the chances 
 are that the maker does not fully understand the 
 principles on which a rod ought to be constructed. 
 This may be called an ungenerous remark, but it 
 is induced by our own experience and that of 
 older and better anglers than ourselves and the 
 truth is not always ill-naturedly told. In our 
 opinion, fly-rods for the generality of trout 
 streams in this country we mean not, of 
 course, the few rivers to fish which a double- 
 handed rod is necessary are usually made too 
 large and too long, or else their length is out of 
 proportion to their diameter rendering them 
 over pliable, and therefore comparatively power- 
 less. A moderately stiff and small rod of eleven 
 feet long, possesses infinitely greater power, and 
 is infinitely more pleasant to use, than a heavy 
 pliable one of fourteen feet in length. In fact, 
 the latter has no useful power it will not throw 
 against the wind, nor can it well, indeed, be used 
 at all in very windy weather. Some peculiar 
 properties it certainly does possess, and among 
 them are the undesirable ones of tiring the arm, 
 failing to strike or play a fish well, and causing 
 
THE ROD. 65 
 
 constant entanglement of the line. The disad- 
 vantages of a long and over flexible rod are well 
 known to us: we can, indeed, speak very feelingly 
 upon the subject, for it was once our misfortune 
 to be the proprietor of one. Its original cost was 
 thirty shillings, and right glad were we to ex- 
 change it with a " brother of the angle " for a ten 
 shilling rod, not above two-thirds its size, but the 
 equal of which, for power and general excellence, 
 we have never yet met with. Our friend, how- 
 ever, was well pleased with the exchange ; so 
 were we very. It is but fair to add that good 
 rods are nothing like so scarce as they formerly 
 were. The last three or four years have seen 
 some great improvements, and from what cause 
 we presume not to say a very general falling in 
 with the opinions we have long and repeatedly 
 set forth. 
 
 As from the wrist proceeds the chief action in 
 the process of throwing the line, it is obvious that 
 the choice of the rod should be influenced by the 
 strength or weakness of that joint. What is a 
 stiff and cumbersome rod to one man may exactly 
 suit another of stronger muscle ; and the same rod 
 tried by a third person, possessing still greater 
 strength, may handle light and airy as an en- 
 chanter's wand, and, therefore, will be to him, 
 F 
 
66 THE ROD. 
 
 comparatively speaking, powerless. A person 
 may determine by a very few casts supposing 
 him to be expert in throwing whether the rod 
 he handles be adapted to him or not. If it be 
 properly under his command, the force communi- 
 cated by his wrist, in wielding it, will be felt at 
 the very point of the line, and the fly there will 
 alight upon the water quiveringly and insect-like. 
 If otherwise, the spring required in the impulsion 
 of the rod will be so neutralised by the overweight 
 of the latter, that it will not be communicated to 
 the line, which, in consequence, will be thrown 
 solely by the movement of the rod, without any 
 control of the wrist, and will always fall in an 
 ungoverned and slovenly manner. 
 
 Much of what we have already said and shall 
 have to say in future pages, will not, we expect, be 
 fully understood by a person wholly unacquainted 
 with the art ; but he will find it gradually become 
 more and more intelligible as his practical experi- 
 ence increases. We therefore recommend a person 
 desirous of making his first equipment, to act in 
 some measure under the guidance of an experi- 
 enced friend, if such can be met with ; or else to 
 rely upon the advice of the tradesman from whom 
 he makes his purchases provided he is a prac- 
 tical angler and an honest man, as indeed all true 
 
THE ROD. 67 
 
 anglers must necessarily be. We only ask of the 
 pupil who honours us by accepting our tuition, to 
 adopt our instructions in toto to allow us to 
 teach him all or nothing profiting as he goes on 
 by what his increasing experience suggests, so long 
 as it is in conformity with the principles which 
 we lay down. When he shall have gone through 
 the book, and applied and mastered its instruc- 
 tions, one by one when he is thus fairly out of 
 his leading-strings, and in a position to set up as 
 an angler on his own account, the matter is very 
 different. He will then be at liberty to adopt 
 what new instructions he may please to study, 
 compare, and practise them if he will. But, we 
 repeat, to do us justice, he must follow implicitly 
 our advice and rules ; and if seeking the assistance 
 of older hands, as we recommend in the selection 
 of the rod and tackle, must listen to nothing con- 
 trary to that which we set down ; else he will not 
 be giving us fair play, and will perhaps find out, 
 to his cost, in the end, that " in the multitude of 
 counsellors" there is not always and in all things 
 " wisdom." 
 
 To some extent out of curiosity, but more espe- 
 cially for the benefit of those who dislike our 
 notions of a rod, and prefer a long and heavy one, 
 we subjoin the opinions of two old writers on the 
 r 2 
 
68 RODS OF THE OLDEN TIME. 
 
 subject, with which these dissenters will perhaps 
 be more inclined to agree. Cotton, the friend and 
 disciple of our patriarch Izaac, says : " For the 
 length of your rod you are to be governed by the 
 width of the river you chuse to angle at, and for 
 a trout river one of five or six yards long is com- 
 monly enough ; and longer it ought not to be, if 
 you wish to fish at ease, and, if otherwise, where 
 lies the sport ? " Aye, " there's the rub ; " and 
 we may ask these objectors if they know any 
 sport more easy, pleasant, and agreeable, than 
 that of flogging the water for a whole day with 
 a rod eighteen feet long, and not remarkable for 
 its lightness? Verily the modern lords of the 
 creation have lamentably degenerated from their 
 hardy and stalwart ancestors they have become 
 a weak and puny race. Yea, according to the 
 author we are about to quote, we moderns bear 
 no comparison, in muscular development, with 
 even those " weaker vessels " the ladies of the 
 " olden time." She of whom so honourable men- 
 tion has been made in a foot-note at the com- 
 mencement of this chapter the ancient sporting 
 Dame, we mean, was herself accustomed to use 
 (and she advised others to do the same) a rod full 
 fourteen feet long. It was composed of three 
 pieces, the joints of which were bound round with 
 
A LADY'S ROD. 69 
 
 long hoops of iron. The butt was a " fayre staffe 
 of a fadom and a halfe longe, and arme grete " 
 that is, the size of one's arm ; " the whole making 
 a weight," remarks Fitzgibbon, " far too ponderous 
 for the muscles of us modern males; and Miss 
 Juliana herself must have been a lady of powerful 
 e thews and sinews/ not very much macerated by 
 prayer and fasting, prioress of a nunnery though 
 she was." 
 
 The fewer pieces a rod consists of the better 
 for use; though for convenience, particularly if 
 the angler be in the habit of travelling, the remark 
 is not so generally applicable. Under any cir- 
 cumstances, however, we do not advise more than 
 four joints, and consider three to be preferable, on 
 account of the rod composed of them handling 
 lighter and better, and being less liable to de- 
 rangement in its fewer ferrules. As to the mode 
 of connecting the joints, we deem the common 
 plan much better than that of screw ferrules, 
 which are heavy and apt to get out of repair ; but 
 care should be taken to ascertain that the ferrules 
 are nicely made, that they are fastened firmly, 
 and fit true and deep. The use of screw ferrules 
 is almost confined to Irish rods, which are gene- 
 rally beautifully made, but on very different prin- 
 ciples from what we consider the best. They are 
 F 3 
 
70 THE ROD. 
 
 too much of one size throughout, and therefore 
 too pliable for any but the very weakest wrist and 
 the most dandy summer-day fly-whipper. 
 
 We like no nick-knackery in our fishing gear 
 
 nothing ornamental only without commensu- 
 rate utility. Out-of-the-way things are our 
 abhorrence. Not that we are prejudiced against 
 novelty, but because all novelties are not im- 
 provements, and because, therefore, the inexpe- 
 rienced angler may be allured by new and well- 
 puffed articles from things of sterling value, 
 though of old-fashioned fabrication. What are 
 called general rods, that is, rods intended for 
 all sorts of fishing, worm, fly, float, and minnow, 
 
 may be classed in this category, and should, 
 therefore, be avoided as religiously as Morison's 
 pills, for both are quackery alike. It is impos- 
 sible to adapt one rod to all sorts of work, let the 
 joints be appropriated as they may. Nor is it 
 necessary that it should be so adapted. If you 
 want a fly-rod, reader, be content to buy a fly-rod 
 alone ; if a worm-rod or a trolling-rod, let it be 
 so, made for the one particular purpose, and 
 nothing more ; nor begrudge a few shillings in 
 the purchase, if dealing with an honest man, who 
 practically understands his business. All others, 
 for the craft's sake, thou wilt, of course, reli- 
 giously eschew. 
 
THE EOD. 71 
 
 There are several different kinds of wood used 
 in the construction of fly-rods, those in greatest 
 repute being ash, willow, and fir for the butt ; 
 lancewood, bamboo cane, elder, briar, and hazel 
 for the top ; and hickory, lancewood, yew, &c., 
 for the intermediate pieces. Of these^ the best, 
 perhaps, are willow, hickory, bamboo cane, and 
 lancewood. The last, for the top joint, can be 
 made of sufficient thinness at the point to dis- 
 pense with whalebone, which is heavy and other- 
 wise objectionable. We need not say that what- 
 ever kinds of wood are used, it is of paramount 
 importance that it be well seasoned, and that the 
 different sorts in the same rod be properly adapted 
 to each other. The butt should be bored, for the 
 purpose of receiving a spare top, and furnished 
 with a spike screwed into its base. Modern rods, 
 of any pretension to superiority, are never made 
 without these obvious conveniences. 
 
 As to the colour of rods, it is not, perhaps, a 
 matter worth disputing, although we must con- 
 fess that we have a decided penchant for black. 
 Some may think us fastidious in supposing that 
 highly varnished yellow rods are likely to scare 
 the fish particularly in sunshine. One thing, 
 however, and it is important, must be said in 
 favour of light varnish, namely, that it renders 
 r 4 
 
72 THE ROD. 
 
 visible all knots and other imperfections in the 
 wood, to conceal which, it is more than possible, 
 black varnish is sometimes daubed on. But again, 
 the colour of yellow rods is imparted by means of 
 aqua fortis, which probably operates injuriously 
 upon the wood. So much pro and con. The 
 advantages are decidedly in favour of black rods, 
 and this would seem to be a pretty general 
 opinion, for a yellow rod is now very seldom seen 
 in the hands of any fly-fisher. 
 
 The rings of the rod, through which the line 
 passes from the reel, are of more consequence 
 than some may imagine, inasmuch as correctness 
 and comfort in throwing depend somewhat upon 
 their perfection. It is not only necessary that 
 the rings be brazed neatly and strongly, but also 
 that the metallic loops by which they are fastened 
 to the rod be of good material, That generally 
 used is the fine copper on which watch dials are 
 formed, but perhaps small brass or copper wire 
 would be found more durable. Whenever a ring 
 is lost, particularly from the top joint, it should 
 be replaced before the rod is again used, or a 
 strain or fracture may be the result ; to say 
 nothing about the inconvenience of fishing with 
 the line hanging loosely at the place where the 
 ring is wanting. The rings on the butt should 
 
THE KOD. 73 
 
 be rather larger than those at the other extre- 
 mity ; or, to be more correct, they should dimi- 
 nish in size gradually from the butt upwards. 
 The binding of the loop of brass with which the 
 top of the rod is terminated should be whipped 
 neatly over with very fine brass wire, in order to 
 prevent it from being worn by the friction of the 
 line. 
 
 When the rod is laid by for the winter, it 
 should be rubbed over with either salad or linseed 
 oil, and hung in a dry place. A coat of varnish, 
 too, in the course of a couple of seasons, or 
 oftener if the rod be much used, is very desirable. 
 Copal varnishas recommended by some, and it is 
 said to answer very well ; but that compounded 
 from the following recipe, given in " Daniel's 
 Rural Sports," is preferable for many reasons : 
 " Shell-lac and seed-lac, a quarter of an ounce 
 each, finely powdered and put into separate 
 phials, with a quarter of a pint of the best spirits 
 of wine each; to be placed in a sand heat and 
 shaken often till dissolved. When each is dis- 
 solved mix them together, in a bottle sufficiently 
 large, with a quarter of an ounce of gum ben- 
 'jamin. Increase the heat and the dregs will 
 subside. Warm the wood, and, with a camel-hair 
 brush, lay on a thin coat." 
 
74 THE ROD. 
 
 A three-joint rod of the kind we have endea- 
 voured to describe, and of the best possible 
 materials and workmanship, may be purchased for 
 about a guinea, and a four-joint one for about 
 twenty-four or twenty-five shillings. The prices, 
 of course, vary in different places, and many 
 " tackle-puffers " (as Stoddart aptly designates 
 them) profess to sell the best rods at something 
 less than what would really be the cost of best 
 materials. To such worthies and such wares, 
 however, we cannot be suspected of having 
 alluded. 
 
THE LINE. 75 
 
 CHAPTER. Y. 
 
 " Bring the rod, the line, the reel ! 
 Bring, oh bring, the osier creel ! " 
 
 STODDART. 
 
 WE shall in this chapter complete our description 
 of the fly-fisher's tackle his line, reel, hooks, 
 and so forth, in the selection of which the same 
 care and attention should be paid as we have 
 shown to be so essential in the case of the rod ; 
 and for the same reason namely, that future 
 success very materially depends upon the good 
 quality and adaptation to each other of these 
 different articles. The materials for fly-making, 
 and all that relates to the manufacture of flies, 
 will follow in a separate chapter. 
 
 With the Line the same adaptation to the rod 
 must be observed as we have seen to be so essen- 
 tial in that of the rod to its wielder. It may be 
 taken as a general rule that the stiffer the rod, 
 the heavier and stouter should be the line, and 
 vice versa. Like the rod, too, the line should 
 taper with almost mathematical precision not 
 
76 THE LINE. 
 
 throughout its whole length, but in that part of 
 it which is mostly thrown out upon the water ; 
 for as the rest will remain wound up in the reel, 
 in reserve for an extraordinarily far cast, or for 
 playing a powerful fish, it may be of one uniform 
 size. If, therefore, the tapering of a twenty-five 
 yard line commences about the middle, it will be 
 quite enough. Although we have used the terms 
 heavier and stouter, they must, of course, be re- 
 garded only as relative, for it is evident that the 
 line must never be of such a size as to disturb the 
 water in using; though there is a difference in 
 the construction and weight of different lines 
 sufficient to justify the use of these terms, in the 
 absence of others more literally correct. 
 
 There are three different kinds of lines those 
 of horse-hair, of silk, and of both these materials 
 spun together. The silk line is totally useless ; 
 it imbibes the water too readily, and thus becomes 
 over heavy. The silk-and-hair lines are generally 
 considered best, and when they contain only a 
 very small proportion of silk, they certainly have 
 very considerable claims to that distinction; es- 
 pecially the London patent lines, which are 
 very evenly and beautifully spun. But for the 
 style of rod which we recommend namely, a 
 light and stiff one there is perhaps nothing 
 
THE LINE. 77 
 
 better adapted than a hair line, if its extreme 
 fine end be rejected, and the tapering, for a yard 
 or so, before joining the collar, be continued with 
 a substitution of twisted gut, forming what is 
 called a "point," or "bottom." This "point" 
 may be twisted with quills, in the same way that 
 school-boys make horse-hair lines. It should be 
 spun in three twists, that is, one strand or thread 
 of gut in each quill, and taper downwards from 
 stout to the very finest gut, so that at its place of 
 junction with the collar it be not thicker than the 
 coarsest end of the latter. These strands must 
 be united, in twisting, by means of a very fine, 
 neat knot, tied as hereafter directed, and the 
 length of the strands must be so arranged that 
 the different knots lie at some distance from each 
 other. Kemember, we are not speaking of twist- 
 ing different series of triple gut, independently 
 of each other, and then knotting them together 
 afterwards like an old-fashioned knotted line, but 
 of knotting the separate strands together during 
 the process of twisting, so that, in one sense, the 
 whole point may appear one entire piece. If 
 properly made, the knots will be so minute that 
 they will not only be no detriment to the lightest 
 casting, but will also run glibly through the rod 
 rings while being wound up with the line upon 
 
78 THE "POINT." 
 
 the reel. Unless hair lines are of the very best 
 description made of the choicest material, and 
 spun evenly but not too tight, they are objection- 
 able on the score of strength, and are apt to 
 kink in using. The London patent line is ex- 
 ceedingly strong, even when run to the extreme 
 of attenuation; indeed, its fineness is often its 
 greatest objection, from the difficulty of throwing 
 it against the wind, although this, of course, may 
 be removed by rejecting the extreme fine end, 
 and substituting a point. A light and fine line, 
 as we have before implied, is obviously the proper 
 adaptation to a small and pliable rod, and the 
 reverse ; and so long as this is kept in view, the 
 choice between the different sorts of lines may 
 be safely left to the judgment of the user. For 
 ordinary trouting, twenty yards of line are suf- 
 ficient; but in rivers visited by salmon in 
 which case, also, the tackle should be stouter 
 than would be otherwise advisable thirty, or 
 five and thirty yards, will not be too much. We 
 have proved it "no joke" to play Salmo solar 
 with only fifteen yards of line, and therefore beg 
 particular attention to the precautions we have 
 given.* The colour of the line is not of material 
 
 * See The Book of the Axe, pp. 92, 93. 2d edition. 
 
THE LINE. 79 
 
 consequence, but if there be any preference it is, 
 perhaps, in favour of light green and pepper and 
 salt colour. Lines of bay hair and white silk, 
 intermingled, are the favourite sort of many ; the 
 best colour, however, is that which shows least 
 conspicuously in the water, and it can be selected 
 by the angler without further instructions from 
 us. We hope, however, that he will not be too 
 fanciful, and prove "more nice than wise," for 
 some ingredients used in dyeing lines, as well as 
 other articles, have properties not calculated to 
 increase their strength or durability. Oil is some- 
 times applied to lines from a mistaken notion of 
 its preservative qualities, when the fact is that 
 few substances make horse-hair more quickly 
 rotten. Of this we had satisfactory proof, some 
 years since, on the first day of the season, after 
 our line had been saturated with oil during the 
 winter. The day was most propitious rising 
 time had commenced, and we had the gratifica- 
 tion to see the first large fish that we hooked 
 sail off with some half-a-dozen yards of our " best 
 London patent," collar and flies also, of course. 
 
 The best silk-and-hair wove lines, called the 
 London patent, are sold at the rate of three 
 pence per yard ; silk-and-hair spun lines at three 
 halfpence ; and hair lines at a penny per yard. 
 
80 THE REEL. 
 
 We shall now treat of the reel, which is called 
 also the winch, and, in Scotland, the pirn. 
 Great are the improvements which have lately 
 been introduced in the manufacture of this im- 
 portant article of the angler's equipment. The 
 chief of them js the alteration of the shape of the 
 frame, by contracting its width, from the old 
 standard, and proportionally swelling its diameter 
 retaining, of course, the common or simple 
 movement. This alteration of shape adds so 
 materially to the speed with which it enables the 
 line to be wound in, that the absence of multiply- 
 ing wheels, on the old plan (taking their numerous 
 defects into account), is more than compensated 
 for. These wheels, from their intricacy, and 
 consequent liability to derangement, were the 
 constant source of annoyance to all who used 
 them. But the multiplier (as this kind of reel is 
 called) is now so entirely superseded by the 
 simple reel of the contracted form, that further 
 remarks upon it are unnecessary. The angler 
 should be careful to select a light and nicely 
 made reel, on the contracted plan, and as a guide 
 to its proportions he may remember that the size 
 to contain thirty yards of line is about half an 
 inch wide by three inches in diameter. Its con- 
 struction should be of the simplest character 
 
THE REEL. 81 
 
 merely an axle passing through a very contracted 
 frame, and turned by a simple handle. But it 
 must not wind too freely, or the line will be apt 
 to over-run, and to be constantly getting en- 
 tangled from the too easy and unchecked revo- 
 lution. This over-freedom of motion is usually 
 guarded against either by the application of a 
 " click," which acts in a manner somewhat similar 
 to a railway break, or else by the action of a 
 spring placed between one of the fixed and re- 
 volving plates. Perhaps the latter is the neatest 
 and simplest plan, but we confess to a partiality 
 for the click, and chiefly on account of its music. 
 It produces the 
 
 " Something in that circling wheel 
 Which wakes the heart's emotion." 
 
 " Novelties" (as the drapers say) in "the 
 article " of reels, are occasionally presented to the 
 notice of the angling public; but, like many 
 novelties of other kinds, they have, generally, 
 but little of intrinsic excellence to recommend 
 them. Many which have fallen under our notice 
 were evidently the production of parties whose 
 knowledge of the use of the articles they made 
 was infinitely surpassed by their mechanical skilL 
 The reel should be firmly attached to the rod in 
 G 
 
82 THE COLLAR. 
 
 a direct line with the rings, and at a greater or 
 less distance from the butt end as may be re- 
 quired to balance the rod ; generally, from three 
 to six inches will be found the proper distance. 
 There are two principal methods of fastening the 
 reel. One requires a hoop of brass at the back of 
 the reel, to encircle the butt, and is kept tight by 
 a screw. The other, in place of a hoop, has a plate 
 of brass to fit into a groove which must be cut to 
 receive it in the butt ; two light circlets of brass, 
 or leather, drawn tightly over the plate, keep the 
 reel firm. The first is by far the preferable 
 method, as it admits of the easy shifting of the 
 reel for the proper balancing of the rod. The 
 price of such a reel as that which we have de- 
 scribed (if of the best workmanship) is about five 
 shillings. 
 
 THE COLLAR. 
 
 The lowermost part of the line, when fitted up 
 for actual use by the river's side, we mean the 
 part to which the flies are attached, is called in 
 the West of England the collar, and in other 
 parts of the country the foot-line, casting-line, 
 and gut-link. It is composed of a series of 
 lengths of silkworm gut, which should be of good 
 
THE COLLAR. 83 
 
 quality, and not, as is often the case, of the coarsest 
 and worst. Its length must depend upon the power 
 of the rod and the degree of tapering of the line 
 with which it is to be used. Indeed, the wrist of 
 the angler, and his rod, line, and collar, must 
 always be regarded as parts of one machine, and 
 be adapted to each other with almost mathemati- 
 cal exactness ; otherwise, pleasant fishing will be 
 out of the question. Very little practice will 
 prove that correct casting depends a great deal 
 upon the proper proportion of collar. When the 
 line, instead of going out smartly and straight, 
 bags, and falls loosely upon the water, it is by 
 reason of the smaller extremity being too much of 
 one uniform size a defect easily removed by 
 shortening the collar, and, if need be, the fine 
 part of the line also. There will occur few cases 
 in which more than four yards or less than two 
 yards of gut will be required ; but on this point, 
 in common with many others of our subject, so 
 much must be left to the exercise of the sports- 
 man's own judgment, that only a broad rule can 
 be laid down. 
 
 In making a collar, care should be taken to 
 
 match the lengths of gut with each other, that 
 
 the whole may taper uniformly. Two stout 
 
 pieces are first to be tied together, then two of 
 
 G 2 
 
84 THE ANGLER'S KNOT. 
 
 the next size smaller, and so on, gradually lessen- 
 ing to the bottom end, the last yard of which 
 should be fine and round. The front fly, or 
 stretcher, as it is called (in contradistinction to 
 the other flies, which are called droppers), must be 
 fastened at the extremity with the same kind of 
 knot as that employed for joining the lengths of 
 gut which form the collar, and it should never, 
 on any account, be looped on for loops at the 
 point, besides being clumsy, streak the water in 
 fishing. The best knot for the purpose is called 
 the old angler's or the slide knot, which, though 
 so simple as to be learned on witnessing a single 
 performance of the operation, is somewhat difficult 
 to describe. We will, however, make the at- 
 tempt : One end of each of the two pieces of gut 
 required to be united is held in each hand, be- 
 tween the forefinger and thumb, and projecting 
 two inches beyond their tips. The end thus pro- 
 jecting in the right hand is then placed side by 
 side with that in the left hand, both being then 
 held between the tips of the thumb and forefinger 
 of the latter, one pointing to the right, and the 
 other to the left* Holding the two in this posi- 
 tion, take with the right hand the end pointing 
 to the right, and turn it over the other piece of 
 gut in the form of a ring, bringing the end through, 
 
MODE OF ATTACHING THE FLIES. 85 
 
 and drawing tight the knot thus made, a common 
 knot, in fact. Then reverse the gut in the left 
 hand, and tie the other end in the same manner. 
 Draw the two knots together tightly, and they 
 will run neatly together into one. Cut off the 
 superfluous ends, and you will have one of the 
 firmest and most desirable knots in the world, 
 matrimony alone excepted. 
 
 If but a single dropper be fished with (and we 
 advise no more) it should be placed about half a 
 yard down the collar, measuring from the junction 
 of the latter with the line or point ; and when more 
 than two flies are used, the distance between each 
 should be equal. As to the mode of attaching 
 the drop -fly, we recommend the old-fashioned way 
 of looping provided always that it be neatly 
 done in preference to the more modern plan of 
 inserting the gut within one of the slide knots of 
 the collar. Many anglers are in the habit of 
 using even more than three flies a practice 
 which we by no means uphold. In summer, 
 when the weeds are usually high, we dispense 
 entirely with a dropper, and use only a single fly, 
 at the point. To this custom we owe the preser- 
 vation of many a collar and fly, much freedom 
 from entanglement of line and breaking of rod, 
 and, above all, frequent captures of many a 
 
 G 3 
 
86 GUT. 
 
 yellow-sided spanker/ whose retreat, by reason of 
 densely surrounding weeds, was inaccessible to all 
 collars carrying more than a single temptation. 
 That the drop-flies, when used, may not easily 
 become twisted about the collar, they should be 
 tied to stout and very stiff gut, not longer than 
 two inches for the first and three inches for the 
 second. Instead of connecting the line or point 
 and collar with loops, as is very commonly done, 
 we have long used a neater and more expeditious 
 method. At the end of the line or point we 
 fasten a piece of strong gut, to which the collar 
 may be attached by a slide- knot, and the disunion 
 may be instantly effected by the application of a 
 knife or the teeth. With care, a long piece of 
 gut will afford a great many tyings, and when it 
 is all used, a new piece can be easily supplied. 
 At the conclusion of fishing the collar should be 
 evenly coiled over the distended fingers, and de- 
 posited in the pocket of the fly-book. We need 
 hardly say that it ought never to be wound with 
 the line upon the reel. 
 
 GUT, 
 
 one of the most useful articles in the angler's 
 catalogue, is manufactured from the entrails of 
 
GUT. 87 
 
 the silkworm, and the chief supply is derived 
 from Spain and Italy. The process of manu- 
 facture, which is very curious, is fully described 
 in Mr. Elaine's " Encyclopedia of Eural Sports."* 
 The unproductive worms that is, those value- 
 less for silk are steeped in vinegar for a few 
 days, till they become tough, when the manu- 
 facturer takes them out separately, and pulls off 
 the outside skin, which is then a bright yellow, 
 as may be seen adhering to the fag or useless end 
 of the gut. Using his teeth and fingers, he 
 stretches out the glutinous intestine of the worm 
 to the required length, and then pegs it down 
 upon a flat hollowed board leaving it exposed 
 to the air till It becomes bright and hard. The 
 more it is drawn out in length, the finer, of course, 
 the gut will be. An inferior kind of gut is 
 manufactured from the sinews of herons and 
 other birds, and also from the fibres of certain 
 plants. The sort called Indian weed is made 
 from a grass peculiar to the shores of the Medi- 
 terranean. None of these last-mentioned kinds 
 should be used by the fly-fisher, and if, in the 
 confidence of inexperience, they are ever em- 
 ployed by him unwittingly, a very little wear will 
 
 * Published by Messrs. Longman & Co. 
 G 4 
 
88 GUT. 
 
 reveal their inferiority. The advantage of silk- 
 worm gut over every other kind is unquestionable, 
 and that alone should be used by the fly-fisher. 
 It is sold in skeins containing each a hundred 
 threads, and in choosing it care should be taken 
 to select those threads which are clear and round 
 rejecting all that are flat and dull coloured. 
 " The best proof of the strength of the gut," 
 says Professor Eennie, " is its hardness. Bite 
 it, and if it resists the teeth like wire, that is, 
 does not easily give way, it is good. . . . That 
 which is quickly bitten through, and makes little 
 resistance to the teeth, will not hold a fish in 
 a proper manner." When gut, by frequent 
 using, becomes worn and frayed, it may be easily 
 renovated by the application of Indian rubber. 
 There is much difference in the quality of gut, 
 and therefore some difficulty in stating the price 
 at which it may be purchased ; but as we think 
 that the plan we have commenced of giving the 
 usual prices of the different articles may be useful 
 to the inexperienced angler, we shall do so as 
 nearly as possible in every instance. It will be 
 sufficiently exact to say that very excellent fly- 
 gut may be purchased at three or four shillings 
 per skein. 
 
 We shall now say a few words about a small 
 
HOOKS. 89 
 
 but very important article of angling gear. We 
 allude to 
 
 THE HOOK, 
 
 of which there are several kinds, each having its 
 admirers. The principal sorts are the Limerick, 
 the Kendal, the Redditch, and the Sneck-bent 
 all of which possess distinct peculiarities in their 
 shape and workmanship. The chief qualities 
 which constitute a good hook are, lightness 
 that it may fall upon the water without disturbing 
 the fish ; temper that it may neither break nor 
 bend without much force ; and shape and sharp- 
 ness of point that it may hook a fish freely 
 and hold it well. It should be so tempered as 
 to admit of being taken by the point with one 
 hand and by the shank with the other, and pulled 
 asunder with some force, and, on the hold being 
 relinquished, return to its original shape. The 
 point should not be too long, but sharp nothing 
 in art requires to be made sharper and the 
 barb should be cut deeply and stand well off at 
 such a distance as to admit of the point being 
 well buried in the mouth of a fish before it is 
 fixed by the barb. It is obvious that this last 
 cannot take place if the barb be not of the shape 
 we have described. The point, too, should have 
 
90 THE HOOK. 
 
 a slight lateral inclination, and the bend a wide 
 curve. It may be that all these qualities are 
 found, more or less, in all the different kinds of 
 hooks we have mentioned, and that it is only 
 custom or prejudice which has caused the belief of 
 the superiority of any particular one over the rest. 
 We do not say that this is not the reason why 
 we greatly prefer to all others the Kendal Kirby- 
 bent hook. We have used it for twenty years, 
 and may say, without boasting for we intend 
 praising the hook, and not ourselves that we 
 have lost as few fish, either in striking or playing 
 them, as any brother of the craft with whom we 
 are acquainted. We have found it, in short, to 
 answer every purpose to be every thing that a 
 hook ought to be ; and if our angling has not been 
 t so successful as that of others, or as it ought, with 
 our opportunities and practice, to have been, we 
 do not dream of blaming the hook for our infe- 
 riority. The Limerick hooks are preferred by 
 many anglers, and, as far as temper and point are 
 concerned, they certainly cannot be surpassed; 
 but we object to their shape, which we think very 
 inferior to a straight shank and a crooked bend. 
 We refer, however, exclusively to the smaller 
 sizes used for trout fishing, believing those for 
 salmon flies to be infinitely superior to every other 
 
THE HOOK. 91 
 
 kind. The sneck-bent hooks are in almost ex- 
 clusive use in some parts of the country, particu- 
 larly in the midland counties ; and we are disposed 
 to consider them more worthy of regard than their 
 ungainly bend would induce a person unacquainted 
 with them to suspect. They certainly hold ad- 
 mirably, but we do not fancy that they hook so 
 freely as the Kirby-bent hook; and there is a 
 yery decided objection to them in their shortness 
 of shank to say nothing about the smallness 
 and closeness of their barb, which, did not their 
 sneck bend contribute so much to its holding 
 quality, would be a serious defect indeed. But 
 our mind has long been made up in favour of 
 the Kendal Kirby-bent hook, and we feel con- 
 fidence in recommending it. The different sizes 
 of the Kendal hook are indicated by figures, 
 commencing at 00 (the smallest trout size) and 
 ending at 12. The Kedditch hooks number con- 
 versely, from No. 12., the smallest, to No. 1., the 
 largest size. The Limericks are denoted by 
 letters of the alphabet, beginning from the smallest 
 midge with fe, f, ff, fff, c, cc, b, and bb ; after 
 which, for the larger, or " out sizes," figures are 
 used, commencing with 9-o (nine out, corre- 
 sponding with No. 1 Redditch, or 12 Kendal), 
 and going downward for the still larger sizes. 
 
92 THE HOOK. 
 
 For trout fly-fishing the most useful size hooks 
 are those numbered 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 Kendal, 
 corresponding with 11, 10, 9, 8, and 7 Redditch. 
 We never use smaller than No. 1 Kendal, from 
 the idea that their little bend is insufficient to 
 retain its hold in the mouth of a strong and 
 struggling fish. As our preference for the 
 Kendal hook is decided, it must be understood 
 that in future, when speaking of the size of hooks, 
 we shall employ the numbers by which the differ- 
 ent sizes of that particular hook are designated. 
 The different parts of a hook, to which we shall 
 often have occasion to refer, are shown in the 
 annexed figure: a the point; b the 
 barb ; c the bend ; the space be- 
 tween d and/ the shank ; and e the 
 shank-top. The diagram is not in- 
 tended to represent a perfect hook. 
 So much for the principal arti- 
 cles required in fly-fishing. There 
 remain a few other articles to com- 
 plete the list, but as they are not of 
 great importance, and as an error in their selec- 
 tion can scarcely be committed, we shall despatch 
 them in a few sentences previously reminding 
 those \vho may accuse us of descending to too 
 much minutiae, that perfection of parts makes 
 
THE FLY-BOOK. 93 
 
 a perfect whole, and that the most nicely regu- 
 lated affair in every other respect may be com- 
 pletely marred by a defect in one of its most 
 insignificant members. Proceed we, then, to 
 
 The Fly Book, which should be of a rather large 
 size (say six inches by four) and well furnished 
 with pockets and loops for scissors, a knife, and 
 so forth. It should number at least eight or ten 
 leaves, made of double parchment, with pieces 
 of cork at the corners to prevent them from 
 pressing too closely together ; and the tongues on 
 which to coil the flies should be large and stiff. 
 The price of such an article, in a black leather 
 case, is about five shillings; in russia, which is 
 more durable, it is of course higher. 
 
 The Landing Net is recommended only when 
 the banks of the river are high and the fish large. 
 An angler whose piscatory reputation is fully 
 established, who has taken his degree of M.A.,* 
 
 * Master of Angling "an honour to which no one is 
 admitted before he has performed the qualifying act of 
 hooking and landing, without assistance, a salmon not less 
 than fourteen pounds weight ; after which he ought, on 
 producing his testimonium, to have the entre of every 
 angling club throughout Great Britain and Ireland. Should 
 there be no salmon-fishing in the waters where he exer- 
 cises his skill, then a jack of the same weight, also taken 
 without assistance, or a stone and a half of trout, half a 
 
94 THE LANDING NET. 
 
 and whose judgment therefore will not be ques- 
 tioned, may venture on a landing net under any 
 circumstances ; but to the novice and the would- 
 be it is a different matter. The cockneyism of the 
 latter an animal begirt with a capacious basket, 
 ,and furnished with a folio book of flies will, 
 by the addition of a landing net, be complete. 
 Often will such a wight have the mortification 
 to be sarcastically cautioned against killing " all 
 the fish in the river," while the sad conviction 
 will possess him that he will doubtless return 
 with an infinitely greater weight of tackle than of 
 trout. Nevertheless, a landing net is useful, and 
 may often be carried with propriety. Its ring 
 should be made of brass or copper, and not 
 jointed, as some are, but in one entire piece ; and 
 its size should not be too confined. A bamboo 
 handle is the lightest and best. It should be 
 about three feet long, and furnished at the butt 
 end with a spike and crook, which last is useful 
 to disengage the line when entangled in bushes. 
 Price from eight to ten shillings. 
 
 The taste of the purchaser and about taste, 
 
 hundred-weight of barbel, or a peck of dace, roach, or 
 perch, caught in a day's fair fishing, not in dock or pond , 
 may be allowed as a qualification, speciali gratia, for the 
 same degree." The Angler's Souvenir. 
 
A WORD TO THE WISE. 95 
 
 nil disputandum will direct him in his selection 
 of the " osier creel," the value of which depends 
 upon its size, the sort of materials with which it 
 is made, that is, whether of whole or split 
 withies, and the style of its manufacture. The ' 
 French excel in basket work, and the best and 
 neatest creels sold in this country are made in 
 France, or, at least, by French artists. A creel 
 of the best kind, of middle size, ought not to cost 
 more than six shillings. 
 
 Here we would advise and caution the in- 
 experienced and, whatever may be the imputed 
 motive, on the honour of an angler we do so 
 conscientiously, against cheap tackle of all kinds. 
 If you use it on the ground of economy, you 
 will certainly find yourself deceived. It will 
 prove, longo intervallo, exactly the reverse, for 
 you will have occasion to be always buying, and 
 will be constantly losing fish through its defects. 
 If it cost little, it must be of inferior quality 
 for good materials and good workmanship cannot 
 be obtained for a trifle, and a few shillings extra 
 bestowed on best articles cannot be extravagant 
 when their advantages are taken into consider- 
 ation. 
 
96 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 " Next pouch must not fail, 
 
 Stuffed as full as a mail, 
 
 With wax, crewels, silks, hair, furs, and feathers, 
 To make several flies, 
 For the several skies, 
 That shall kill in despite of all weathers.'* 
 
 COTTON. 
 
 WE now proceed to our instructions for the 
 manufacture of artificial flies laying it down 
 at the outset, as a strict condition, that all who 
 honour us by adopting these instructions and 
 expect us to teach what they desire to know, 
 shall follow them implicitly in every particular, 
 and resort to no others unless ours shall have 
 been found to fail ; that one stage of the process 
 shall be thoroughly mastered before proceeding 
 to another; and that these stages be mastered 
 progressively in the order in which we have 
 arranged them. We ask this in justice to our- 
 selves, and will undertake the task of preceptor- 
 ship on such conditions only. 
 
 Before commencing the operative part of fly- 
 
STORING THE MATERIALS. 97 
 
 making, it is indispensable to procure a stock of 
 " the raw material/' the collecting and arranging 
 of which are attended with considerable interest, 
 and afford scope for not a little taste and judg- 
 ment. We shall proceed to enumerate the prin- 
 cipal articles required, arranging them under 
 their proper heads, with descriptions and remarks 
 to assist the novice premising that the fitting 
 place in which to store the materials is a t box 
 with two or three sliding tiers or compart- 
 ments one above the other, made to lift out like 
 the box of a " wandering Jew," The upper tier 
 should be mapped out into partitions for hooks 
 and other small articles, and the bottom of the 
 box should be appropriated to the larger wing 
 and tail feathers, skins, &c., all wrapped in sepa- 
 rate papers duly labeled. There, also, should be 
 kept the store of hackles, in a large book, between 
 the leaves of which the different kinds should be 
 separately and smoothly arranged. Every care 
 should be taken to protect the feathers, &c., from 
 moth; no particles of flesh must be allowed to 
 adhere to them, and musk or bitter apple should 
 from time to time be liberally applied to them. 
 The latter must be used with caution, being 
 poisonous ; but it is an effectual preventive and 
 destroyer of these destructive insects. 
 
 H 
 
98 MATERIALS FOR FLY-MAKING. 
 
 SILK. 
 
 The bodies of some flies are imitated with this 
 material, either in its floss state or from stout 
 sewing silk prepared by drawing out its two or 
 three separate strands, and using them singly in 
 the manner of floss silk. Silk, however, is not so 
 often used for this purpose as fur, and therefore 
 the stock need not be very extensive. The prin- 
 cipal colours are yellow, straw-colour, purple, 
 brown, and claret-colour, and they can be pro- 
 cured at any mercer's. Good silk for tying flies 
 is not so easily obtained. It should be of a 
 sombre colour, such as drab, and very fine, strong, 
 and free from dross. The last is as indispensable 
 for waxing properly as strength and fineness are 
 for the strength and neatness of the flies. The 
 silk used for the finest description of kid gloves 
 answers nearest to this description; and the 
 strands of silk braid, drawn carefully out, are 
 often an admirable substitute. 
 
 FUR. 
 
 This material, which is of great importance, is 
 also used to form the bodies of artificial flies, and 
 
MATERIALS FOR FLY-MAKING. 99 
 
 is technically called dubbing. It should not be 
 very soft and sappy, so as to imbibe the water 
 too readily, nor so stiff and coarse as to render 
 its winding on a difficulty although almost the 
 coarsest hair is, by proper preparation, available 
 in the hands of an experienced artist. This pre- 
 paration, which indeed is almost always neces- 
 sary, consists of breaking the fur or hair into 
 minute pieces, and must be particularly attended 
 to when furs of different colours are required to 
 be mixed together. Of these, a small portion of 
 each must be taken between the forefinger and 
 thumb of one hand, and, with the forefinger and 
 thumb of the other hand, be repeatedly broken 
 up together till thoroughly incorporated with 
 each other into a uniform mass. The furrier's 
 shop presents the means of procuring a supply of 
 much of this useful material, of which, indeed, a 
 great assortment is only necessary to the fly-maker 
 by trade. As indispensable may be enumerated 
 the brown fur which one's wife or sister's boa 
 will perhaps readily furnish, albeit at the expense 
 of a scolding if detected at the pilfer ; mole and 
 water-rat's fur, which are valuable, and fortu- 
 nately obtainable without the risk alluded to in 
 the case of the boa ; a lighter blue fur than these 
 last, which is found at the roots of the squirrel 
 H 2 
 
100 MATEEIALS FOR FLY- MAKING. 
 
 and rabbit's fur ; flax from a leveret's head and 
 neck; the fur of the martin -cat, which is of un- 
 equalled yellow ; red and yellow hair of various 
 shades taken from sheep-skin door mats, of which 
 the finest in texture should be selected. A 
 supply of all these will constitute a sufficient 
 variety. 
 
 HERLS. 
 
 This is the name given to the filaments which 
 spring from each side of the stem of the peacock's 
 tail feathers, and also to the plumlets of those of 
 the ostrich. The peacock's herls should be of a 
 copper-colour, fine in the stem and thick and 
 short in the downy fibre. Of ostrich feathers the 
 most necessary colour is black. 
 
 TWIST. 
 
 This material, whether of gold or silver, should 
 be very fine, round, and well covered with metal, 
 so as to appear like solid wire. 
 
 HACKLES. 
 
 These are the feathers which grow upon the 
 neck of fowls, and should be taken from the 
 
MATERIALS FOB FLY-MAKING. 101 
 
 upper part, immediately behind the poll. Hen's 
 hackles are preferable for wing-flies, and those of 
 the cock for hackle-flies, such as the palmers. 
 No part of the angler's treasures demands greater 
 care in selection than his hackles, which have 
 most to do with the setting-off of a fly; for, how- 
 ever correct and excellent may be all the other 
 materials of which it is composed, a bad hackle 
 will assuredly spoil the whole, either by destroy- 
 ing its harmony or its neatness, or both. Colour 
 is of first importance, after which rank shape 
 and fineness of fibre. These last are mainly 
 affected by the age of the bird at the time 
 its hackles are plucked. Cocks produce the best 
 hackles when between ten and twenty months 
 old, when the shape of the hackles is regular, and 
 their texture best suited for the fly-maker's use. 
 It is rare to meet with a perfectly shaped hackle, 
 and at the same time good in every other respect. 
 The common faults are, a stiffness and coarseness 
 of the stem and of the plume fibres invariably 
 the case with the hackles of an old cock and a 
 shape broader towards the point than at the quill 
 end. To make a good fly with such a hackle is 
 next to impossibility. It is important that the 
 colour be as nearly as possible the same on both 
 sides, not greatly lighter on the under part (or 
 
 H 3 
 
102 MATERIALS FOR FLY-MAKING. 
 
 that which grows nearest the skin) than on the 
 upper part. There is never the same kind of 
 gloss on the under as on the upper part, but the 
 difference of colour is sometimes several shades, 
 and this is not desirable. The plume fibres 
 should be fine, glossy, and set close together on 
 the stem, and these requisites are usually met 
 with in the hackles of a game cock of about ten or 
 twelve months old. The chief colour required of 
 cock's hackles is blood-red, for palmers, with a 
 small portion of black towards the quill. A use- 
 ful sort, too, for making the same fly, is what is 
 called the furnace hackle, or one having a blood- 
 red ground (if the term may be allowed), with a 
 narrow black line passing from the quill to the 
 point on each side of the stem. It is not easy to 
 obtain either of these kinds in perfection, but 
 when met with they cannot be too highly prized. 
 As to hen's hackles, it must be remembered 
 that they should never be taken from a hen less 
 [than two years old an age when the cock, as a 
 hackle producer, is becoming worthless. Hackles 
 from a younger hen are always brittle in the 
 stem, particularly at the point, and the plume 
 fibres are of too soft and downy a nature. Red, 
 yellow, black, and the different shades of blue, 
 are the most useful colours. Light blue hackles, 
 
MATERIALS FOR FLY-MAKING. 103 
 
 tinged at their edges with a golden hue, are 
 invaluable for a particular sort of the duns. 
 Hens, unlike cocks, improve for the fly-maker- 
 with age, every year adding to the strength of their 
 hackle-stem, and to the fineness of their plume 
 fibres. The best season for procuring hackles is 
 mid-winter, when the fowls are in full plumage. 
 Nature will furnish sufficient variety of colour to 
 obviate the necessity of dyeing, which gives an 
 unnatural character to the feather, and, unless 
 for salmon-fishing, is altogether unnecessary. 
 
 The different parts of a hackle are shown in 
 the annexed engraving, in which a represents the 
 
 quill, b the point ; from d to e the stem ; and 
 c c c c the plume. 
 
 MATERIALS FOR WINGS. 
 
 The wings of artificial flies are most commonly 
 made with a portion of the feather of some bird's 
 
 H 4 
 
104 MATERIALS FOR FLY-MAKING. 
 
 wing, the wings principally used being those of 
 the starling, moorhen, landrail, and thrush. The 
 feathers are always best when newly procured, 
 because they are then suffused with an oily sub- 
 stance which renders them compact and glossy. 
 This shows the desirability of the stock of feathers 
 being frequently renewed. Besides, old feathers 
 are apt to harbour moth, an enemy to be kept 
 at bay only by the strictest attention and care, 
 especially by the constant examination and turn- 
 ing out of the stock, and admitting into it no 
 single article from an old or ill-kept store. The 
 part of the feather used for wings should be so 
 arranged, in stripping it from the stem, that the 
 under side of the plume fibres stand outside when 
 tied on. The starling's feather may be consi- 
 dered perfect, as regards quality, and it varies in 
 shade according to the age and sex of the bird 
 from which it is taken, the youngest furnish- 
 ing the lightest. The second, third, and fourth 
 feathers of the wing, counting from the longest 
 outside feather, are best, though all the others are 
 not useless. 
 
 WAX. 
 
 Common shoemaker's wax, without any prepa- 
 
MATERIALS FOR FLY- M AKING. 105 
 
 ration, is very generally used for fly-making, and 
 it works freest when not too new, and after 
 good thumbing before a fire. But wax of 
 an improved kind may be made as follows : 
 Take equal quantities, by weight, of bees' wax 
 and the best yellow resin, and melt them together 
 in a pipkin. When thoroughly dissolved, pour 
 the mixture into cold water, and, after a few 
 minutes, take it out and work it with the fingers 
 till it assumes a silvery appearance. Then take 
 a piece of shoemaker's wax which has been used 
 for a little time, and in quantity equal to this 
 compound, and, with the hand, incorporate the 
 two together before a small fire. If transparent 
 wax, which will not materially alter the colour of 
 the silk waxed with it, be required, the shoe- 
 maker's wax must be omitted; the only ingre- 
 dients necessary, and their proportions, being two 
 parts of resin and one part of bees' wax. But 
 this latter sort is quite unnecessary, and it is far 
 inferior to the other. 
 
 SCISSORS. 
 
 These should be long in the blades, with fine 
 and sharp points, and should cut very keenly at 
 the extremity the part most used ; and the 
 
106 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 bows should be large enough to admit the thumb 
 and finger freely. 
 
 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 Artificial flies may, for convenience, be divided 
 into two classes, requiring in their manufacture 
 somewhat different manipulation. One class in- 
 cludes the hackle flies, or palmers, and the other 
 wing flies. The latter admits of subdivision, 
 representing the same kind of insect in two 
 different states at rest and in motion. In a 
 state of rest the form and colour of the natural 
 insect are attempted to be imitated ; and in that 
 of motion the appearance of fluttering is sought 
 to be added. This is done by dispensing with 
 the wing and employing instead a full and floccu- 
 lent hackle wound close to the head. Flies 
 dressed in this manner, the least employed of any, 
 are called buzz. 
 
 There are various methods of fly-making; 
 scarcely any two artists, indeed, working in a 
 precisely similar manner. Some methods are very 
 imperfect, and others are unnecessarily complicated. 
 The method which we employ, and shall now 
 attempt to teach, can be classed in neither cate- 
 gory. It admits of every kind of application, no 
 matter what the required size, shape, or material ; 
 
ELY-MAKING. 107 
 
 and for neatness and simplicity will bear com- 
 parison with the best. A test of twenty years in 
 the manufacture of many hundred dozens of flies 
 of all descriptions, and a careful comparison with 
 other methods, enable us to speak with con- 
 fidence. But it must not be presumed that we 
 pretend the art can be learned without con- 
 siderable practice and attention. To make a fly 
 in a neat and truly artistic way, by however 
 simple a method, demands the practice of months, 
 or, in some cases, perhaps, of years; but a person 
 determined to succeed, and willing to pay implicit 
 regard to good instructions, will find a few weeks, 
 or even a few days, sufficient to enable him to 
 make a passable and "killing" fly. 
 
 What w r e require as indispensable to the mas- 
 tery of our instructions is, the strictest compliance 
 with every direction, however minute; constant 
 practice of each separate stage from the first and 
 simplest, and the proceeding to a new stage only 
 after the preceding one is completely mastered; 
 and, lastly, patient perseverance under any diffi- 
 culties which may present themselves, but which 
 will thus really soon disappear; Before com- 
 mencing a fly, it is necessary that all the materials 
 required for the process of making it should be 
 selected and arranged by the artist on a table 
 
108 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 immediately in front of him, so as to be directly 
 under his hand ; viz., scissors, hook, gut, waxed 
 tying- silk, materials for the body, hackle properly 
 prepared, the feather with which to form the wing, 
 and such other materials as may be requisite for 
 the fly intended to be dressed. The hands of the 
 fly-maker should be fresh washed, so as to be free 
 from greasiness or perspiration, which would 
 interfere with the proper use of the wax ; and his 
 nails should be long and pointed. These appa- 
 rently trivial hints are really of considerable im- 
 portance. 
 
 TO MAKE A RED PALMER, 
 
 We shall commence our instructions with this 
 fly, because it calls in practice most of the prin- 
 cipal manipulations. 
 
 The selection and preparation of the hackle 
 require the first and greatest attention, not only 
 in the case of the palmer, but also in that of every 
 other fly. To give an idea of the correct pro- 
 portion of the hackle to the size of the hook, for a 
 palmer (and to that fly we now exclusively confine 
 our observations), we may remark, that the longest 
 plumes on each side of the stem, at the broadest 
 part, should be about equal to the length of the 
 hook-shank, whatever its size, that is, from the 
 
FLY-MAKING, 109 
 
 pointy to the point d (Jig. 1.); and that the length 
 of the stem, when the hackle is prepared for use, 
 and exclusive of the bare quill end, should be 
 about four times the length of the shank between 
 these points. To prepare the hackle for use, take 
 it with the left fore-finger and thumb, at the 
 point b (Jig. 2.), and hold it firmly ; then, with the 
 right fore-finger and thumb, stroke the plumes 
 the reverse way from their natural position, that 
 is, from e towards d (Jig. 2.), until they stand 
 nearly at right angles to the stem, as shown. 
 
 The hackle thus prepared, two strands of pea- 
 cock's herl, two or three inches of gold twist, 
 the hook, gut, and waxed tying-silk (six or eight 
 inches long, to serve for two flies), complete the 
 list of materials for this important fly, to the 
 actual manufacture of which we now request the 
 learner's attention, repeating our expression of the 
 hope that he will follow implicitly our instruc- 
 tions, will master one step completely before 
 proceeding to the next, and will consider each suc- 
 cessive mastery in the light of an indispensable 
 achievement. 
 
 I. Holding the hook and applying the tying-silk. 
 Commence by taking the hook by the bend, with 
 the point downwards, between the tips of the 
 fore-finger and thumb of your left hand, the shank 
 
110 
 
 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 extending beyond 
 your fingers and 
 pointing towards the 
 right, in a horizontal 
 position. With your 
 right hand apply one 
 extremity of the ty- 
 ing-silk to the mid- 
 dle part of the shank, Fig. 3. 
 holding it against the shank with the tip of the 
 fore-finger and thumb of your left hand, as shown 
 mjig. 3., and, with your right hand, wind the silk 
 up the bare shank in close coils (that is, in such a 
 manner that each successive turn of the silk may lie 
 side by side with the last,) to the pointy (Jig. 1.). 
 
 II. The Catch. Ketain the silk in that po- 
 sition by passing it between the third and fourth 
 fingers of the left hand, as shown in Jig. 3. (a). 
 This operation, called the catch, is in frequent 
 use, and is intended to prevent the silk from 
 uncoiling while the right hand is engaged in 
 collecting the materials, or otherwise. 
 
 III. Putting in the gut and attaching it to the 
 hook. Lay the gut (a a, Jig. 4.) along the under 
 side of the shank, as shown in the figure, pre- 
 viously flattening the extreme end with the teeth, 
 to prevent its slipping readily. Attach it to the 
 
PLY-MAKING. 
 
 Ill 
 
 hook by winding the 
 tying-silk back tight- 
 ly, in close coils, over 
 both hook and gut 
 towards the bend of 
 the hook, as shown 
 at c(f,g. 5.), in which Fig. 4. 
 
 a represents the gut, and b the end of the tying- 
 silk. Continue winding in 
 close coils down to d (Jig. 
 5.), being careful, during 
 every part of the operation, 
 when the right hand is other- 
 wise employed, to prevent the tying-silk from 
 uncoiling by using the catch, as before directed. 
 IV. Fastening the body-materials and hackle 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 preparatory to winding them. The silk is now in 
 the proper position for this operation. Fig. 6. 
 shows the method in which it is to be performed. 
 
112 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 The twist and herls are to be fastened in the same 
 way. Two or three herls are the number generally 
 used, but to prevent confusion only one is drawn 
 in most of our diagrams. Taking one end of the 
 gold twist with the fore-finger and thumb of your 
 right hand, and applying its extreme point to the 
 bend of the hook, secure it there with two or 
 three turns of the tying-silk in the same way 
 that the herl is shown to be fastened in fig. 7., 
 at a. Then take the herls, and in the same 
 
 manner fasten them in by the smaller end, as 
 already shown (Jig. 6 and 7). Take two turns with 
 the tying-silk, and then fasten the hackle by the 
 point /(fig* 8.), with that side of the feather upper- 
 most which grew nearest the body of the fowl. 
 The fly in this state will present the appear- 
 ance of fig. 8., in which e and a indicate each 
 end of the herl, c and b each end of the twist, 
 g a portion of the tying-silk, and f that part of 
 the hackle by which it is fastened to the hook. 
 
FLY-MAKING, 
 
 113 
 
 Fig, 
 
 With the right thumb applied to the hackle, 
 press it back as 
 shown in fig. 9., 
 in which c and d 
 represent the two 
 ends of the twist, 
 b and e the two 
 ends of the herl, 
 a the point of the 
 hackle, and f a 
 portion of the 
 tying-silk. Take the tying-silk (f) between your 
 right fore-finger and thumb, and wind it over 
 the ends of the herl and twist (b and c) to the 
 head of the shank. Fasten the tying-silk there 
 by placing it between the head of the shank and 
 the gut, as shown at a (jig. 10.), and cut off any 
 I 
 
 Fig. 9. 
 
114 
 
 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 Fig. 10. 
 
 superfluous por- 
 tion of the herl 
 and twist that 
 may remain at 
 that place. This 
 mode of secur- 
 ing the silk may also be resorted to when you 
 require to lay down your work, from fatigue 
 or otherwise, and is fre- 
 quently called into use. 
 V. Winding the herl to 
 form the body. Now 
 take the end of the herl e 
 (Jig. 10.), and commence 
 winding the herl, closely, 
 up the shank, as in fig. 
 11., using the stop* at 
 
 * This operation is performed by pressing tightly against 
 the hook- shank, with the 
 tip of the second finger of 
 the left hand, the tying- 
 silk, herl, or other material 
 employed, as shown in Jig. 
 12. The object is to pre- 
 vent the material from un- 
 coiling when you relax your 
 hold of it with your right 
 hand, which, in winding 
 herls, &c. you must do at 
 every turn to prevent their Fig. 12. 
 
 becoming twisted. 
 
FLY-MAKING. 
 
 115 
 
 every turn. Continue winding as far as the 
 point a. There stop,, as directed in the foot- 
 note, and taking the tying-silk b in your right 
 hand, remove it from between the gut and head 
 of the shank at c ; pass it two or three times 
 round the hook, gut, and end of the herl at , 
 and then secure the silk by placing it between 
 the gut and head of the shank, as before, and 
 cut off what remains unwound of the herl. 
 
 VI. Winding the twist. The fly will now 
 appear as Jig. 13., in which a represents the gut, 
 b a portion of the tying-silk, and c the gold 
 twist. .Take the twist c in your right hand, 
 and wind it up in open coils, as in Jig. 14., and 
 
 Fig. 14. 
 
 fasten it in the same way as you have been 
 directed to fasten the herl; afterwards securing 
 the tying-silk between the gut and head of the 
 shank, and cutting of the superfluous twist. 
 
 i 2 
 
116 
 
 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 Fig. 15. 
 
 VII. Winding the hackle. Keep the hook 
 in the same perfectly horizontal position, in the 
 left hand, as we suppose you to have done during 
 all the previous operations, and taking the hackle 
 by the stem (a, Jig. 
 1 5.), commence wind- 
 ing it up the body, 
 taking a turn be- 
 tween each coil of 
 the twist, till you 
 come to the point d ; 
 stopping it, of course, 
 at every turn, and arranging the fibres, as you pro- 
 ceed, that they may lie evenly and smoothly, turn 
 after turn. From the point d to the point b wind 
 what remains of the hackle in close coils, so that 
 it shall be all exhausted at the last named point. 
 Stop it there and employ the catch to hold down 
 the silk c at the same time. Push the fibres of 
 the hackle in their proper position, making them 
 cover the body smoothly and regularly, and keep 
 them down in that position by covering them 
 with the tips of your left fore-finger and thumb. 
 Then, still holding them down in this way clear 
 of the shank- top, the tying- silk being also tightly 
 held by the catch, let go the stop and draw 
 the stem of the hackle up, to bring it under the 
 last turn of the silk ; stop it there, and make two 
 
FLY-MAKING. 
 
 117 
 
 Fig. 16. 
 
 or three turns with the tying-silk over the stem of 
 the hackle and the bare 
 shank-top, as shown at c 
 (Jig. 16.). Use the catch, 
 to hold the tying-silk down 
 out of the way, and pull 
 the stem of the hackle in 
 order to be sure that you have t it close upon the 
 shank ; for, unless this care be taken, it is liable 
 to uncoil while fastening. Cut off the super- 
 fluous stem, take another turn or two with the 
 silk, and fasten off with two half-hitches, thus : 
 Stop the last coil of the tying-silk, and throw 
 the silk over in the direction of the arrow in 
 fig. 17., in the form of a ring. Again stop while 
 
 Fig. 17, 
 
 Fig. 18. 
 
 you pass the end b (Jig* 17.) through the ring, 
 and draw it tight. The head of the fly, if finished 
 properly, will appear asjft/. 18. 
 
 TO MAKE A BUZZ-FLY. 
 
 The making of a palmer will have taught so 
 i 3 
 
118 
 
 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 much of the general manipulations of fly-making 
 and their principles, that very little remains to be 
 done in order to apply them to every description of 
 fly. Abuzz-fly (^.19.) 
 is much easier to make 
 than either a palmer or 
 a wing-fly, on account 
 of the less troublesome 
 character of the hackle Fi S- 19 - 
 
 . in the one case, and the less number of materials 
 in the other. 
 
 Proceed exactly as directed for the palmer, 
 except that the hackle must be tied in about 
 half way up the shank, instead of at the bend, 
 as d at (j^. 20.). If you make the body of 
 herl, or of silk, tie it in as for the body of the 
 palmer ; but if the body is to be of dubbing, a 
 few fibres of that mate- 
 rial must be formed, 
 by twirling them be- 
 tween the fingers, into 
 a mass of a taper form 
 and double the length 
 
 Fig. 20. 
 
 of the part of the shank 
 
 you intend to cover 
 
 with the body (c, Jig. 20.). Of course, if you 
 
 want a thick or thin body, the quantity of fur 
 
 must be proportioned accordingly; practice will 
 
FLY-MAKING. 119 
 
 soon enable you to judge to a nicety of the 
 proper quantity. When you have arrived at the 
 stage of the process at which the materials for 
 the body are to be tied in (viz., after the hook 
 and gut are attached), and have there fastened 
 the silk or other material for rib, if required, 
 take the dubbing and apply its finer end to the 
 bend of the hook, from which the ty ing-silk is 
 depending, and, with the finger and thumb of 
 your right hand, twist the dubbing and the silk 
 together evenly and not tightly, and wind both, 
 thus twisted together, up the shank, to form the 
 body, fastening the hackle in your way upwards, 
 with one turn over its point, at d (Jig. 20.), and 
 continuing to wind the dubbing beyond it to the 
 top of the shank. There, between the gut and 
 shank-top, leave the tying-silk, which you must 
 be careful is now free from any particles of 
 dubbing, or the neatness of the head will be 
 destroyed, and proceed to wind up the rib in the 
 manner before directed for winding the gold twist 
 of the palmer, and fasten it at the head in the 
 same way ; completing the fly by winding the 
 hackle in close coils to the head, and securing it 
 there with half hitches. 
 
 Buzz, as well as wing-flies, generally require 
 whisks, which are intended to imitate the seta or 
 i 4 
 
120 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 tail-like appendages of the natural insect. These 
 must be tied in, at the bend of the hook, imme- 
 diately after the first operation of attaching the 
 hook and gut, and before the tying in of the 
 materials for the body. Two turns of the silk 
 are sufficient to secure them ; indeed, you must 
 be sparing of winding the tying-silk too much 
 at this end of the body, or you will make the fly 
 clumsy at the very place which ought to be parti- 
 cularly fine and neat. 
 
 TO MAKE A WING-FLY. 
 
 The operations are the same as those for 
 making a buzz-fly, as far as they go, the only 
 difference between the two classes being the addi- 
 tion of wings; except that the hackle, which in 
 the wing-fly is intended to represent legs only, 
 should have less plume, and be altogether on a 
 smaller scale than for a buzz-fly made on a hook 
 of the same size. This is illustrated in Jig. 21., in 
 which a represents a hackle 
 prepared for a wing-fly, 
 and b one prepared for a 
 fly made buzz. The tying 
 on of the wing must be 
 
 effected after the hackle 
 
 Fig. 21. 
 is wound and fastened, 
 
 taking care that sufficient head-room be left for 
 
FLY-MAKING. 121 
 
 the purpose. We mean by head-room the bare 
 part of the hook shank at the top, where the 
 head of the fly is represented and the general 
 fastening oif is performed. 
 
 To prepare the wing. With the fore-finger 
 and thumb of your left hand take by the shortest 
 plumes (a, fig. 22.) a wing feather of the kind 
 required, and with the thumb and 
 fore-finger of your right hand stroke 
 a portion of the plumes of the op- 
 posite side (rejecting the extreme 
 part nearest the quill) till it stands 
 at right angles with the stem, as b. 
 Select a proper quantity (somewhat 
 less than that shown in the figure) 
 and bring it even at the points, being 
 careful not to disarrange the fibres, 
 as regards their cohesiveness. Pinch 
 it tightly, to prevent any slipping, 
 and with a sudden motion strip it 
 cleanly off. Fold it so that the Fi ^' 22 ' 
 undermost side of the fibres (the side which grew 
 nearest the body of the bird) 
 may stand outward, and press it 
 
 with the thumb-nail at the point 
 
 Fig. 23. 
 round which the ty ing-silk will 
 
 pass in tying it on (5), that it may lie the neater. 
 When thus prepared it will resemble^. 23. 
 
122 
 
 FLY-MAKING. 
 
 Tying on the wing. Holding the hook firmly 
 in your left hand, take the portion of feather thus 
 prepared, by the point b, with the finger and 
 thumb of your right hand, and lay it along the 
 back of the hook in the position shown in fig. 24. 
 While doing this, and 
 before loosening your 
 hold of it, take the 
 hook at the head of 
 the shank with the 
 tips of the same fin- Fi S* 24 - 
 
 gers, and support the hook in this way while you 
 shift your left finger and thumb up close to the 
 end of the wing, that is, getting the whole of the 
 fly between the points of your finger and thumb, 
 except the shank-top and the superfluous portion 
 of the wing projecting beyond it. Pass the tying- 
 silk over the wing, at the place which you had 
 previously indented with your thumb-nail in pre- 
 paring the wing, viz. at b, fig. 24. Draw the silk 
 tightly down, and the 
 fly will appear as^y. 
 25. Take another 
 turn and throw a half 
 hitch. Then, with the 
 scissors, cut off, very 
 cleanly, the super- 
 fluous end of the feather close to the head of the 
 
 Fig. 25. 
 
ADMONITION. 123 
 
 hook, and wind the tying-silk neatly over, fasten- 
 ing off with another half hitch or two, as directed 
 for finishing the palmer. 
 
 The tying on of the wing is by no means an 
 easy operation, and we advise our pupils not to 
 attempt it till they have attained considerable 
 proficiency in all the other operations. 
 
 Before concluding this subject, we should per- 
 haps remark that all our diagrams are purposely 
 drawn on a large scale, with the view to their 
 being the more clearly understood. 
 
 Angler ! in the present and two preceding chap- 
 ters thou hast instruction for the purchase and 
 manufacture of all thy piscatory gear. Provide it, 
 and betake thyself to the clear and limpid stream 
 which onward flows so playfully this balmy April 
 morning, joining its murmurs with the song of 
 birds, the hum of insects, the breeze which plays 
 among the branches, and all the other instruments 
 that tune forth Nature's music ! There, with 
 patient mind, and eager hand, and anxious eye, 
 commence thy gentle pupilage. May thine be 
 speedy progress and proficiency full soon ! Go on 
 with sober earnestness and more and more enthu- 
 siasm, absorbed not wholly by thy fascinating 
 art, but finding room, amid thoughts engendered 
 by Creation's beauties, for wider sympathies and 
 upward aspirations ! 
 
124 DISPUTES OF THE "DOCTORS." 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 " When doctors disagree, 
 Disciples, then, are free." 
 
 OLD ADAGE. 
 
 IN this chapter we shall present our readers with 
 what we deem an ample list of flies for all the 
 rivers in the kingdom, and also with a full enu- 
 meration of the various materials of which each 
 particular fly should be composed, premising a 
 few remarks on imitation, a subject upon which 
 much diversity of opinion exists. 
 
 We have quoted, in our second chapter, the 
 theory of Professor Rennie, which is directly 
 opposed to the notion of exact imitation, and to 
 that of the fish taking an artificial fly in mistake 
 for a peculiar species of its own natural prey. The 
 grounds on which that theory is founded, namely, 
 the defective vision of fish, and consequently 
 their physical inability to distinguish the different 
 species, even if they had a preference for parti- 
 cular kinds, are also given at length ; and on this 
 
IMITATION VERSUS NON-IMITATION. 125 
 
 point we have, in the same chapter, ventured 
 briefly to remark. We now resume the subject, 
 but without pretending to enter into an examina- 
 tion of the different notions entertained, much 
 less those of any particular author. We shall 
 simply write what our experience has led us to 
 consider true, and what we believe to be not 
 opposed to nature and to reason. 
 
 At the outset, then, we unhesitatingly say that 
 much of the exact imitation system appears to us 
 very much like quackery. We have been for 
 twenty years mixed up with anglers of different 
 grades of intelligence and skill, and have inva- 
 riably found that what is commonly called imita- 
 tion namely, an old-womanish fastidiousness 
 about the minutest colours, the most daguerreo- 
 type copy of some fancied fac-simile of nature, 
 selected as a " pattern fly," is by no means a 
 proof of the existence of a commensurate amount 
 of practical skill and consequent success. As a 
 general rule, and for ordinary circumstances, we 
 believe that a very few sorts of flies (say the 
 red palmer and the duns) are sufficient for every 
 useful purpose. But there are peculiar circum- 
 stances, arising from the natural fastidiousness of 
 trout in the waters of England, at all events, 
 and also from the variations in the state of the 
 
126 OUR OPINION OF IMITATION. 
 
 water and of the atmosphere, which occasionally 
 render necessary a greater variety. 
 
 But first we must explain what we mean by 
 imitation. Believing it impossible to fabricate 
 an exact imitation of a natural insect with any 
 materials in use, or, if otherwise, taking for 
 granted the difficulty, if not, in most cases, the 
 impossibility, of imitating, in the process of fishing, 
 the motions and attitude of a natural fly upon the 
 water, our first object is to make as near an 
 approach to these as we are able, and to conceal, 
 by the effect of art, the imperfections which must 
 be obvious to every one. And this we would do, 
 with reference to fly-making, on the same prin- 
 ciple as that on which an artist would paint 
 a tree ; for instance, he would not dream of 
 copying in detail every separate leaf and spray, 
 first, because it would be manifestly impossible, 
 and, secondly, because the proper effect would 
 be produced by representing the general features 
 of leaves and sprays, their groupings, roundness, 
 height, flexibility, and the like. And so, as 
 regards flies, we conceive the main points of 
 imitation to be size, colour, form, character, and 
 more important than all, action, which last 
 depends, of course, upon the angler, and not upon 
 the fly-maker. Many anglers (fanciful ones and 
 
OUR OPINION OF IMITATION. 127 
 
 ultra-imitationists) entirely blind themselves to 
 this latter circumstance. " Because A. caught 
 fish yesterday with a particular fly/' argue they, 
 " therefore B. must do so to-day." But it turns 
 out that B. does not do so, that he fails, and per- 
 haps wholly so because he could not, or did not, 
 supply this very important part of imitation 
 action. We suppose everything to be equal in 
 the case of these imaginary persons except skill) 
 or something else on which this action depended. 
 Every angler of the smallest experience must 
 know how convenient it is to attribute un- 
 successful fishing to the fly alone, and how very 
 frequently it is unjustly done. 
 
 It is the general characteristics of the natural 
 fly which alone ought to be, or indeed can be, 
 imitated; for all insects, especially those which 
 belong to the category of the fly-fisher, are distin- 
 guished for their beauty of form and delicacy of 
 construction. Let us, however, refer to what we 
 have called the " main points" of imitation. Size : 
 this needs no more remark than we shall make 
 elsewhere with reference to the adaptation of the 
 fly to particular states of the water and atmo- 
 sphere; Colour : it is important, in imitation, to 
 observe whether the general colour of the natural 
 insect imitated be light or dark, warm or cold ; and 
 
128 OUR OPINION OF IMITATION. 
 
 Form : whether the wings are large or small in 
 proportion to the body, whether they lie flat 
 upon the body or stand erect, whether the body 
 is slender or thick. All these peculiarities, which 
 together constitute the character of the insect, can 
 be represented without counting the exact number 
 of legs, or microscoDically examining the fibres of 
 the wings ; on the same principle that, in indivi- 
 dual portraiture, what is alone sought to be at- 
 tained is not minute imitation, but individual 
 character and expression. How does a man 
 recognise his friend at a distance? From that 
 particular individuality which distinguishes every 
 one, and which is made up of peculiarities of gait, 
 contour, and so on. Precisely so is the principle 
 on which artificial flies should be imitated, for it 
 is that, in all probability, on which they prove 
 successful lures to fish. They are not, they cannot 
 be, exact imitations of natural insects ; but their 
 resemblance in general character is sufficient to 
 produce the required deception, and that resem- 
 blance is by no means difficult of accomplishment 
 by an experienced artist. Again, it is not 
 necessary, in the construction of an artificial fly, 
 that every part should be of the same colour as 
 the part of the natural fly particularly represented ; 
 it is sufficient that the general hue be obtained. 
 
OUR OPINION OF IMITATION. 129 
 
 For example, if the insect imitated be of a warm 
 or reddish hue, that colour must enter prominently 
 into the composition of its artificial imitation, but 
 not necessarily in the same identical part. In the 
 natural insect it may be the body or legs which 
 have this colour prominently, but enough will 
 have been done with its " counterfeit present- 
 ment" if it be found sufficiently predominating in 
 the whole production, no matter whether displayed 
 in the legs, or body, or elsewhere. The same 
 with every other hue. 
 
 It is perhaps important that the character of 
 the wing be attended to as regards its opaqueness 
 or transparency ; and it may be remarked on the 
 form of the artificial fly, that as it is impossible to 
 dress it sufficiently delicate to equal nature, it 
 becomes necessary to exaggerate some parts, so as 
 to produce a proper harmony and proportion in 
 the general form ; as, for example, making the 
 wing longer, it may be, than the natural wing, in 
 order that the fly may appear more elegant and 
 bear a more correct proportion to a body unavoid- 
 ably thicker, from the nature of its materials, than 
 thafc of the natural fly. 
 
 So much for the general principles on which 
 we suppose the imitation of natural flies to be 
 founded. We have already expressed our opinion 
 K 
 
]30 A FEW FLIES ONLY NECESSARY. 
 
 as to the occasional necessity for using imitations 
 of prevailing species, and have laid down the 
 general rule of confining the sorts of flies in 
 common use to a very limited number. It is 
 impossible to give infallible directions for the use 
 of particular flies at every particular time, although 
 we shall elsewhere do all we consider necessary. 
 Much must be left to the angler's own judg- 
 ment ; but we advise him to be careful of falling 
 into the error of constantly changing his flies 
 when fishing, thereby perplexing himself, and, 
 generally speaking, wasting time. Fish are pro- 
 verbially capricious ; and many of their habits, in 
 regard to feeding and otherwise, depend on cir- 
 cumstances which, with all our knowledge of 
 natural history, are not understood. The angler, 
 therefore, must not be too ready to attribute his 
 want of success at any time to a mistake in the 
 selection of his fly. There are many circum- 
 stances to which it may with greater justice be 
 traced. For instance, a certain fly is often 
 thoughtlessly said to be refused by fish on the 
 sole account of its dissimilarity to some supposed 
 favourite species, when a little observation would 
 lead to another conclusion, a conclusion perhaps 
 very different from the probably correct one, in 
 many cases, of the unskilfulness of the angler. 
 
A PRINCIPLE ILLUSTRATED. 131 
 
 But supposing this to be otherwise, supposing 
 even the angler to be expert, and to have a good 
 imitation of the fly at which the fish are rising 
 well, say a fly of the dun tribe, prevalent on 
 every water. He makes his casts admirably. 
 In the gentle stickle which hugs the opposite 
 bank, a line of trout are rising gloriously ; but 
 not one of them is attracted by his well-presented 
 lure. He throws, and throws, and throws again, 
 but still with the same result. He is at a loss 
 to account for the cause, except that it must 
 evidently be something or other wrong in his fly. 
 No such thing. We admit the fly to be a good 
 imitation, to be nicely cast over rising fish, re- 
 peatedly, time after time, and yet with not a rise 
 is poor Piscator favoured. Well, how is this? 
 Piscator does not see he is so wrapped up in the 
 make of his fly that something more than make 
 is necessary; that under certain circumstances 
 an imitation of the action of the natural fly is 
 indispensable, and that when that action is not 
 supplied, as in the present case, success cannot be 
 had. But Piscator should reflect, and the seem- 
 ing "mystery would be unfolded thus : The 
 fish are feeding, as they delight to do, upon 
 flies ephemeral, and have, perhaps, as the season is 
 advanced, become somewhat fastidious in their 
 K 2 
 
132 A PRINCIPLE ILLUSTRATED. 
 
 selection of particular species. Well, at the time 
 in question, the line of fish in the stickle under 
 the opposite bank aforesaid, are gastronomically 
 moved towards a certain species of the class of 
 flies referred to, every one of which is charac- 
 terised by the habit of floating upon the surface of 
 the water, in reverse of the phryganidas, which 
 generally hover above it, and flit about the 
 banks. Impelled by some peculiarity of the 
 atmosphere, or by some other cause which we 
 cannot, and need not if we could, explain, the 
 fish have come close to the surface to watch for 
 their prey, which can thus be easily seized as 
 the victims float along, without further trouble on 
 the part of the fish than gently lifting their 
 mouths above the water. Now, the angler's fly 
 is wet and heavy, and, thrown from the other 
 side, has a certain weight of line in addition. So, 
 as it is not in the nature of things that this 
 soaked artificial fly can swim upon the surface as 
 the natural ones do, it follows the alternative and 
 sinks below the rising fish, the notice of which it 
 entirely escapes, because they happen just then to 
 be looking upwards for the materials of their 
 meal. Let a dry fly be substituted for the wet 
 one, the line switched a few times through the 
 air to throw off its superabundant moisture, a 
 
A PRINCIPLE ILLUSTRATED. 133 
 
 judicious cast made just above the rising fish, and 
 the fly allowed to float towards and over them, 
 and the chances are ten to one that it will be 
 seized as readily as a living insect. This dry fly, 
 we must remark, should be an imitation of the 
 natural fly on which the fish are feeding, because, 
 if widely different, the fish, instead of being 
 allured, would most likely be surprised and startled 
 at the novelty presented, and would suspend 
 feeding until the appearance of their favourite 
 and familiar prey. 
 
 We mention this as an illustration of the im- 
 portance of imitating action, and must not be 
 understood to recommend the constantly sub- 
 stituting of a dry fly for a wet one, over every 
 rising fish. Better, as a general rule, when the 
 angler, after a few casts, finds the fish over 
 which he throws unwilling to be tempted, pass 
 on in search of a more willing victim. This 
 caution is the more necessary, because anglers 
 too often expect to take every rising fish over 
 which they throw ; whereas it is really only under 
 particular circumstances, and in favourable situ- 
 ations, that the motions of the natural insect can 
 be so imitated as to prove successful, unless the 
 fish are ravenous and seize everything presented 
 to them, a state of things not often experienced. 
 
 K 3 
 
134 PHILOSOPHY OF FLY-FISHING. 
 
 There is much common sense in the following 
 remarks by a writer in the " Sporting Keview :" 
 " A fish, as may be witnessed from a bank, when 
 on the feed, lies with his nose peering over a 
 shore or ledge of rock, and pointed up the stream, 
 ready to take the flies as they float downwards, 
 provided there be nothing obtrusive in their 
 appearance to awaken his suspicions and restrain 
 his appetite until the fly is past. The object is 
 not so much to awaken his appetite by a fly more 
 attractive than the natural one, which you can 
 hardly expect to achieve, as to avoid startling the 
 fish when he has seen your fly, and would take it, 
 among others, if there were nothing obtrusive in 
 its appearance." 
 
 For this reason we recommend imitations of 
 the duns as standard flies. There is not a river 
 in the kingdom on which some species of this 
 beautiful tribe of ephemeral flies is not to be 
 found daily throughout the fishing season, and 
 generally more numerously than any other fly. 
 The fish are familiar with and fond of them, and 
 their varieties are extremely numerous. We 
 have for many years fished with hardly any other 
 flies than the red palmer and some shades of the 
 duns, lighter or darker, larger or smaller, accord- 
 ing to the particular states of the water and 
 
THE SUMMING-UP. 135 
 
 atmosphere, and the result is, our full con- 
 currence in the remark of Mr. Ronalds, that 
 " the duns form the sheet-anchor of the fly- 
 fisher's practice." 
 
 Our pupils, after all we have said, must under- 
 stand us to lay down these principles : 1. That 
 trout can discriminate species, and have prefer- 
 ences for particular flies under particular cir- 
 cumstances. 2. That imitations of some of the 
 principal species are necessary for successful 
 practice. 3. That imitation consists not of a 
 slavish copying of detail, but an expression of the 
 general character of the fly imitated. 4. That 
 besides specific imitation of the fly, an imitation 
 of its action in the water must be included ; and, 
 5. That a difference in the imitation of that 
 action (all other circumstances being equal) con- 
 stitutes, to a great extent, the various grades of 
 skill possessed by different anglers. 
 
 Before leaving this subject, it may not be 
 amiss to correct a notion very commonly enter- 
 tained by many even experienced anglers, that 
 artificial flies become darker and collapsed when 
 in the water. The simple experiment of ex- 
 amining an artificial fly in a tumbler of water 
 will show at once that this notion is entirely 
 unfounded. 
 
 K 4 
 
136 LIST OF FLIES. 
 
 We shall now proceed to give a list of flies, 
 with the proper materials for dressing them arti- 
 ficially, reserving for the concluding chapter some 
 remarks by which to direct the angler in his 
 selection of particular kinds for particular oc- 
 casions, and only reminding him here once more 
 of the necessity of never forgetting how much 
 would at all times depend upon the exercise of 
 his own judgment, even if our instructions were, 
 what nothing human can be, to wit, perfection. 
 
 1. The Early lied. Body to be made thickly 
 of the red part of the squirrel's fur, or of hair 
 from a red sheep-skin door -mat, well broken up 
 together before using. Legs, a red hen's hackle. 
 Wings, from the woodcock's wing-feather, to 
 lie flat and be shorter than the body. Hook, 
 No. 3. Kendal.* 
 
 * Although we give the size of the hooks on which to 
 dress the different flies in our list, it must be understood 
 that those sizes are by no means definite, but are intended 
 rather to guide the angler in forming his own judgment as 
 circumstances may require a deviation. Generally speak- 
 ing, the sizes given should be adopted, as agreeing nearest 
 with those of the particular insects imitated ; but they must 
 be varied to suit the peculiarities of water and atmosphere 
 at the time of fishing, increased, for instance, when the 
 water is stained, and also when the atmosphere is very 
 gloomy, and the wind high, and diminished (using very 
 small and fine hooks) when the water is low and the sky 
 
LIST OF FLIES. 137 
 
 2. The Blue Dun. Whisks, two fibres of a 
 large hackle, from a blue cock. Body of fine 
 blue fur from the hare or squirrel, ribbed with 
 fine yellow silk thread. Legs, a blue hen's hackle. 
 Wings, from the starling's wing-feather. Hook, 
 No. 2, or 3. 
 
 This fly may be varied by using water-rat's fur 
 for the body, a dark blue hackle for legs, and 
 moorhen's wing-feather for wings. 
 
 The wings of every species of dun-fly stand 
 erect upon their backs, and must be so placed in 
 their imitations.* 
 
 3. Another Blue Dun. Whisks to match the 
 legs. Body of peacock's herl stripped of its down, 
 the first turn or two at the bottom white, to 
 form what is called a tag. Legs, a blue hen's 
 hackle. Wings, from the starling's wing- feather ; 
 or, if the body and legs be dark, from the moor- 
 hen's wing-feather. Hook, No. 3. 
 
 4. The March Brown, or Brown Drake. 
 Whisks, two fibres of the hen pheasant's tail- 
 feather. Body, brown fur from a brown sable 
 muff or boa, ribbed with yellow silk thread. Legs, 
 a brown-red hen's hackle. Wings placed upright 
 
 clear. Ordinarily , we use small flies dressed on the finest 
 gut, and do not approve of very large flies at any time. 
 * See Chapter III. 
 
138 LIST OF FLIES. 
 
 and taken from a woodcock's wing-feather. Hook, 
 No. 4. or 5. 
 
 5. The Sand Fly. Body of the sand-co- 
 lour fur from a hare's poll. Legs, a light red 
 hen's hackle. Wings, from a landrail's wing- 
 feather. Hook, No. 3. 
 
 6. The Grannam, or Green-tail. The lower 
 part of the body is made of two or three turns of 
 dark green floss silk, forming a tag, and the rest 
 of the body of fur from a hare's ear. The legs 
 are imitated either by picking out this fur with a 
 needle, so that the fibres may stand out roughly 
 to resemble a hackle, or else with other fibres 
 tied in after the body is put on a somewhat 
 difficult operation for a novice, or a small dark 
 partridge hackle may be wound on. Wings, from 
 the wing-feather of a partridge or hen pheasant, 
 to \\zflat along the back. Hook, No. 3. 
 
 7. The Hare's Flax (the Male Grannam). 
 The body may be made either of straw-colour 
 floss silk, or of fur from a hare's ear, ribbed with 
 yellow silk thread. Legs as for the grannam. 
 Wings, from a wing-feather of the woodcock, to 
 lie flat along the back. Hook, No. 3. 
 
 8. The Whirling Dun. Whisks from a red 
 cock's hackle. Body, blue fur from a hare or 
 squirrel's skin (found among the roots and col- 
 
LIST OF FLIES 139 
 
 lected with a small-tooth comb). Legs a blood- 
 red hen's hackle. Wings from a starling's wing- 
 feather, to stand erect. Hook, No. 2. or 3. 
 
 9. The Cow-dung Fly. Body of yellow 
 mohair mixed with red hair from a door-mat, 
 wound rather thickly. Legs, a ginger hen's 
 hackle. Wings from a very light starling's wing- 
 feather, not longer than the body, and placed to 
 lie flat along the back. Hook, No. 3. 
 
 10. The Yellow Dun. Whisks, from a large 
 yellow hackle. Body, yellow martin's fur, mixed 
 with a little light blue fur from the hare, rabbit, 
 or squirrel, and ribbed with yellow silk thread. 
 Legs, a very fine light blue hen's hackle. Wings 
 from the thrush or starling's wing-feather, to 
 stand erect. This fly should be dressed very 
 neatly and fine, on hook No. 1. 
 
 11. Iron Blue Dun. Whisks, from a red 
 cock's hackle. Body, water-rat or mole's fur, 
 ribbed with yellow silk thread. Legs, a blood 
 red hen's hackle. Wings, from a wing-feather of 
 the moorhen or of the skitty, to stand erect. 
 This is, like the last, an exceedingly fine and 
 delicate fly. Hook, No. 1. 
 
 12. Spider Fly. Body of lead-colour floss 
 silk. Legs, a black hen's hackle. Wings from 
 
140 LIST OF FLIES. 
 
 the woodcock's wing-feather, to lie flat along the 
 back. Hook, No. 2. 
 
 13. The Stone Fly. Body of brown fur 
 from a sable boa, mixed with yellow martin's fur, 
 and ribbed with yellow silk thread. Legs, a 
 grizzle hackle; that is, one speckled blue and 
 yellow. Wings, from the wing-feather of a wood- 
 cock, made full and to lie flat. Hook, No. 5. 
 or 6. 
 
 "We never use this fly ourselves, but it is 
 thought a great deal of by some anglers, and on 
 some streams, particularly on the heavy and bushy 
 ones of Dorsetshire and Hampshire. 
 
 14. The May Fly. This beautiful insect is 
 imitated in a variety of ways, according to the 
 fancies of different makers. Our own method, it 
 must be admitted, has the advantage of simplicity, 
 and it is suggested, as all our imitations are, by the 
 only proper prototype the natural insect itself. 
 Whisks, three stout black hairs, about half an 
 inch long, taken from the fitchet's tail or from a 
 black muff. Body, straw-colour floss silk or 
 martin's fur, ribbed with brown silk thread. 
 Legs, a ginger hackle. Wings, two dappled 
 feathers, taken from below the wings or from the 
 bottom of the neck of the mallard, dyed greenish 
 yellow, by boiling them in an infusion of the 
 
LIST OF FLIES. 141 
 
 inner bark of the crab-tree or of the barberry- 
 tree, with a small piece of alum, to fix the colour. 
 The plume part of the feathers selected should, 
 when prepared for use, be about the size of a six- 
 pence, and be tied back to back, so that they 
 may stand off on each side of the fly. Hook, 
 No. 6., technically called, in the Kendal sizes, 
 " Long May," in allusion to the greater length of 
 the shank than that of the ordinary hook. Per- 
 haps a Limerick hook, for a fly of this size, is 
 preferable. 
 
 15. The Grey Drake. This fly must be 
 dressed in the same style as the preceding. 
 Whisks, three black hairs, longer than those for 
 the May fly. The body may be imitated with 
 a white ostrich's herl, or white floss silk, ribbed 
 with a black horse-hair. Legs, a dark blue hackle. 
 Wings, two mallard's feathers, not dyed, or two 
 mottled feathers from the widgeon, tied on in the 
 same way as directed for tying on the wings of 
 the May fly. Hook, No. 6., " Long May," or, 
 better, a Limerick of the corresponding size. 
 
 16. The Alder Fly. Body of copper-co- 
 lour floss silk. Legs, a black hen's hackle. 
 Wings, from a wing-feather of the woodcock, to 
 lie flat along the back. Hook, No. 4. 
 
 17. The Red Ant. This is an imitation of 
 
142 LIST OF FLIES. 
 
 the well-known red ant, in its winged state, when 
 it is often blown upon the water, and becomes 
 the food of trout. It is one about which we are 
 indifferent, as we are also about that of the 
 Black Ant. We enumerate these sorts, with some 
 others, particularly Nos. 6, 7, 9, 13, 20, 21, 
 and 26, more for the sake of a good variety 
 from which a selection for all rivers may be made, 
 than for any value in which we hold them as 
 regards our own practice, or, indeed, than for any 
 necessity for so many sorts as the whole list, for 
 the rivers of any one locality, or even speaking 
 generally. Body, copper-colour peacock's herl, 
 wound thickly for two or three turns at the 
 bottom, to form a tuft or tag ; the rest of the 
 body dark red silk. Legs, a very small red hen's 
 hackle. Wings,' from the wing-feather of the jay, 
 to lie flat. Hook, No. 1. or 2. 
 
 18. The Black Ant. Body, tuft or tag of 
 black ostrich herl, the rest of the body black 
 silk. Legs, a small black hen's hackle. Wings, 
 from a wing-feather of the jay, to lie flat along 
 the back. Hook, No. 2. 
 
 The well-known form of the ants will readily 
 suggest the character of their imitations. 
 
 19. The Red Spinner. Whisks, two fibres of 
 a red cock's hackle. Body, any fine red fur, or 
 
LIST OF FLIES. 143 
 
 dark red silk, ribbed with fine gold twist. Legs, 
 a red hen's hackle. Wings, from a wing-feather 
 of the starling, placed erect. Hook, No. 2. or 3. 
 
 20. The White Spinner. Whisks, from a 
 white cock's hackle. Body, very light blue, 
 nearly white, fur from a rabbit's skin, ribbed 
 with the finest silver twist. Legs, a white hen's 
 hackle with a black list, that is, black on each 
 side of the stem, throughout, and tipped with 
 white, wound thickly close to the head. Dressed 
 buzz fashion. Hook, No. 2. 
 
 21. The White Moth. Body, white rabbit's 
 fur, wound very thickly. Legs, a white hen's 
 hackle. Wings, from the white part of a 
 magpie's wing-feather. Hook, No. 6., " Long 
 May." Used only for late evening fishing in the 
 height of summer. 
 
 22. The Welshman's Button, or Hazel Fly. 
 This is a small beetle often blown upon the 
 water, and the combination of materials which 
 we recommend for its imitation produces a very 
 harmonious whole, and renders the fly a favourite 
 on many waters in a blowing showery day in 
 summer. Body, a black ostrich herl and a copper- 
 colour peacock's herl wound together, thickly. 
 Legs, a black hen's hackle. Wings, from the 
 red feather of a partridge's tail, short, and placed 
 fiat upon the back. Hook, No. 3. or 4. 
 
144 LIST OF FLIES. 
 
 23. The Autumnal Dun. Whisks, from a 
 very light blue hackle. Body, very light blue 
 fur, or even the fur from an old white hat. 
 Legs, a very light blue hen's hackle. Wings, 
 from a wing-feather of the snipe, fieldfare, or 
 starling very light. Hook, No. 1. 
 
 24. The Red Palmer. Body, copper- colour 
 peacock's herl, ribbed with gold twist. Legs, a 
 blood-red cock's hackle, wound from the bottom. 
 Hook, various. 
 
 25. The Blue Palmer. Body, blue fur from 
 the rabbit, hare, or squirrel, ribbed with gold or 
 silver twist. Legs, a blue cock's hackle wound 
 from the bottom. Hook, various. 
 
 26. The Black Palmer. Body, black ostrich 
 herl ribbed with gold or silver twist. Legs, a 
 black cock's hackle, wound from the bottom. 
 Hook, various. 
 
 27. The Partridge Hackle. Body, light brown 
 fur from a sable boa, ribbed with gold twist. 
 Legs, a partridge's nutmeg-brown, mottled fea- 
 ther, taken from the back. Dressed buzz. Hook, 
 No. 3. This is a favourite fly of ours, as the 
 dropper, for summer evening fishing. It is called 
 by some the London Spider. 
 
 28. The Coachman. Body, peacock's herl. 
 Legs, a red hen's hackle. Wings, from the white 
 
LIST OF FLIES. 145 
 
 part of a feather from the magpie's wing. Hook, 
 No. 4. or 5. 
 
 29. The Walton. Body, light brown fur from 
 a sable boa, either ribbed or not with gold twist. 
 Legs, a brown or yellow hen's hackle. Wing, 
 from a light wing feather of the woodcock. 
 Hook, No. 3. 
 
 Such is the list of flies which we deem suffi- 
 ciently ample for every useful purpose. We 
 shall now arrange it in tables, which will show 
 at a glance the materials of which each fly is 
 composed, and thus spare the artist the trouble of 
 turning over the leaves, except for the purpose 
 of more circumstantial directions. The asterisks 
 (*) in these tables indicate the flies which require 
 whisks. These, in most cases (Nos. 4. 14. and 
 15. are the only exceptions), are to be made with 
 two plume fibres of a large hackle of the same 
 colour as that used to imitate the legs. 
 
146 
 
 TABLE OF FLIES. 
 
 
 
 i- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 Jtr| 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 p?; 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 . 
 
 
 C3 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 8 ^ 
 
 bo .- 
 
 o 
 
 'S 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 bb 
 
 bb 
 
 
 ^ .S 
 
 -SrO 
 
 V 
 
 w 
 
 PM 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 S3 
 
 
 8 H 
 
 ^ _ 
 
 o 
 
 'S 
 
 G 
 
 o 
 
 'jj 
 
 "^ 
 
 
 5> -S 
 ^- {/} 
 
 S 
 
 fc 
 
 <rf 
 
 r-^3 
 
 1 
 
 fc 
 
 M 
 
 1 
 
 
 0> 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 43 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 | 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 K 
 
 8 |1 
 
 1 
 
 g 
 
 I 
 
 io 
 
 C 
 
 CP 
 
 i 
 
 a> 
 bo 
 
 a 
 
 
 tf pq 
 
 
 
 PQ 
 
 H 
 
 
 H 
 
 s 
 
 O 
 
 
 a 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 
 "o 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 "S 
 
 +H 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 "S 
 
 
 
 
 tj 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 0) 
 
 rt . 
 
 
 
 
 4= 
 
 CU 
 
 5 
 
 'o 
 
 s^" 
 
 s- "to 
 
 
 
 
 *rH li 
 
 B 
 
 F 
 
 a, 
 
 "co 
 
 S ^ 
 
 
 
 >5 
 
 1 
 
 <H g,s 
 
 o> r3 
 
 CO 
 
 0> 
 
 o> 
 
 to 
 
 1 
 
 o O 
 
 o 
 iT 
 
 
 ^ o 
 
 
 5^ 
 
 "S 
 
 43 
 
 
 $-1 ^ 
 
 *5 
 
 ll 
 
 a 
 
 ^." 
 
 ^s 
 
 c 
 
 O 
 S 
 
 
 CT 1 * ,3 
 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 ^ 
 
 >l 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 1 i* 
 
 a o 
 PH 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 I 2 
 
 fel 
 
 ed M 
 ft 
 
 a> 
 3 
 
 S 
 
 O 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 s*. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <u 
 
 o> 
 
 0*^ 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 
 NAME. 
 
 0> s3 
 
 r " - S 
 P 
 
 1" 
 
 w S 
 
 S 
 5 
 
 o ^ 
 
 p s 
 
 2Q 
 
 d 
 
 II 
 
 ^ 
 i^i 
 
 TJ 
 
 C3 
 
 CQ 
 
 Grannam. 
 
 CO 
 
 I 
 
 w 
 
 P 
 
 bo 
 
 C 
 
 3 
 
 jEj 
 
 P 
 
 bb 
 d 
 
 fi 
 
 
 
 
 r4 (N 
 
 co 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 ^ 
 
 00 
 
 OS 
 
TABLE OF FLIES. 
 
 147 
 
 
 11 
 " 
 
 ock. 
 
 W 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 1 o 
 
 DY, 
 
 Ji 9- 
 
 i , _4 o 
 UTi 3 
 
 W 
 
 o 
 ^ 
 
 ill 
 
 ^ 'g 
 
 g^S 
 
 ra o 
 
 03 3 ,jq 
 
 .ll 
 
 ^3 qa ^5 
 
 * 
 
 p 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 6- 
 
 O 
 
 L 2 
 
148 
 
 TABLE OF FLIES. 
 
 
 
 
 
 It 
 
 1 , 
 
 OT 
 
 
 fcb 
 
 
 s 
 
 w ^ 
 
 O 
 
 
 .2 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 CU "a3 
 
 Q 
 
 r^ 
 
 vj 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 pd bD 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 o 
 
 to 
 
 
 tf 
 
 l| 
 
 
 1 ^ ^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 s 3 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 II 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 43 P 2 s 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 IfJ 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 J J 
 
 
 
 .1 
 
 ^J 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 a 
 
 "S -2 o 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 PQ f^ PQ 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 ^ 
 
 5 
 
 
 || || 
 
 *co .S3 
 
 s* 
 
 5 J 
 
 . 
 
 1 
 
 
 *CO g^ ^ p ^* 
 
 2^3 
 
 j^J3 
 
 S 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 
 i -5 ? ^ .'s 
 
 al. 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 3 
 
 BODY. 
 
 i^ ^g 
 
 'S -5 
 
 S ^ C3 *E 2 
 
 ,2 '3 g ."C 
 
 fur, or da 
 with fine 
 
 l|| 
 
 n3 
 
 ! 
 
 * 
 
 &r 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 CO 
 
 
 1*8 *^ ^ 
 
 || 
 
 fcp'C 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 a> 'S P-H M 'S F-I 
 PH pM 0; *9 o S " 
 
 o Q S 
 
 a ' 
 
 e 
 
 HI 
 
 ;> 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 *, 
 
 a3 
 
 
 PQ 
 
 
 
 $-1 
 
 g 
 
 pd 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 
 3 
 
 ?5 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 <D O 
 
 a 
 
 .2 
 
 a 
 * 
 
 1 
 
 CD 
 
 i 
 
 
 2 43 
 
 1 
 
 ? 
 
 J 
 
 0) 
 
 
 to t^ co 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 01 
 
TABLE OF FLIES. 
 
 149 
 
 
 S- 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 bB 
 
 
 
 
 
 & ^* 
 
 CO 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 'i 
 
 fc 
 
 S 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 1 
 
 >- 
 
 
 ^ C*3 
 
 
 
 
 
 F 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 sT ^ 
 
 
 -M 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 "Si -* 
 
 
 "bctS 
 
 
 
 
 
 SP -a 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 a a 
 
 
 
 
 - o> 
 
 TJ 
 
 n^ . 
 
 ^ 09 
 
 
 H 
 
 11 
 
 *l 
 
 g a 
 
 o 2 
 
 1 
 
 1^> 
 
 5 bD 
 
 a ^ 
 cS'B 
 
 o 
 
 ,_q 
 
 
 
 
 
 PI 
 
 
 M 
 
 o 
 
 -1 
 
 ^- 
 
 *ll 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 O F^H 
 
 o *- 
 
 || 
 
 i! 
 
 ^* 
 
 M 
 
 11 
 
 
 O g 
 
 1 
 
 il 
 
 - s ii 
 
 M rO 
 
 p 
 
 TJ o 
 
 o> s; 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 3 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 P* pq 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 0> 
 
 g 
 
 2 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 ''w 
 
 f 
 
 3 
 
 fl 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 *s ^ 
 
 | 
 
 ?-i ^CQ 
 
 5 S 
 
 
 jg 
 
 c 
 
 
 ^*fe 
 
 ni 
 
 "S r^ 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 L 
 
 0) 
 
 TH 
 
 <D 
 
 rC3 ^ 
 
 O O 
 
 c3 &n 
 
 D 
 
 .'S 
 
 o> '^ 
 
 lack ostrich her! 
 gold or silver t 1 
 
 'fi 
 
 1 
 dj 
 
 11 
 
 ij O 
 
 j. 5 a 
 1 a* 
 |'f 
 
 1 51 
 
 1 ."Is 
 
 
 
 PH 
 
 s^ 
 
 PQ 
 
 pq 
 
 PM a 
 
 
 *p 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 Q 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 <D 
 
 1 
 
 H 
 
 p 
 
 i 
 
 p 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 & 
 m 
 
 a 
 
 a p 
 
 -g 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 3 
 
 s 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 
 CO 
 
 j 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 00 
 
 
 CN 
 
 <N 
 
 CM 
 
 CN 
 
 <N 
 
 <N (N 
 
 L 3 
 
150 THEORY AND PRACTICE. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 " With pliant rod, athwart the pebbled brook, 
 Let me with judgment cast the feather'd hook ; 
 Silent along the mazy margin stray, 
 And, with a fur- wrought fly, delude the prey." 
 
 GAY. 
 
 HAVING given, in the preceding chapters, what we 
 hope will prove sufficient instructions for the selec- 
 tion and manufacture of the various implements 
 employed in fly-fishing, it is now our business to 
 explain their use. But we must first remind the 
 reader that a knowledge of the art is not to be ac- 
 quired from the simple perusal of rules and instruc- 
 tions, any more than a person can learn to swim 
 without entering the water. That knowledge can 
 only result, as in every similar case, in proportion 
 to the display of judgment in applying and of 
 industry in practising them. " He," saith our 
 father Izaac, "who undertakes to make a man 
 that was none to be an angler by a book, will 
 undertake a harder task than Mr. Hales, a most 
 valiant and excellent fencer, who, in a printed 
 
BOOK-LEARNING. 151 
 
 book called f A Private School of Defence/ 
 undertook to teach that art or science and got 
 laughed at for his labour; not but that many 
 useful things might be learnt from that book, 
 but he was laughed at because that art was not 
 to be learnt by words but practice and so 
 must angling. Seeing," addeth Izaac, "that as 
 no man is born an artist, so no man is born an 
 angler, I thought fit to give thee this notice." 
 
 There was formerly a prejudice against the 
 seeking in books for angling instructions, as, 
 indeed, there was against book-learning of every 
 kind ; but happily the day is gone to render 
 necessary anything like argument to show the 
 folly of such a prejudice. There is no earthly 
 reason why a book on this subject should not be 
 just as useful to a young angler as other books are 
 to the seeker after other kinds of information; 
 nor why the experience of anglers should not also 
 be preserved and communicated by means of the 
 printer's art, as well as that of others whose 
 writings " the schoolmaster" has prepared most 
 people, now-a-day, to comprehend and profit by. 
 
 We take it for granted, therefore, that while it 
 
 is quite possible to write a good and an instructive 
 
 book on this fascinating art, the precepts of that 
 
 art will be comparatively valueless if not prac- 
 
 L 4 
 
152 IMPORTANCE OF GOOD CASTING. 
 
 tically applied as well as studied, in the same way 
 that all merely theoretical knowledge is, a priori, 
 inferior. 
 
 Throwing the line claims our first attention, 
 for a perfect knowledge of that process is the first 
 thing to be acquired by the tyro in fly-fishing. 
 " You may have," says Fitzgibbon, " the best 
 rod and tackle that ever appeared on the banks of 
 the Dove, and you may have ' toleration' to fish 
 in the most closely preserved parts of that lovely 
 stream in those parts that are absolutely alive 
 with trout and grayling but if you do not know 
 how to throw, cast, or fling a line in the manner 
 of an artist, you will not be able to make a single 
 fin show itself above the surface of the water. 
 ' He throws a fly as well as any man in England,' 
 is a common eulogistic expression, as if perfection 
 in that single operation was a guarantee that the 
 adept was equally skilled in everything that per- 
 tains to his art. It is tantamount to saying he 
 is the best fly-fisher in England." * 
 
 * While we are quite willing to admit the great im- 
 portance of throwing the line, it would be contrary to our 
 experience to say that we agree, in toto, with the writer 
 whose remarks we have quoted in the text. The me- 
 chanical act of throwing the line may be acquired by many 
 a man who is too clumsy or impatient, or who does not 
 possess sufficient judgment, to play and land a fish in a 
 
THROWING THE LINE. 153 
 
 We presume that it would be something like a 
 waste of time to give directions for putting to- 
 gether the rod, fastening on the reel, passing the 
 line through the rings, and so forth. These 
 simple processes may be learned in a few moments 
 from the person from whom you purchase your 
 fishing gear ; or rather, we ought perhaps to say, 
 that if they do not suggest themselves to the tyro, 
 he will have a hard task to understand and master 
 the instructions necessary to make him an accom- 
 plished craftsman, depending, as they must obvi- 
 ously do, so much upon the exercise of his own 
 ability and judgment. 
 
 We proceed, then, with more important in- 
 structions, which we shall convey in as graphic 
 
 and familiar a manner as we are able. 
 
 ***** 
 
 O ! here you are, gentle Tyro, awaiting your 
 Magister basket, landing-net, and all. Verily, 
 you are well caparisoned, and I hope will not 
 realise the epigram for young anglers often do 
 
 " Arm'd cap-a-pie with baskets, bags, and rods, 
 The angler early to the river plods ; 
 At night his looks the woful truth announce, 
 The luggage half-a-ton, the fish an ounce." 
 
 proper manner, and who, therefore, cannot be allowed the 
 slightest claim to the title of a skilful angler, though his 
 throwing be unexceptionable. 
 
154 THROWING THE LINE. 
 
 But be not dispirited attend to me, and we will 
 see what can be done. Here we are by the 
 river's side our rods together, and our lines and 
 collars ready for action. Stop ! do not be im- 
 patient ; you see, that unlucky attempt will give 
 you five minutes' amusement in disentangling 
 your line. You must watch my movements at- 
 tentively, and understand my instructions, before 
 you proceed to exhibit. You perceive that I 
 grasp my rod firmly, with my right hand, just 
 above the reel the line being passed between 
 my fingers and the rod, to prevent it from running 
 out ad libitum. A sharp impulsion of my wrist 
 sends the rod back over my shoulder, and the line 
 unfolds itself behind me. Pausing a single mo- 
 ment, I bring it forward in the same manner; 
 and when the line comes about a yard above the 
 surface of the water, in its descent, I suddenly 
 check the movement of my arm, which causes the 
 line to remain hovering, as it were, over the spot 
 I aimed at; and then, slowly and floatingly, it 
 alights like a gossamer, and as straight as an 
 arrow. I throw, indeed, as if the surface of the 
 water were a yard higher than it really is ; and if 
 you remember to do this you will find your pro- 
 gress greatly advanced thereby. But now for your 
 performance. Really (to coin a word) you attiticdise 
 
THROWING THE LINE. 155 
 
 to perfection evidently forgetting that you are 
 neither congeeing to a lady nor thrashing in a 
 barn. Now, I declare, you are just as bad the 
 other way bolt upright, and rigid as an Egyp- 
 tian mummy. You somewhat resemble a self- 
 acting pump, the handle of which to wit, your 
 arm performs its movements at intervals of a 
 minute or so. Properly, you should stand upright 
 to make a cast, and as your line descends upon 
 the water, bend yourself, gracefully, a little for- 
 ward. No : not to an angle of forty-five degrees 
 say fifteen. Now you are all right as to posi- 
 tion. * * * Crack! Ah! the knell of a de- 
 parted fly produced by your whip-like manage- 
 ment of the rod. That forward movement was 
 made too quickly you did not allow sufficient 
 time for the line to unfold itself behind you, and 
 the loss of your front fly (I beg pardon, stretcher,} 
 is the consequence. But on with another, and 
 try again ; and again ; you improve every time. 
 By Jupiter ! another fly gone. Never mind, you 
 must expect such casualties. I lost a dozen on 
 my debut-day, so, as a punishment for my extra- 
 vagance, I was kept flyless for a week, and I 
 learned to throw with the bare line not a bad 
 plan, perhaps, for you to adopt. But on, on 
 
156 STRIKING. 
 
 remember that Izaac himself was once as clumsy. 
 Take for your motto " perseverance," act upon 
 it, and you must and will succeed. 
 
 But why that shout? O, a skip-jack hopped 
 over your line, and you thought it was a salmon. 
 Well, well, your excitement augurs much, it 
 proves that you take an interest in the sport, and, 
 in that case, my best rod against a farthing eel 
 hook that your improvement will be rapid. * 
 
 There ! you had a fine rise without seeing it. 
 Marry, you must have your eyes about you, and 
 they must be as sharp as a Basilisk's, or you will 
 never shine as a fly -fisher. An adept in the 
 sport would have struck that fish, and thereby, 
 probably, secured him. Striking is an art which 
 you must spare no pains to acquire. It is per- 
 formed by raising the point of the rod suddenly 
 but gently up, by a rapid but slight motion of 
 the wrist; and it must be done on the instant 
 that the fish rises at your fly. The object is to 
 fix the hook before the fish has time to eject it from 
 its mouth, which, on discovering the deception, it 
 instantly endeavours to do, if not already hooked. 
 Never forget to strike quickly and gently, 
 without the slightest approach to violence, for 
 the mere tightening of the line will be sufficient 
 
1MK. RONALDS'S ADVICE. 157 
 
 to effect the desired object.* You must practise 
 striking till you find it impossible to get a rise 
 , without doing so ; it must become a perfect habit, 
 which, like all other habits, can only be acquired 
 by constant repetition. As in the case of the 
 experienced shotsman, who takes aim at a glance 
 and pulls the trigger simultaneously, so there 
 must exist an equal degree of sympathy between 
 the hand and eye of the fly-fisher, which practice 
 alone can create. * * * * * 
 
 For throwing the line we subjoin the follow- 
 ing precepts of Mr, Ronalds, as imparted in 
 his valuable work, " The Fly Fisher's Ento- 
 mology :" "In order to acquire the art of 
 throwing the fly, it may be advisable to practise, 
 previously to visiting the stream, in an open 
 space, free from trees, where a piece of paper 
 may represent the spot required to be thrown to. 
 Taking the wind in his back, the tyro, with a 
 
 * *' This action is simply a tightening feel^ as the trout is 
 generally previously hooked from the natural resistance of 
 the floating line. If he is not felt to be hooked, then it is 
 necessary to pull fully up and make another throw ; but 
 never let the first pull in feeling for a trout be so decidedly 
 forcible as to be called a strike, for it ought not to be done 
 with a third part of the force requisite to lift the line clear 
 off the surface, as necessary to make another throw." 
 Younger' s River Angling. 
 
158 A QUOTATION FROM " EPHEMERA'S " 
 
 short line at first, may attempt to cast within an 
 inch or two of the paper, and afterwards, by 
 degrees, lengthen his line as his improvement 
 proceeds: he may then try to throw in such a 
 direction that the wind may, in some measure, 
 oppose the line and rod ; and, lastly, he may 
 practise throwing against the wind. In this way 
 any person may become an adept in throwing a 
 fly much sooner than by trusting solely to the 
 experience which he may get when on the water- 
 side, for his attention being then wholly engrossed 
 by the hopes of a rise, &c., a bad habit may be 
 very easily engendered, which will not be as 
 easily got rid of." 
 
 " Ephemera," in his admirable " Hand Book 
 of Angling," gives the following useful hints : 
 " In what precise shape artificial flies, floating on 
 the water or just beneath it, present themselves 
 to the fish, I cannot truly tell. They certainly 
 cannot present themselves in the exact living 
 forms of natural insects, but their appearance 
 must be something like them. If I were to 
 guess, I should say that the artificial flies for the 
 common trout and grayling present the appear- 
 ance of drowning or drowned natural flies ; or of 
 living insects struggling on or underneath the 
 water. I do not think this surmise fanciful. At 
 
HAND BOOK OF ANGLING. 159 
 
 any rate the fly-fisher should endeavour to pre- 
 sent his artificial baits to the fish as deceptively 
 as possible ; that is, by giving them as natural 
 an appearance as may be. He must cause them 
 to drop lightly on the water, because the natural 
 fly does so ; he must cause them to swim down 
 as near the surface as he can, because the natural 
 fly moves upon the surface of the water ; and he 
 must impart motion to his flies, a species of 
 fluttering, generally speaking, being the best. 
 All this is comprehended by the expression 
 ' humouring' one's flies. To do it, the moment 
 your flies alight upon the water, hold up your 
 rod, so that the drop fly next to it may appear 
 skimming the surface ; the other two*, if properly 
 proportioned and attached to the casting line [or 
 collar], being ever so little under water. If you 
 allow your upper dropper to be under water, all 
 the flies below that dropper will be sunk too 
 deeply to appear living insects to the fish, and 
 therefore any motion you may give them will be 
 useless. They then can only be taken by the 
 fish for dead flies. When you keep your last 
 dropper on the surface of the water, impart to it 
 
 * Our author is speaking of a collar fitted up with three 
 or more flies ; but there will be no difficulty in applying 
 his remarks to one fitted up only with two, as we advise. 
 
160 A FRIENDLY HINT. 
 
 a slight skipping motion, by a tremulous shake of 
 the rod, and the flies that are just under water 
 will receive the most natural motion you can give 
 them. Never drag your flies straight across the 
 water towards you, and never work them against 
 the current. A small fish may, perchance, rise 
 at them when so worked, but seldom or never a 
 large one." 
 
 Imitate, gentle pupil, the movements of who- 
 ever you believe to be a good hand, and practise, 
 practise, practise. Hover in the wake of every 
 good fly-fisher you meet with, 
 
 " By burn and flow'ry brae,'* 
 
 and notice eagle-eyed. But forget not one little 
 point of etiquette, a breach of which is no less 
 discreditable to one party than annoying to the 
 other: be careful how you intrude yourself and 
 your questions upon strangers. Some anglers 
 are (and you will some day prove the truth of the 
 assertion) very nice about things of this kind 
 very queer fellows upon occasion all smiles and 
 urbanity when they get good sport, and have the 
 river to themselves, and just the reverse after 
 they have been out all day and " scarce extracted 
 one," and, moreover, had the infinite pleasure of 
 knowing that half a dozen "brethren of the 
 
PLAYING A FISH. 161 
 
 streams " have been whipping all the while before 
 them. 
 
 We may as well, too, while speaking of 
 etiquette, mention another point or two which it 
 would be always well to remember : Never 
 attempt to fish any part of a stickle already taken 
 possession of by another angler. The rule is to 
 pass it entirely keeping well off the river, and 
 not wetting your line within two hundred yards 
 at least. When fishing with a companion, it is 
 usual to take alternate stickles, and sometimes 
 alternate fields. We strongly advise our pupils 
 never to fish hastily. If you find yourself much 
 pressed by anglers determined to fish ahead of 
 you, encourage them on for a mile or so, and then 
 turn back, and fish carefully over the ground they 
 have thus hastily tried. We deem this a valuable 
 hint, and trust it will be so regarded. 
 
 But we had arrived as far as hooking the fish, 
 let us now proceed to the manner of bringing it 
 ashore. An experienced angler knows, with mar- 
 vellous exactness, the weight of his hooked fish ; 
 and, like a skilful general who knows the enemy's 
 strength, he shapes his tactics agreeably with that 
 knowledge 
 
 " Some lightly tossing to the grassy bank, 
 And to the shelving shore slow dragging some, 
 With various hand proportioned to their force." 
 if 
 
162 PLAYING A FISH. 
 
 For our own part, we never trifle with a fish of 
 any size, but land him as soon as possible. We 
 mean not that we attempt to haul in a large fish 
 at once, but simply that we never miss taking due 
 advantage of every inclination evinced by the 
 struggler to be transferred to another element. 
 Who would use ceremony w r ith a fish under six 
 ounces ? Not we, indeed, but rather pull him in, 
 nolens volens. It is a proof that a fish is hooked 
 firmly, and likewise that he is large, when he de- 
 scends in the water and struggles at the bottom 
 or in mid- water. When he keeps leaping above 
 and floundering at the surface, rest assured that 
 he is hooked but slightly not in the cartila- 
 ginous, but in some ticklish, nervous, part of the 
 mouth ; and that unless you are gentle as a lamb, 
 and handle him " as if you loved him," tenderly 
 and delicately, he will, sans ceremonie^ give you 
 the slip. 
 
 Now, then, as to managing a large fish. If you 
 have him in a fair open place and if you have 
 not, your first business is to get him there you 
 must endeavour to turn him down stream at once, 
 keeping him under as short a line as possible 
 without straining too tightly,, If he resist much, 
 give to him, that he may play his freaks at a 
 distance ; but miss no opportunity of winding up 
 
PLAYING A FISH, 163 
 
 the line again, and with interest. When the fish 
 " runs/' you should walk, if possible, opposite to 
 him, giving him the spring of the rod, and you 
 should neither attempt to stop him by anything 
 like a sudden check, nor, of course, permit the 
 line to slacken. Should he halt, and endeavour 
 at the bottom to disengage himself from the hook, 
 or should he slip under a weed which, be 
 assured, he will do if possible run instantly 
 below him, and, lowering the rod to a level with 
 the surface of the water, pull moderately and 
 uniformly, not, of course, so hard as to endanger 
 the rod or line, and you will probably divert him 
 from his object. If not, you may venture on the 
 experiment of a few stones, pitched, judiciously, 
 just above him. He will start off again in gallant 
 style be cool and collected or all will be marred, 
 and forget not for an instant that playing him 
 down stream is the only effectual way of tiring 
 him. Keep him in " brisk exercise," giving line 
 when necessary and drawing it in again as he 
 tires. Eelaxed will soon become his efforts, and 
 fainter his struggles ; but take the thing leisurely. 
 Look out for a good landing-place a shelving 
 bank or a pebbly beach and cautiously and 
 coaxingly lead him towards it. Now comes the 
 moment of danger. If you have a landing net, 
 M 2 
 
164 PLAYING A FISH. 
 
 and a companion to use it who understands the 
 business, the affair is simple enough ; but if you 
 are alone and without this much abused instru- 
 ment, it will be as well to prepare for the exercise 
 of considerable tact and skill. As the fish nears 
 the shore 
 
 " Floating broad upon his breathless side, 
 And to his fate abandoned" 
 
 do not attempt to haul him directly up the bank, 
 but stick the rod firmly in the ground, by means 
 of the spike, and in a direction slanting towards 
 the water taking the precaution of placing the 
 reel in such a manner that the line may run freely 
 from it should the fish make a sudden dash into 
 deep water. Keep a sharp eye upon your gasp- 
 ing victim a.s he floats upon the surface ; be steady 
 and cautious ; and if you hope to secure him do 
 not attempt to lift him by the line* an act of 
 egregious folly, which, to our knowledge, is not 
 unfrequently committed by those whose experi- 
 ence, if not common sense, ought to teach them 
 better. If, gentle pupil, you would rank as a 
 
 * It must not be forgotten that we are speaking of a 
 large fish ; for in playing a small one this rule may be often 
 " more honoured in the breach than in the observance," 
 though everything like zjerk must in all cases be studiously 
 avoided. 
 
PLAYING A FISH. 165 
 
 good craftsman, never touch the line yourself, nor 
 suffer any one else to do so, while you are playing 
 and landing a powerful fish. To return. Perhaps 
 your captive is not yet exhausted your approach 
 has aroused him ; again he rushes, with desperate 
 vigour, into the middle of the stream, taking with 
 him some ten or a dozen yards of line. Fly to 
 your arms, and battle with him as before. But a 
 few minutes will suffice to decide the contest. 
 He comes in on his side again, but now powerless 
 and dying, and you wind up your line as he ap- 
 proaches. He is close to the shore. Remember, 
 do not attempt to drag him up the bank. Delay 
 not a moment ; stick in your rod rush down 
 approach him from behind seize him in the 
 middle toss him ashore give him a rap on the 
 head against a stone or the butt of your rod, to 
 
 " Still his pantings of dismay" 
 
 basket him he is yours ; " the contest is over, 
 and you have now the pleasure of beholding your 
 prostrate foe beaten in his own element, forced 
 from it, and with weapons so weak that, if strength 
 could compete with art, you would not have been 
 able to hold him in check for a moment. You 
 feel, moreover, that you could not have accom- 
 plished such a feat without exercising great com- 
 
 M 3 
 
166 LANDING A FISH. 
 
 mand over your own faculties without exer- 
 cising patience, ingenuity, cunning of hand and of 
 mind ; that you have been putting in practice the 
 good old advice, suaviter in modo ; and that you 
 have just proved that, in almost all contentions 
 for mastery, c an ounce of oil goes farther than a 
 pound of vinegar.' " * The folly of attempting to 
 play a large fish against the stream must be at 
 once apparent. The resistance of a swift current 
 is alone sufficient to tear a small hook from the 
 firmest hold in the tender mouth of a trout ; then 
 the weeds present themselves, and they are never 
 backward in offering their powerful opposition. 
 
 We should have mentioned before, that even 
 with a net with which to land the fish, the 
 greatest care and caution must be exercised, for 
 nothing, after the person who uses it, will frighten 
 the fish more than a net improperly used. Never 
 bring the net in front of the, fish, however quiet 
 he may appear, but sink it behind him, and 
 passing it slowly under, dip him gently out. If 
 without a net, and you find it difficult to bring 
 the fish to your hand, make the water muddy, 
 and, cuttle-fish like, take advantage of its 
 obscurity to seize your unsuspecting victim. 
 
 * Shipley and Fitzgibbon. 
 
LOVE AND PATIENCE. 167 
 
 When you have the misfortune to lose a fish 
 while playing it, a circumstance which you must 
 not expect to be of very unfrequent occurrence, 
 be careful to keep what is infinitely more valu- 
 able your patience and good temper; those, 
 observes Stoddart, " are worth a cart-load of 
 salmon." After a large fish has escaped you in 
 this way, it may be as well to remove to another 
 stickle, repeating your visit to the former place 
 
 if you think it worthy of so high an honour 
 after the lapse of a short time.* You know that 
 it was said centuries ago, by the old Roman poet 
 
 in a work written on a much more tender 
 subject than angling that 
 
 " The fish once prick' d avoids the barbed hook, 
 And spoils the sport of all the neighb'ring brook." f 
 
 But it is by no means improbable that you may 
 hook the same fish a second time, for such an 
 instance is of constant occurrence. Sir Hum- 
 phrey Davy says "I have caught pikes with 
 
 * " If you have a rise, but fail to hook your game, either 
 by striking prematurely, or from the fish having missed his 
 spring, you may throw over him again almost directly, if he 
 be a small one ; but, if he be * the monarch of the brook,' 
 don't venture near the spot again for half an hour at least." 
 Hansard 's Trout and Salmon Fishing in Wales. 
 
 f Ovid's Art of Love. 
 
 M 4 
 
168 OBTUSENESS OF FEELING IN FISH. 
 
 four or five hooks in their mouths, and tackle 
 which had been broken only a few minutes before; 
 and the hooks seem to have had no other effect 
 than that of serving as a sort of sauce piquante, 
 urging them to seize another morsel of the same 
 kind." We can state a fact, too, which occurred 
 to ourselves a few years ago. We were one 
 morning busy fishing a favourite pool near Slym- 
 lakes Bridge, about a mile from Axminster, when 
 a friend came up to us with the intelligence that 
 a trout, in the same spot, half an hour before, had 
 carried off one of his choicest flies. At the same 
 instant we had the good fortune to hook a half- 
 pounder, which, in due time, our friend landed for 
 us, and in disengaging the fish from the hook we 
 discovered a second fly, which he recognised as 
 his lost favourite, firmly fastened in the roof of its 
 mouth. With this identical fly he, on the same 
 day, filled his basket, and lost it the next in 
 a spanking salmon-peal. Sir Humphrey Davy 
 mentions the circumstance above quoted, in his 
 admirable defence of angling from the charge of 
 cruelty a charge which is destitute of grounds 
 and unsupported by argument. In another place 
 he says, " It cannot be doubted that the ner- 
 vous system of fish, and of cold-blooded animals 
 in general, is less sensitive than that of warm- 
 
MAUDLIN SENTIMENTALITY. 169 
 
 blooded animals." But our readers will not ex- 
 pect us to enter into this subject, since the fact of 
 their being readers is a negative proof of their 
 having previously formed opinions at variance 
 with the maudlin and distorted notions of those 
 who deem every amusement as sinful, of which 
 their morbid taste, or, it may be, their mental or 
 physical incapacity, deprives them the enjoyment ; 
 of those who, as Butler says in Hudibras 
 
 11 Compound for sins they are inclined to 
 By damning those they have no mind to," 
 
170 GENERAL REMARKS ON 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 " But now we heed our tired pen's entreaty, 
 Which halts, and says, pray let me write valete" 
 
 IN this our concluding chapter we shall throw 
 together a few general remarks on the practical 
 department of our art, the three seasons into 
 which the angler's year may be divided, the 
 peculiarities of each, the proper flies to use and 
 why, and other particulars from which we 
 trust our pupils may derive instruction and be 
 enabled to get the ground-work of correct and 
 satisfactory practice. The periods at which the 
 flies enumerated in our list and tables appear 
 upon the water would, perhaps, be understood 
 from what we have said about the natural insects 
 in an early chapter ; but our little work will be 
 the more complete and useful, by containing 
 more detailed information on the subject. This 
 chapter, therefore, and the one to which we have 
 referred, should be read in connection with each 
 other. But besides recommending the use of 
 certain flies because of their prototypes being on 
 
THE FLY-FISHING SEASON. 171 
 
 the water at the particular times ascribed to them, 
 we take care to enumerate those artificial flies 
 which, even considered apart from their supposed 
 resemblance to particular natural insects, will be 
 found in their general character and size to be 
 best adapted to the state of the water and of the 
 atmosphere at the periods and under the circum- 
 stances mentioned. In short, we recommend 
 such flies, and give such instructions, as our ex- 
 perience has taught us to consider most likely to 
 obtain the object of fishing, "the wherewith" 
 to occupy the pannier. 
 
 The angler's Spring includes February, March, 
 and April after which, for the four succeeding 
 summer months, there is little fishing to be had 
 in the day-time. Evening fishing is then chiefly 
 practised but of that anon. The season of 
 Spring obviously furnishes the greatest amount 
 of sport, for then the fish are generally ravenous 
 for flies, after their long winter's abstinence from 
 them, and the artificial fly is freely taken, be- 
 cause the fish are bolder, and because the com- 
 parative scarcity of natural flies, in the earlier 
 period, renders the fish less fastidious in the 
 choice of their favourite food. In February and 
 March, therefore, you need not be over-nice in 
 your combinations of fur and feather. The blue 
 
172 SPRING FISHING. 
 
 dun (No. 2 in our list) dressed with dark mate- 
 rials, or the red fly for the dropper, with the red 
 palmer for stretcher, all dressed full and on 
 hooks Nos. 3 and 4, Kendal, are as good as any 
 that can be selected. In Devonshire, the almost 
 universal use of the red palmer has passed into 
 a proverb, and the fame of the fly is certainly 
 not undeserved. Its general colour is of that 
 "happy medium" which harmonises with most 
 states of the water and atmosphere, and the 
 numerous shades to which it may be varied, 
 in its hackle, and by the omission or otherwise of 
 gold or silver twist on its body render it 
 peculiarly valuable. We therefore strongly re- 
 commend its use in the spring and autumn, 
 dressing it with gold twist only for dark and 
 windy days. We do not like a purely red hackle 
 so well as one with a black list or a furnace 
 hackle, as it is called that is, a hackle with 
 red tips and black close to the quill, as 
 already described in the Chapter on Fly- 
 making. The blue dun, also, as we have before 
 stated, forms an excellent lure, and is not at all 
 less deservedly famed than the palmer. Like the 
 latter, too, its colour admits of so much varia- 
 tion the shades of blue being so numerous 
 that it will suit almost every state of the water 
 
SPRING FISHING. 173 
 
 and of the atmosphere ; and, moreover, it forms, 
 when dressed properly, a more exact and insect- 
 like imitation of the natural fly than many of 
 the productions in which nature is poetically 
 said 
 
 " To live again in art." 
 
 You will find that in the beginning of February 
 the trout generally haunt the deep and still parts 
 of the river,, to fish which a breeze is necessary ; 
 but that in open weather they will, even at that 
 early period, begin to feed in the tails of stickles, 
 and in the gravelly shallows, advancing gradually 
 upwards as the summer approaches. Whatever 
 the season, you should never omit taking advan- 
 tage of a windy day, when the surface of the 
 water is ruffled, to fish the deep parts of the 
 river, the ranges, as they are piscatorially de- 
 nominated. These you should fish slowly and 
 carefully, upwards or downwards as the wind 
 may render more convenient, making your first 
 cast under the bank on which you stand, the next 
 towards the middle of the stream, and so on, cast 
 after cast, towards the other side, taking care to 
 place yourself, whenever practicable, opposite to 
 a higher bank than that on which you stand, in 
 order to be less in the view of your watchful and 
 
174 SPRING FISHING. 
 
 timid game. You will soon discover the most 
 likely places in which to make your main casts. 
 If the fish do not give you sufficient indication 
 of their whereabouts, by rising, your next best 
 guide will be the course given by the current (if 
 any) to their winged prey, which you will dis- 
 cern floating in regular line, or else driven by 
 the wind into sundry sheltered nooks and corners 
 behind bushes, tufts of grass, and other similar 
 places, in which you will most likely find the 
 trout at home, making a sly and quiet meal. 
 Offer him your flies for a dessert. Perhaps we 
 need hardly state that the angler should endea- 
 vour at all times to fish with the wind blowing 
 from behind him, with the view to its assistance 
 in throwing his line ; but should he at any time, 
 when fishing in that position during a sun gleam, 
 find the fish suddenly cease rising as he ap- 
 proaches, and refuse every temptation which he 
 may offer, he need be at no loss to account for 
 the circumstance, if he find the sun also at his 
 back thereby throwing his shadow and that of 
 his rod upon the river, and thus exposing all his 
 movements to the fish. We do not attach much 
 importance to the quarter whence the wind blows, 
 though in spring and autumn a south or west, 
 
SPRING FISHING. 175 
 
 and in summer a north or even an east breeze 
 may be preferable. In February and the early 
 part of March it is generally of very little use to 
 fish before eleven or after two o'clock, and you 
 need not be so particular in selecting cloudy 
 weather as you must be at a more advanced 
 period ; indeed, a few gleams of sunshine are of 
 advantage at this early season, and for the double 
 reason of their hatching flies and rousing the fish. 
 On rivers which do not breed the May-fly, 
 April is decidedly the best month of the year. 
 The fish are then sufficiently vigorous to frequent 
 the swiftest stickles, chiefly haunting their sides, 
 and they are very active in pursuit of flies, which 
 appear in numerous and tempting variety. But 
 it may be necessary to explain, that in speaking 
 of swift stickles we do not refer to the mere 
 shallows, which only contain the smallest fish, to 
 capture which, as we have elsewhere endeavoured 
 to impress upon the reader, is to the true sports- 
 man completely infra dig. ; while at the same 
 time it is an unpardonable act of wanton and 
 inconsiderate destruction. The stickles to which 
 we do refer will not be mistaken by any one who 
 really wishes to understand and not to pervert 
 our meaning. The advice of the Poet of the 
 
176 SPRING FISHING. 
 
 Seasons should ever be remembered, and it is 
 given in very beautiful language : 
 
 " If yet too young, and easily deceiv'd, 
 A worthless prey scarce bends your pliant rod, 
 Him, piteous of his youth and the short space 
 He has enjoy'd the vital light of heaven, 
 Soft disengage, and back into the stream 
 The speckled captive throw." 
 
 The most beautiful flies on the water in April 
 are, the yellow dun and the iron blue or Scotch- 
 man ; and their imitations, if neatly dressed on 
 No. 1. Kendal hooks, and used with very fine and 
 round gut, are as good as anything that can be 
 constructed in the shape of flies. They should 
 be used from eleven till about three o'clock, 
 before and after which time, perhaps, some of the 
 other flies which we have named elsewhere may 
 be more suitable. Among them the sand fly, the 
 grannam or green-tail, the hare's flax, the spider 
 fly, the blue dun of different shades, and the 
 March brown, will furnish an ample variety. 
 The last will be found a first-rate fly in windy 
 weather from the middle of March till the middle 
 of April. The size of the hook on which it 
 should be dressed is No. 4., and it should be fished 
 with as the stretcher, with a dark blue dun, on a 
 
SPRING FISHING. 177 
 
 No. 3. hook, for the dropper. Much sport may 
 be had during the showers which are proverbial 
 during April, and also during showers at any 
 other part of the season. The same may be said 
 of light snow storms, which often fall in the early 
 part of spring. Fish, however, never rise well 
 during long-continued rain, nor in a heavy fog, 
 nor in storms of thunder and lightning. They 
 form, in their habits, a barometer for observant 
 anglers as unerring as the mercurial tube. Before 
 much rain, for example, they will not take the 
 fly well, though the river seem alive with their 
 leaping. They will hop over your flies and frisk 
 at them with their tails, as it were, in the most 
 tantalising way imaginable. Now and then you 
 may feel a tug you strike there is a moment's 
 flounder and the fish is off. This is called 
 " rising short," and a very unprofitable rising 
 it is. 
 
 We now come to the Summer quarter, which 
 includes May, June, July, and August, a 
 period which, though too bright and warm for 
 much day fishing, affords some very pleasant pas- 
 time when, after the long day of " sultry hours," 
 the cool and welcome 
 
 " Shades of eve come slowly down, 
 
 And woods are wrapped in deeper brown." 
 N 
 
178 SUMMER FISHING. 
 
 Should it, however, be a wet season cloudy 
 and showery weather prevailing you will be 
 likely to get good sport in the day time, captur- 
 ing probably large, and certainly well-conditioned 
 fish. Fine tackle is indispensable, and our tables 
 will furnish an ample variety of flies. The iron 
 blue and yellow dun may be still continued in 
 clear water ; and when the wind is very high, or 
 the water stained, they may be changed for the- 
 alder fly and the red ant, dressed on No. 3. hooks. 
 We allude, more particularly, to rivers unfre- 
 quented by the May fly, for on May fly rivers, 
 June is the angler's best and busiest month. On 
 them the principal flies used at that time, and 
 sometimes for a week previously, are the May fly 
 and the grey drake, dressed on No. 6. hooks, and 
 varied occasionally with the red palmer, the alder 
 fly, the ants, and some other kinds. The Welch- 
 man's button is also a favourite with some anglers 
 in windy weather. It should be dressed thickly 
 and compactly on a hook No. 3., or even 4. if the 
 water be discoloured as well as ruffled. The 
 May fly is generally used for the stretcher, and 
 the grey drake for the dropper, particularly in 
 the evening. If the river be very weedy a drop- 
 per had certainly better be dispensed with, as re- 
 commended in a previous chapter, and either the 
 
EVENING FISHING. 179 
 
 May fly or grey drake, as may be thought best, 
 used for the stretcher. Should the fish, however, 
 be glutted with their large ephemeral prey, we 
 recommend the use of a full-dressed red or blue 
 palmer for the stretcher, with a blue dun or a 
 partridge hackle (hook, No. 4.) for the dropper. 
 Dapping with the natural May fly is a destructive 
 method of angling, and where that insect is not 
 bred, any large fly, or a grasshopper, may be sub- 
 stituted for it. Dapping, however, can only be 
 practised in woody rivers, and it is not, after all, 
 so artistical nor so purely sportsmanlike a method 
 as fishing with the artificial fly. 
 
 Evening fishing often affords delightful sport ; 
 you frequently get hold of some lusty fish, and 
 even if you are not so successful, the delightful- 
 ness of a walk on the green turf, after the heat 
 and fatigue of a long summer's day, to 
 
 where streamlets fall 
 
 With mingled bubblings and a gentle rush,'* 
 
 presents, in itself, no trifling recommendation. 
 It is next to useless, unless in a cloudy evening, 
 to commence fishing till within half an hour 
 before sunset ; and you may continue as long as 
 you find it likely to be of service. In the height 
 
 N 2 
 
180 EVENING FISHING. 
 
 of summer the fish will rise all night (if the 
 portion of the day during which the sun is absent 
 may, at that bright and joyous season, be so 
 denominated), but you will not, perhaps, be often 
 inclined to tempt them till anything like a late 
 hour. Ten o'clock will doubtless frequently find 
 you by the river, throwing across that which, in 
 the clear moonlight, more resembles molten silver 
 than " the liquid element." Before sunset we 
 recommend any small flies, such, for instance, 
 as the yellow dun, the iron blue, or the golden 
 spinner on No. 1. or 2. hooks. After sunset, as 
 the darkness increases, rather larger flies should 
 be used, and we know of none better than the 
 red palmer, the partridge hackle, and a fancy fly 
 of our own, which we have named, out of respect 
 for our patriarch, the Walton, dressed on No. 
 4. or 5. hooks. At a still later period of the 
 evening, when you must depend more upon feel- 
 ing than seeing a rise, those flies should be again 
 changed for lighter and larger ones (on hooks 
 No. 5. or 6.), and they may be selected from 
 the coachman, the blue palmer, the white moth, 
 and the white spinner, on a large scale and thickly 
 ribbed with silver twist, or, in short, any com- 
 bination of bright and conspicuous materials which. 
 
DACE FISHING. 181 
 
 the fancy of the angler may suggest. The first- 
 named fly is in great repute in Hampshire and 
 many other districts. It appears to us misnamed, 
 in one sense, having often proved it to be quite the 
 reverse of a driver. We will only add of evening 
 fishing, that it is not advisable to fish over a great 
 deal of ground. When the fish are found to be 
 in rising humour, we recommend the angler to 
 get' possession of a good deep stickle, with a still 
 range above or below it, and to charitably advise 
 any brother piscator who may be disposed to 
 spend his time in roving about from stickle to 
 stickle, to cease his wanderings and to station 
 himself, as soon as possible, in a similar situation. 
 When trout are not to be had in summer 
 evenings, a capital secondary sport may be found 
 in Dace Fishing, which indeed forms an excellent 
 school in which to get initiated into the mysteries 
 of trouting. Small dark colour flies should be 
 used, a little black gnat with a gold tag is as 
 good as anything. This fly is made simply with 
 a turn or two of flat gold wire at the bottom, for 
 the tag, the rest of the body of black ostrich 
 herl, and a wing from a wing feather of the 
 starling. Hook, No. 1. or 0. Use two of these* 
 on a fine collar, and, on a quiet evening at sun- 
 
182 AUTUMN FISHING. 
 
 set, select a deep pool below a stickle. The 
 movements of the fish themselves will best guide 
 you in this selection, for they rise much more 
 freely and in more open water than trout. They 
 merely break the surface with a sullen sort of 
 movement, and take the flies in a sucking manner 
 for they are not so voracious as the trout, and 
 have no teeth in their jaw-bones for holding 
 their prey. Nor are they so timid as to be easily 
 frightened by the line falling clumsily upon the 
 water. Throw your flies as near as you can to 
 the rising fish, and allow them to sink a little, at 
 the same time drawing them with a tremulous 
 motion towards and over the place where you 
 expect a rise. Strike the moment the fish rises, 
 and haul ashore without the ceremony of play- 
 ing for, being leather-mouthed, there is little 
 danger of the hold being broken. 
 
 The Autumn fishing vies with that of Spring, 
 and in rivers which are frequented by salmon and 
 salmon-peal it is in some respects even superior 
 to it. The trout are fat and vigorous after their 
 summer feeding, and in favourable weather they 
 are, throughout the day, generally eager in pur- 
 suit of food. These remarks apply to October 
 and the end of September, and they are more 
 
AUTUMN FISHING. 183 
 
 particularly correct in a rainy season. At such a 
 time the angler has only to select a gloomy day 
 at the clearing of the water after a flood, with a 
 southern or western breeze playing upon the 
 ranges, and raising mimic waves upon their sur- 
 face, and if he be a good craftsman, and have 
 good " tools," the fault will be his own if he 
 return home at " dewy eve " without a well-filled 
 pannier. On such a day we should use a good 
 red palmer (hook No. 4. or 5.) and a blue dun 
 (hook No. 4.) dressed as No. 2. in our first table, 
 or else, perhaps, the willow fly, as our judgment 
 or caprice might lead us. In finer water and a 
 stiller atmosphere we should stick to the autumnal 
 dun, dressed on a No. 1. or 2. hook, and a small 
 red palmer without gold twist or, in short, any 
 of the flies in our list which we might consider 
 best suited to the water and the atmosphere, or to 
 resemble most any particular fly upon the water 
 to which the fish might be exhibiting a partiality. 
 Here our instructions cease. We again repeat, 
 that we do not expect them to be efficient unless 
 taken as a whole. In common fairness we invite 
 a perusal of the entire book, and venture to hope 
 that the pupil who reads it for the purpose of 
 acquiring instruction will not be wholly disap- 
 
184 A WORD AT PARTING. 
 
 pointed. There are doubtless passages which to 
 a novice will appear at first obscure, for we do 
 not imagine that we have escaped the common 
 difficulty of communicating what we wish so 
 clearly, in all cases, as to be 'perfectly intelligible 
 at once and immediately to every comprehension. 
 Whenever our pupils, therefore, stumble upon 
 passages of this sort, we trust that they will not 
 too hastily pass them over. We venture to hope 
 that careful reading and re-reading, both sepa- 
 rately and in the context, will soon make clear 
 what at first seemed difficult or incomprehensible. 
 At all events, we have done our best, and our 
 readers, we hope, will pardon all they may con- 
 sider imperfect. 
 
 We have written this book from an ardent love 
 of the art on which it treats, and from the desire 
 of enabling others to partake of its manifold en- 
 joyments. In this work-a-day world it is some- 
 thing to find an innocent amusement for oneself, 
 and to contribute to the amusement of others. It 
 is contrary to the mental and physical conforma- 
 tion of mankind to labour or to study incessantly 
 to be perpetually engaged in any of the ordi- 
 nary every-day aifairs of life, without paying the 
 penalty in the shape of shattered health of body 
 
A WORD AT PARTING. 185 
 
 or of mind. People are not yet so much inured 
 to a highly artificial state of society and never 
 will be as to be able to dispense altogether 
 with recreation ; nor have the woods and fields, 
 the mountain and the stream, the birds and the 
 flowers, and the thousand other objects of all-beau- 
 teous nature, yet lost their fascinating influences 
 however much we may be involved in the 
 intricacies of social life and in the active duties 
 which more or less devolve upon us all. There 
 are times when brain and sinew, mind and muscle, 
 call aloud for rest and change, and need recruiting 
 ere their functions can be properly continued. 
 An amusement which draws its votaries away 
 from the scenes of their labours into contact with 
 external nature, in all its innocence and beauty 
 which supersedes the too often sensual " pleasures" 
 which can never be its efficient substitute is a 
 blessing to the individuals who adopt it, and to 
 their connections also, so long as it is consistently 
 pursued. 
 
 Such an amusement is that on which we have 
 written these chapters. In all ages some of the 
 best and wisest of men have not only been the 
 stanchest advocates of angling, but also have 
 ranked among its best and most enthusiastic 
 o 
 
186 CONCLUSION. 
 
 practitioners. It would give us unfeigned happi- 
 ness to know, at any time, that our humble 
 labours were the means of extending, however 
 little, the practice of that delightful art of ini- 
 tiating however few into its guileless mysteries 
 and thus of enabling them to experience those 
 pleasures which it is capable of affording so 
 largely, and which, from childhood upwards, we 
 have ourselves so abundantly enjoyed. 
 
 THE END. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 SPOTTISWOODES and SHAW, 
 New-street-Square. 
 
BY EPHEMERA. 
 
 Lately published, 
 
 A HANDBOOK OF ANGLING : 
 
 TEACHING 
 
 FLY-FISHING, TROLLING, BOTTOM-FISHING, AND 
 SALMON-FISHING. 
 
 WITH THE 
 
 NATURAL HISTORY OF RIVER FISH, AND THE BEST MODES OF 
 CATCHING THEM. 
 
 Second Edition. Fcp. 8vo. with Wood Engravings, 9s. 
 
 " A work which reflects very great credit upon the piscatorial research, 
 diligence, and skill of its author, with whom it has evidently been a 'labour 
 of love.' Not only does it abound in racy anecdote and pleasant gossip, but 
 in valuable and curious instruction concerning the finny tribe, and the best 
 method of enticing them from their watery abode. No person who is fondof 
 angling should be without this excellent and amusing guide." 
 
 United Service Gazette. 
 
 " By combining valuable information respecting the construction and use 
 of the several kinds of fishing-tackle with interesting memoirs of the habits 
 and haunts of every variety of river fish, the ' Handbook of Angling ' recom- 
 mends itself equally to the young and the experienced sportsman. To make 
 his work a standard one also, * Ephemera' has very judiciously selected and 
 embodied in it the opinions and practice of several other masters of the art ; 
 and altogether we know no other work where so much varied information 
 connected with the subject can be so readily obtained." Pictorial Times. 
 
 BY HEWETT WHEATLEY, ESQ., Senior Angler. 
 Lately published, 
 
 THE ROD AND LINE : 
 
 OR, 
 
 PRACTICAL HINTS AND DAINTY DEVICES FOR 
 THE SURE TAKING OF TROUT, GRAYLING, &c. 
 
 Fcp. 8vo. with Nine coloured Plates, 10s. 6d. 
 
 " Besides smart, pungent, and practically profound dissertations on the rod 
 and line, this clever volume teems with practical hints, and has numerous 
 coloured plates of 'dainty devices for the sure taking of trout, grayling, &c.' 
 Several of the devices, though of very dainty appearance, will, we are certain, 
 prove of most deadly effect. They are especially suited for the wholesale 
 
 capture of grayling The book is very pleasantly written, and 
 
 beneath a semblance of levity will be found enunciated a mass of sterling 
 information." Bell's Life in London. 
 
 " The style in which this little volume has been written is no less attractive 
 to the man of taste and education than the matter it contains is interesting to 
 
 the experienced angler The angler who does not require to learn 
 
 the rudiments of his art will find in its pages abundance of useful informa- 
 tion respecting the various kinds of spinning tackle, and some excellent hints 
 on beetles, grubs, and larva, with which the author has succeeded in killing 
 6sh when the fly thrown by the most experienced hand would fail to do 
 
 so The hints on angling at the end of the volume are written with 
 
 great humour, and indicate some excellent maxims which the fair sportsman 
 will not be likely to forget." Sunday Times., , 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS. 
 
NEW WORK BY EPHEMERA AND ANDREW YOUNG. 
 
 Just published, 
 
 THE BOOK OF THE SALMON: 
 
 IN TWO PARTS. 
 
 Part I. The Theory, Principles, and Practice of Fly- Fishing 
 
 for Salmon ; with Lists of good Salmon- Flies for every good 
 
 River in the Empire. 
 Part II. The Natural History of the Salmon, all its known 
 
 Habits described, and the best Way of artificially Breeding it 
 
 explained. 
 
 USEFULLY ILLUSTRATED WITH NUMEROUS COLOURED ENGRAVINGS 
 OP SALMON- FLIES AND SALMON-rRY. 
 
 BY EPHEMERA, 
 
 Author of " A Handbook of Angling ;" assisted by 
 
 ANDREW YOUNG, 
 
 Of Invershin, Manager of the Duke of Sutherland's Salmon-Fisheries. 
 
 Fcp. 8vo. with coloured Plates, price 14s. 
 
 "The book is writtenjin an easy conversational style; and the directions 
 for procuring materials, and dyeing feathers for the construction of flies by 
 far the most important things for a salmon fisher -are succinct, and intelli- 
 gible to every one : and ' Ephemera' is certainly not wrong when he says the 
 list of flies described is the largest and best ever published. The work is an 
 excellent continuation of the Handbook of Angling, and ought to be bound up 
 with it, and carried about in the portmanteau of every lover of the angle." 
 
 Observer. 
 
 " Having treated successfully of the lower branches of angling, * Ephemera' 
 has now taken in hand the noble and exciting pastime of salmon-fishing. 
 Assuming the reader to have read and profited by his former book, the author 
 gives little elementary instruction ; confining his directions to the peculiar 
 differences in throwing the fly and handling the rod for salmon, compared 
 with trout, &c. He then furnishes practical advice as to the rod and line 
 itself, the best modes of fishing a river, the way to manage and land the king 
 of fishes when you hare hooked him, together with an elaborate account of 
 various flies, illustrated by coloured plates. The directions are somewhat 
 minute, which the author intended ; but they are clear, colloquial, and keep 
 up the attention of the reader. The history of the salmon forms a second part, 
 the substance of which is by Mr. Young, though the writing is by * Ephemera.' 
 It contains Mr. Young's views on the natural history of the fish, especially its 
 breeding, and growth during early life." Spectator. 
 
 London: LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS. 
 
AN ALPHABETICAL CATALOGUE 
 
 OF 
 
 NEW WORKS 
 
 IN GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS LITERATURE, 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 MESSRS. LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS, 
 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON. 
 
 CLASSIFII 
 
 Agriculture and Rural 
 Affairs. 
 
 Pages 
 Bayldonon ValuingRents, etc. - - 5 
 Crocker's Land Surveying 8 
 Johnson's Farmer's Encyclopaedia - - 16 
 London's Encyclopaedia of Agriculture - 18 
 ,, Self-Instruction for Farmers, etc. 17 
 ,, (Mrs.) Lady'sCou-ntry Companion 17 
 Low's Elements of Agriculture - - 18 
 ,, On Landed Property - - - 18 
 
 Arts, Manufactures, and 
 Architecture. 
 
 Bourne's Catechism of the Steam Engine 6 
 
 :D INDEX. 
 
 Pages 
 Hints on Etiquette ----- 13 
 Hudson's Executor's Guide - - -14 
 On Making Wills ... 14 
 London's Self Instruction - 17 
 ,, (Mrs.) Amateur Gardener - 17 
 Maunder's Treasury ot Knowledge - - 20 
 ,, Scientificand Literal-Treasury 20 
 ,, Treasury of History - - 20 
 ,, Biographical Treasury - - 21 
 ,, Natural History - - 20 
 Pocket and the Stud - 12 
 Pycroft's Course of English Reading - 24 
 Recce's Medical Guide - - - - 25 
 Rich's Companion to the Latin Dictionary 25 
 Riddle's Latin Dictionaries and Lexicon 25 
 Rowton's Debater - - 26 
 
 Stud (The) for Practical Purposes - 12 
 Thomas's Interest Tables - 30 
 Thomson's Management of Sick Room - 30 
 ,, Interest Tables - - -30 
 Webster's Encycl. of Domestic Economy 32 
 
 Botany and Gardening*. 
 
 Callcott's Scripture Herbal - - - 7 
 Conversations on Botany - - - 7 
 Evans's Sugar Planter's Manual - - 10 
 Hoare On the Grape Vine on Open Walls 13 
 Hooker's British Flora .... 13 
 ,, Guide to Kew Gardens - - 13 
 Lindley's Introduction to Botany - - 17 
 London's Hortus Britannicus - - - 18 
 ,, Encyclopaedia of Trees & Shrubs 18 
 ,, ,, Gardening- - 18 
 Encyclopaedia of Plants - - 18 
 ,, Self-Instruction for Gardeners 17 
 
 Budge's Miner's Guide - - - 6 
 Cresy's Encycl. of Civil Engineering - 8 
 D'Agincourt's History of Art - - - 23 
 
 Eastlake on Oil Painting - 10 
 Evans's Sugar Planter's Manual - - 10 
 Gwilt's Encyclopaedia of Architecture - 11 
 Humphreys' Illuminated Books - - 15 
 Jameson's Sacred and Legendary Art - 15 
 L oudon's Rural Architecture - - - 18 
 Moseiey's Engineering and Architecture 22 
 Scoffern on Sugar Manufacture - - 26 
 Steam Engine (The) , by the Artisan Club 5 
 Tate on Strength of Materials - - - 29 
 Twining on Painting - - - - 31 
 Ure's Dictionary of Arts, etc. - - 31 
 
 Biography. 
 
 Foss's Judges of England - - - 10 
 Grant (Mrs. ) Memoir and Correspondence 1 1 
 Head's Memoirs of Cardinal Pacca - 13 
 Humphreys's Black Prince ... 14 
 Kindersley's De Bayard - 16 
 Maunder'sBiographicalTreasury - - 21 
 Southey's Life of Wesley - 29 
 Life and Correspondence - 28 
 Stephen's Ecclesiastical Biography - 29 
 Taylor's Loyola 30 
 Townsend's Twelve eminent Judges - 31 
 Waterton's Autobiography and Essays - 31 
 
 Books of General Utility. 
 
 Acton's (Eliza) Cookery Book - - 5 
 Black's Treatise on Brewing ... 6 
 Cabinet Lawyer (The) - 7 
 Foster's Hand-book of Literature - - 11 
 
 Schleiden's Botany, by Lankester - - 26 
 
 Chronology. 
 
 Allen on the Rise, of the Royal Prero- 
 gative, etc. ^ 5 
 Blair's Chronological Tables - 6 
 Bunsen's Ancient Egypt 7 
 Haydn's Book of Dignities - 12 
 
 Commerce and Mercantile 
 Affairs. 
 
 Banfield and Weld's Statistics - - 5 
 Gilbart's Treatise on Banking - -11 
 Gray's Tables of Life Contingencies - 11 
 Lorimer's Letters to a Master Mariner - 17 
 
 London: Printed by M. MASON, Ivy Lane, Paternoster Row. 
 
^ CLASSIFIED INDEX 
 
 Pages 
 
 Pages 
 
 Symons' Merchant Seamen's Law - 29 
 Thomas's Interest Tables - - 30 
 Thomson's Tables of Interest - - 30 
 
 Criticism, History, and 
 Memoirs. 
 
 Blair's Chron. and Historical Tables - 6 
 Bunsen's Ancient Egypt 7 
 Coad's Memorandum - ~ 7 
 Conybeare and Howson's St. Paul - 8 
 Dandolo's Italian Volunteers - 8 
 Dennistoun's Dukes of Urbino - - S 
 Dunlop's History of Fiction - - S 
 Eastlake's History of Oil Painting - JO 
 Foss's Judges of England - - H 
 Foster's European Literature - - - 11 
 Gibbon's Roman Empire - - - 1] 
 Grant (Mrs.) Memoir andCorespondence 11 
 Hamilton's (Sir William) Essays - - 12 
 Harrison On the English Language - 12 
 Head's Memoirs of Cardinal Pace* - - 13 
 Holland's (Lord) Foreign Reminis- 
 cences ------ 13 
 Humphreys's Black Prince - - U 
 Jeffrey's (Lord) Contributions - - 16 
 Kemble's Anglo-Saxons in England - 16 
 Macaulay's Essays ----- IS 
 History of England - - 19 
 Mackintosh's Miscellaneous Works - 19 
 M'Culloch's Dictionary, Historical, Geo- 
 graphical, and Statistical - - - 19 
 Maunder's Treasury of History - - 20 
 Merivale's History of Rome - - - 21 
 Mosheim's Ecclesiastical History - - 22 
 Mure's Ancient Greece - - - 22 
 Rich's Companion to the Latin Dictionary 25 
 Riddle's Latin Dictionaries - - - 25 
 Rogers's Essays from the Edinburgh Rev. 25 
 Schmitz's History of Greece - - - 30 
 Smith's (S.) Lectures on Moral Philosophy 27 
 Souther's The Doctor etc. - 28 
 
 Margaret Percival ----- 27 
 Marryat'sMasterman Ready - - - 20 
 ,, Privateer's-Mau - - -20 
 Settlers in Canada - - -20 
 
 Pycroft's Course of English Reading - 24 
 Twelve Years Ago: a Tale - 31 
 
 medicine. 
 
 Bull's Hints to Mothers 
 Management of Children - - 7 
 Copland's Dictionary of Medicine - - g 
 Latham On Diseases of the Heart - - I/ 
 Moore On Health, Disease, and Remedy 21 
 Pereira On Food and Diet - 24 
 Recce's Medical Guide - 25 
 
 Miscellaneous 
 and General literature. 
 
 Allen on Royal Prerogative - 5 
 Coad's Memorandum 7 
 Dresden Gallery ----- i 
 Dunlop's History of Fiction - ' 
 
 Graham's English 
 Grant's Letters from the Mountains - 1 ] 
 Haydn's Beatson's Index - - - 12 
 Hooker's Kew Guide - 13 
 Howitt's Rural Life of England - 14 
 ,, Visits to Remarkable Places - 14 
 Jardine's Treatise of Equivocation - - 15 
 Jeffrey's (Lord) Contributions - - 1C 
 Kav on Education, etc. in Europe - - 16 
 London's (Mrs.) Lady's Country Companion 17 
 Macaulay's Critical and Historical Essays 13 
 Mackintosh's (Sir J.) Miscellaneous Works 19 
 Maitland's Church in the Catacombs - 19 
 
 Sydney'ymith's Works ... - 27 
 Taylor's Loyola ----- 30 
 Thirlwall's History of Greece - - - 30 
 Tooke's Histories of Prices - - - 31 
 Townsend's State Trials - 31 
 Twining's Philosophy of Painting - - 31 
 Twiss on the Pope's Letters - - 31 
 Zumpt's Latin Grammar - - - - 32 
 
 Geography and Atlases. 
 
 Butler's Ancient and Modern Geography 7 
 ,, Atlas of General Geography - ^ 
 Erman's Travels through Siberia - - 10 
 Hall's Large Library Atlas - - - 12 
 Railway Map of England - - 12 
 Johnston's General Gazetteer - - 16 
 M'Culloch's Geographical Dictionary - 19 
 Murray's Encyclopaedia of Geography - 22 
 Sharp's British Gazetteer - - 26 
 
 Juvenile Books. 
 
 Pycroft's Course of English Reading - 24 
 Rich's Companion to the Latin Dictionary 25 
 Riddle's Latin Dictionaries and Lexicon j>5 
 
 Seaward 's Narrative of his Ship wreck - y] 
 Sir Roger De Coverley - - 27 
 Southey's Common-Place Bwoks - - 23 
 The Doctor etc. - - - 28 
 Stow's Training System - - - - 29 
 Sydney Smith's Works - - 27 
 Townsend's State Trials - - - - 31 
 Willoughby's (Lady) Diary - - - 32 
 
 Natural History in 
 General. 
 
 Catlow's Popular Conchology 7 
 Doubledav's Butterflies and Moths - 9 
 Ephemera and Young on the Salmon - 10 
 Gosse's Natural History of Jamaica 11 
 Gray and Mitchell's Ornithology - - 11 
 Kirby and Spence's Entomology - - 16 
 Lee's Taxidermy 17 
 
 Corner's Children's Sunday Book - - 8 
 Earl's Daughter (The) - - - - 27 
 Gertrude 27 
 Gower's Scientific Phenomena - - 11 
 Howitt's Boy's Countrv Book - 14 
 Children's Year - - - 14 
 
 m , , __ , 
 
 Maunder's Treasury of Natural History 20 
 Tarton's Shells of the British Islands - 31 
 Waterton's Essays on Natural History - 32 
 Westwood's Classification of Insects - 32 
 Youatt's The Dog 3-' 
 ,, The Horse - ... :jj 
 
 : rrrr= =M 
 
: 
 
 TO MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co.'s CATALOGUE. 3 
 
 Novels and Works of 
 Fiction. 
 
 Pages 
 Dunlop's History of Fiction - 9 
 Head's Metamorphoses of Apuleius 12 
 Lady Willoughby's Diary - 32 
 Macdonald's Villa Verocchio - - 19 
 Marryat's Masterman Ready - 20 
 Privateer'3-Man - 20 
 Settlers in Canada - 20 
 ,, Mission; or, Scenes in Africa 20 
 Mount St. Lawrence ... 22 
 Sir Roger de Coverley ... 27 
 Southey's The Doctor etc. - 28 
 Twelve Years Ago: a Tale - 31 
 
 One Vol. Encyclopaedias 
 and Dictionaries. 
 
 Blame's, of Rural Sports .... 6 
 Brande's, of Science, Literature, and Art 6 
 Copland's, of Medicine ... 3 
 Cresy's, of Civil Engineering 8 
 Gwilt's, of Architecture - 11 
 Johnson's Farmer ----- 16 
 Johnston's Geographical Dictionary - 16 
 Loudou's, of Treesand Shrubs "- - 18 
 ,, of Gardening - 18 
 ,, of Agriculture - 18 
 5, of Plants - - 18 
 
 Pages 
 Kay on the Social Condition, etc.of Europe 16 
 Laing's Notes of a Traveller - - -17 
 M'Culloch's Geographical, Statistic al,and 
 Historical Dictionary . - - 19 
 M'Culloch's Dictionary of Commerce - 19 
 On Taxation and Funding - 19 
 ,, Statistics of the British Empire 19 
 Marcet's Conversations on Polit. Economy 19 
 Tooke's Histories of Prices - - - 31 
 
 Religious and Moral 
 "Works, etc. 
 
 Bloomfield's Greek Testament - - 6 
 Annotations on ditto - - 6 
 ,, College and School ditto - 6 
 ,, Lexicon to Greek Testament g 
 Book of Ruth (illuminated) - - - ] 5 
 Callcott's Scripture Herbal ' ' ' 7 
 Conybeare and Howson's St. Paul - s 
 Cook's Edition of the Acts - 8 
 
 Corner's Sunday Book - - - - 3 
 Dale's Domestic Liturgy - g 
 
 Earl's Daughter (The) - 27 
 Ecclesiastes (illuminated) - - "23 
 Elmes's Thought Book - IQ 
 Englishman's Hebrew Concordance - 10 
 Greek Concordance - IQ 
 Gertrude .... 
 Hook's (Dr.) Lectures on Passion Week 13 
 Home's introduction to the Scriptures - 13 
 Compendium of ditto - - 13 
 Howson's Sunday Evening - - - 14 
 Jameson's Sacred and Legendary Art - 15 
 Monastic Legends - 15 
 ,, Legends of the Madonna - 15 
 Jeremy Taylor's Works - 16 
 
 ,, of Rural Architecture - - 18 
 M'Culloch's Geographical Dictionary - 19 
 ,, Dictionary of Commerce - 19 
 Murray's Encyclopaediaof Geography - 22 
 Ure's Arts, Manufactures, and Mines - 31 
 Webster's Domestic Economy - 32 
 
 Poetry and the Drama. 
 
 Aikin's (Dr.) British Poets ... 5 
 Baillie's (Joanna) Poetical Works - - 5 
 Flowers and their Kindred Thoughts - 23 
 Fruits from the Garden and Field - 23 
 Goldsmith's Poems, illustrated - 11 
 Gray's Elegy, illuminated - - 23 
 Hey.'s Moral of Flowers - 13 
 ,, Sylvan Musings - 13 
 L. E.L.'s Poetical Works - . 16 
 Linwood's Anthologia Oxoniensis - 17 
 Macaulay s Lays of Ancient Rome - 19 
 Montgomery's Poetical Works - 21 
 Moore's Irish Melodies - 21 
 ,, LallaRookh ... 22 
 ,, Poetical Works ... 21 
 Songs and Ballads - - 21 
 Shakspeare, by Bowdler - 26 
 ,. 's Sentiments and Similes ]4 
 Southey's Poetical Works - . 29 
 ,, British Poets ... 29 
 Swain's English Melodies - - 29 
 Taylor's Virgin Wido\v - _ . 30 
 Thomson's Seasons, illustrated - 30 
 with Notes, by Dr. A. T. Thomson * 30 
 Watts's Lyrics of the Heart - - -32 
 
 Letters to my Unknown Friends - "17 
 ,, on Happiness - - - - 17 
 Maitland's Church in the Catacombs - 19 
 Margaret Percival ----- 2/ 
 Marriage Service (illuminated) - - 23 
 Maxims, etc. of the Saviour - - - 15 
 Miracles of Our Saviour - - - 15 
 Moore on the Power of the Soul - - 21 
 ,, on the Use of the Body - - 21 
 ,, on Man and his Motives - - 21 
 Morell's Philosophy of Religion - - 22 
 Mosheim's Ecclesiastical History - - 22 
 Mount St. Lawrence - - - - 22 
 Neale's Closing Scene - - - - 22 
 ,, Resting Places of the Just - - 22 
 Newman's (J. H.) Discourses - - 22 
 Paley's Evidences, etc., by Potts - - 22 
 Parables of Our Lord - - _ - 15 
 Pascal's Works, by Pearce - - - 24 
 Readings for Lent _ 15 
 Robinson's Lexicon of the Greek Testa- 
 
 Sermon on the Mount (The) - - "3 
 Sinclair's Journey of Life - - - 27 
 ,, Business of Life - - - 27 
 Sketches (The) - - - . . 27 
 Smith's (G.) Perilous Times - - - 28 
 ,, Religion of Ancient Britain - 28 
 Sacred Annals - - 27 
 Doctrine of the Cherubim - 27 
 (J.) St. Paul's Shipwreck - - 28 
 (S.) Lectures on Moral Philosophy 27 
 Solomon's Song (illuminated) - 23 
 Southey's Life of Wesley - . - 29 
 Stephen's (Sir J.) Essays - - . - 2'J 
 
 Political Economy and 
 Statistics. 
 
 Banfield aiid'Weld's Statistics - 5 
 Gilbart's Treatise on Banking - - - 11 
 Gray's Tables of Life Contingencies - 11 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX. 
 
 
 Pages Pages 
 
 Sydney Smith's Sermons 
 
 - 27 
 
 Herschel's Outlines of Astronomy - - 13 
 
 Tayler's (Rev. C. B.) Margaret 
 
 29 
 
 Humboldt's Aspects of Nature - - 14 
 
 Lady Mary - 
 Taylor's (J.) Thumb Bible 
 
 - 29 
 - 30 
 
 Hunt's Researches on Light - - - 15 
 
 , t (Isaac) Lovola 
 Tomline's Introduction to the Bible 
 
 - 30 
 - 30 
 
 Marcel's Conversations - - 19, 20 
 Memoirs of the Geological Survey - - 21 
 
 Turner's Sacred History 
 
 - 31 
 
 Moseley's Practical Mechanics - - 22 
 
 Twelve Years Ago - " - 
 
 - 31 
 
 Engineering and Architecture $ 
 
 Twiss on the Pope's Letters - 
 
 - 31 
 
 Owen's Comparative Anatomy - - - 22 
 
 WHberforce's View of Christianity 
 
 - 32 
 
 Peschel's Physics ----- 24 
 
 Willoughby's (Lady) LHary - 
 Wisdom of Johnson's Rambler, etc. 
 
 - 32 
 - 16 
 
 Phillips'* PalaeozoicFossilsof Cornwall, etc.24 
 Mineralogy, by Miller & Brooke 2-1 
 
 
 
 Portlock's Geology of Londonderry - 24 
 
 
 
 Schleiden's Scientific Botany - - - 26 
 
 Rural Sports* 
 
 
 Sraee's Electro-Metallurgy - 27 
 Steam Engine (Ure), by the Artisan Clob 5 
 Tate on Strength of Materials - - 29 
 
 Biaine'sDictionaryof Sports 
 
 - 6 
 
 Thomson's School Chemistry - - 30 
 
 Ephemera on Angling - 
 ,, 's Book oflhe Salmon - 
 
 - 10 
 - 10 
 
 Veterinary Medicine. 
 
 Hawker's Instructions to Sportsmen 
 
 - 12 
 
 
 The Hunting Field .... 
 Loudon's (Mrs.) Lady'sCountryCompa 
 
 .' 12 
 
 The Hunting Field 12 
 The Pocket and the Stud - - - li 
 
 Pocket ami the Stud - 
 Practical Horsemanship - 
 
 - 12 
 - 12 
 
 Practical Horsemanship - - - - 12 
 Stable Talk and Table Talk - - - 12 
 
 Pulman's Fly-Fishing - 
 Ronalds's FlV-Fisher 
 
 ~ || 
 
 The Stud for Practical Purposes - -12 
 
 Stable Talk and Table Talk 
 
 - 12 
 
 Youatt s J he Uog 
 
 The Stud, for Practical Men - 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 Wheatley's Rod and Line 
 
 - 32 
 
 
 
 
 Voyages and Travels. 
 
 The Sciences in General 
 
 Chesney's Euphrates and Tigris - - 7 
 
 and Mathematics. 
 
 
 Erman's Travels through Siberia - - 10 
 Forbes's Datromey ----- 10 
 
 Bourne's Catechism of the Steam Eng* 
 
 ne 6 
 
 Forester and Biddulph's Norway - - 10 
 Head's Tour in Rome - 13 
 
 Brande's Dictionary of Science, etc. 
 
 - 6 
 
 Humboldt's Aspects of Nature - - 14 
 
 Conversations on Mineralogy 
 
 7 
 
 Laing's Notes of a Traveller - - - 17 
 
 DelaBeche on theGeologrot Cornwall 
 's Geological Observer - 
 
 ,etc. 9 
 - 8 
 
 Power's New Zealand Sketches - -54 
 Richardson's Overland Journey - . 25 
 
 De la Rive's Electricity - 
 
 9 
 
 Rovings iu the Pacific - - - - 25 
 
 Dixon's Fossils of Sub'sex 
 
 - 9 
 
 Seaward's Narrative of his Shimvreek - 26 
 
 Gower's Scientific Phenomena 
 
 - 11 Snow's Arctic Voyage - ,' .' . 28 
 
AN ALPHABETICAL CATALOGUE 
 
 OF 
 
 NEW WORKS AJJD NEW EDITIONS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 MESSRS. LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS. 
 
 MISS ACTON, MODERN COOKERY-BOOK. 
 
 Modern Cookery in all its Branches, reduced to a System of Easy Practice. Forthe use of 
 Private Families. In a Series of Practical Receipts, all of which have been strictly tested, 
 and are given with the most minute exactness. ByEliza Acton. New Edition ; with Directions 
 for Carving, and other Additions. Foolscap 8vo. with Plates and Woodcuts, 7*. 6rf. cloth. 
 
 AIKIN. SELECT WORKS OF THE BRITISH POETS: 
 
 From Ben Jonson to Coleridge. With Biographical and Critical Prefaces by Dr. Aikin. 
 A New Edition; with additional Selections, from more recent Poets, by Lucy Aik"in. Medium 
 8vo. 18s. cloth. 
 
 ALLEN ON THE ROYAL PREROGATIVE. INQUIRY INTO 
 
 THE RISE AND GROWTH OF THE ROYAL PREROGATIVE. By the late John 
 Alleii, Master of Dulwich College. A New Edition, with the Author's last corrections: 
 preceded by M. Berenger's Rapport on the Work read before the Institute of France; 
 an Article on the same from the Edinburgh Review ; and a Biographical Notice of the 
 Author. To which is added, an Inquiry into the Life and Character of King Eadwig, from 
 the Author's MS. 8vt>. 12*. cloth. 
 
 ARTISAN CLUB (THE). A TREATISE ON THE STEAM- 
 
 ENGINE, in its Application to Mines, Mills, Steam Navigation, and Railways. By the 
 Artisan Club. Edited by John Bourne, C.E. New Edition. With 30 Steel Plates, and 
 about 350 Wood Engravings. 4to. 27s. cloth. 
 
 JOANNA BAILLIE'S DRAMATIC AND POETICAL WORKS. 
 
 Now first collected; complete in One. Volume ; and comprising the Plays of the Passions, 
 Miscellaneous Dramas, Metrical Legends, Fugitive Pieces (including several now first pub- 
 lished), and Ahalya Baee. Uniform with the New Edition of James Montgomery's Poetical 
 Works; with Portrait engraved in line by H. Robinson, and Vignette. Square crown 8vo. 
 cloth ; or 42s. handsomely bound in morocco by Hayday. 
 
 BANFIELD AND WELD. THE STATISTICAL COMPANION, 
 
 Corrected to 1850; exhibiting the most interesting Facts in Moral and Intellectual, Vital, 
 Economical, and Political Statistics, at home and abroad. Compiled from Official and other 
 authentic Sources, by T. C. Banfielcl, Statistical Clerk to the Council of Education; and 
 C. R. Weld, Assistant Secretary to the Royal Society. New Edition (1850), corrected and 
 extended. Foolscap 8vo. 5s. cloth. 
 
 BAYLDON'S ART OF VALUING RENTS AND TILLAGES, 
 
 and Tenant's Right of Entering and Quitting Farms, explained by several Specimens of 
 Valuations; with Remarks on the Cultivation pursued on Soils in different Situations. 
 Adapted to the Use of Landlords, Land-Agents, Appraisers, Farmers, and Tenants. New 
 Edition, corrected and revised by John Donaldson. 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. 
 
NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 BLACK. A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON BREWING, 
 
 Based on Chemical and Economical Principles: with Formula* for Public Brewers, and 
 Instructions for Private Families. By William Black, Practical Brewer. New Edition, 
 with considerable Additions. 8vo. 10. 6d. cloth. 
 
 BLAINE. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF RURAL SPORTS; 
 
 Or, a complete Account, Historical, Practical, and Descriptive, of Hunting, Shooting, Fishing, 
 Racing, and other Field Sports and Athletic Amusements of the present day. By Delabere 
 w J 111 ^' *%' author , of "Canine Pathology," etc. With nearly 600 Enuravings on 
 Wood, by R.Branston, from Drawings by Allen, T. Landseer, Dickes, etc. ^A new and 
 thoroughly revised Edition, corrected to 1851. In One large Volume, 8vo. [In the press. 
 
 BLAIR'S CHRONOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL TABLES 
 
 From the Creationto the present Time-, with Additions and Corrections from the mostauthen- 
 tic Writers ; including the Computation of St. Paul, as connecting the Period from the 
 Exode to the Temple. Under the revision of Sir Henry Ellis, K.H., late Principal Librarian 
 of the British Museum. Imperial 8vo. 31*. 6d. half-bound morocco. 
 
 BLOOMFIELD. THE GREEK TESTAMENT: 
 
 With copious English Notes, Critical, Philological, and Explanatory. Formed for the use 
 of advanced Students of Divinity and Candidates for Holy Orders. By the Rev S T 
 Bloomfield.D.D. F.S.A. New Edition. 2 vols.Svo. with a Map of Palestine, 40*. cloth. 
 
 THE REV. DR. S. T. BLOOMFIELD'S ADDITIONAL ANNO- 
 TATIONS, CRITICAL, PHILOLOGICAL, AND EXPLANATORY, ON THE NEW 
 TESTAMENT: being a Supplemental Volume to his Edition of the Greek Testament with 
 English Notes, in 2 vols. 8vo. In One large Volume, of 460 pages, printed in double 
 columns, uniformly with Dr. Bloomfield's larger Edition of the Greek Testament with 
 English Notes ; and so arranged as to be divisible into Two Parts, each of which may be 
 bound up with the Volume to which it refers. 8vo. 15*. cloth. 
 
 BLOOMFIELD. THE GREEK TESTAMENT FOR COLLEGES 
 
 AND SCHOOLS; with shorter English Notes, Critical, Philological, and Explanatory. 
 By the Rev. S. T. Bloomfield, D.D. New Edition, enlarged, with a New Map and an 
 1 ndex. Foolscap 8vo. 10*. 6rf. cloth. 
 
 BLOOMFIELD. GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON TO THE 
 
 NEW TESTAMENT : especially adapted to the use of Colleges, and the Higher Classes in 
 Public Schools ; but also intended as a convenient Manual for Biblical Students in general. 
 By Dr. Bloomfield. New Edition, improved. Foolscap 8vo. 10*. 6rf. cloth. 
 
 BOTJRNE.-A CATECHISM OF THE STEAM-ENGINE, 
 
 Illustrative of the Scientific Principles upon which its Operation depends, and the Practical 
 Details of its Structure, in its Applications to Mines, Mills, Steam Navigation, and Railways; 
 with various Suggestions of Improvement. By John Bourne, C.E. Editor of "The Arti.san 
 Club's Treatise on the Steam-Erigine." 3d Edition, revised and corrected. Foolscap Svo. 
 *. cloth. 
 
 BRANDE. A DICTIONARY OF SCIENCE, LITERATURE, 
 
 BUDGE (J.) THE PRACTICAL MINER'S GUIDE. 
 
 Comprising a Set of Trigonometrical Tables adapted to all the purposes of Oblique or 
 Diagonal, Vertical, Horizontal, and Traverse Dialling; with their application to the Dial, 
 Exercise of Drifts, Lodes, Slides, Levelling, Inaccessible Distances, Heights, etc. By 
 J. Budge. NewEdition, enlarged. Svo. with "Portrait, 12*. cloth. 
 
 BULL. HINTS TO MOTHERS. 
 
 For the Management of their Health during the Period of Pregnancy and in the Lying-in 
 Room: with an Exposure of Popular Errors in connexion with those subjects,etc.; and Hints 
 upon Nursing. By Thomas Bull, M.D. New Edition, carefully revised and enlarged. 
 Foolscap Svo. 5*. cloth. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 
 
 BULL THE MATERNAL MANAGEMENT OF CHILDREN. 
 
 In HEALTH and DISKASK. By Thomas Bull, M.D. late Physician Accoucheur to the 
 Finsbury Midwifery Institution. New Edition, revised and enlarged. Fcap. Svo. 5s. cloth. 
 
 BUNSEN. EGYPT'S PLACE IN UNIVERSAL HISTORY. 
 
 An Historical Investigation, in Five Books. ByC.C.J.Bunsen, D. Ph.and D.C.L. Trans- 
 lated from the German, by C. H. Cottrell, Esq. M.A. Vol. I. containing the First Book, or 
 Sources mid Primeval Facts of Egyptian History; with an Egyptian Grammar and Dictionary, 
 and a complete List of Hieroglyphical Signs; an Appendix of Authorities, embracing the 
 complete Text of Mnnetho and Eratosthenes, ^Egyptiaca from Pliny, Strabo, etc. ; and Plates 
 representing the Egyptian Divinities. 8vo. with numerous Illustrations, 28s. cloth. 
 
 BISHOP BUTLER'S SKETCH OF MODERN AND ANCIENT 
 
 GEOGRAPHY, for the use of Schools. An entirely new Edition (1851), carefully revised 
 throughout, with such Alterations introduced as continually progressive Discoveries and 
 the latest Information have rendered necessary. Edited by the Author's Son, the Rev.T. 
 Butler, Rector of Langar. 8vo. 9s. cloth. 
 
 BISHOP 'BUTLER'S GENERAL ATLAS OF MODERN AND 
 
 ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. Comprising Fifty-one full-toloured Maps ; with complete In- 
 dexes. New edition (1851), nearly all re-engraved, enlarged, and greatly improved; with 
 Corrections from the most authentic Sources in both the Ancient and Modern Maps, 
 many of which are entirely new. Edited by the Author's Son, the Rev. T. Butler. Royal 
 4to. 24s. half bound. 
 
 . , (The Modern Atlas, 28 full-coloured Maps. Royal 8vo. 12*. half-bound. 
 :ly \The Ancient Atlas, 23 full-coloured Maps. Royal 8vo. 12*. half-bound. 
 
 THE CABINET LAWYER. 
 
 A Popular Digest of the Laws of England, Civil and Criminal ; with a Dictionary of Law 
 Terms, Maxims, Statutes, and Judicial Antiquities ; Correct Tables of Assessed Taxes, Stamp 
 Duties, Excise Licences, and Post-Horse Duties ; Post-Office Regulations, and Prison 
 Discipline. Fifteenth Edition (1851), enlarged, and corrected throughout, with the Legal 
 Decisions and Statutes to Michaelmas Term, 13 and 14 Victoria. Fcap. 8vo. 10s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 CALLCOTT. A SCRIPTURE HERBAL: 
 
 Withupwardsof 120 Wood Engravings. By Lady Callcott. Square crownSvo. II. 5s. cloth. 
 
 CATLOW. POPULAR CONCHOLOGY; 
 
 Or, the Shell Cabinet arranged : being an Introduction to the modern System of Conchology ; 
 with a sketch of the Natural History of the Animals, an Account of the Formation of the 
 Shells, and a complete Descriptive List of the Families and Genera. By Agnes Catlow. 
 Foolscap 8vo. with 312 Woodcuts, 10s. 6f. cloth. 
 
 CHESNEY. THE EXPEDITION FOR THE SURVEY OF 
 
 THE RIVERS EUPHRATES AND TIGHIS,carried on by order ot the British Government, 
 in the Years 1835, 1836, and 1837. By Lieut.-Col. Cliesney, R.A. F R.S., Commander of the 
 Expedition Vols. I. and II. in royal 8vo., with a coloured Index Map, and numerous Plates 
 and Woodcuts, 63s..cloth. 
 
 Also, an Atlas of Thirteen Charts of the Expedition, price II. Us. Crf. in case. 
 
 *,* The entire work will conti.it of Four Volumes, royalSvo. embellished with Ninety-seven 
 Plates, besides numerous Woodcut Jlluxtrations, from Drawings ckicjiy made by Officers 
 employed in the Surveys. 
 
 JOHN GOAD'S MEMORANDUM. 
 
 CONVERSATIONS ON BOTANY. 
 
 New Edition,improved. Foolscap Svo. with 22 Plates, 7*. 6d. cloth ; withcoloured Plates, 12s. 
 
 CONVERSATIONS ON MINERALOGY. 
 
 With Plates, engraved by Mr. and Mrs. Lowry, from Original Drawings. Third Edition, 
 enlarged. 2 vols. foolscap Svo. 14s. cloth. 
 
NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 CONYBEARE AND HOWSON. THE LIFE AND EPISTLES 
 
 OF ST. PAUL ; comprising a complete Biography of the Apostle, and a Paraphrastic 
 Translation of his Epistles inserted in Chronological order. Edited by the Rev. W. J. 
 Conybeare, M.A. late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; and the Rev. J. S. Howson, 
 M.A. late Principal of the Collegiate Institution, Liverpool. Copiously illustrated by 
 numerous Engravings on Steel and Wood of the Principal Places visited by the Apostle* 
 from Original Drawings made on the spot by W.H. Bartlett ; and by Maps, Charts, Wood- 
 cuts of Coins, etc. Vol.1. Parti.; with 13 Engravings on Steel, 7 Maps and Plans, and 
 numerous Woodcuts. 4to. 17s. boards. 
 
 %* In course of publication in Twenty Parts, price 2*. each ; of which Twelve are now 
 ready. 
 
 COOK. THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES: 
 
 With a Commentary, and Practical and Devotional Suggestions, for t&e Use of Readers ami 
 Students of the English Bible. By the Rev. F. C. Cook, M.A., one of Her Majesty's 
 Inspectors of Church Schools. Post 8vo. 8*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 COOPER. PRACTICAL AND FAMILIAR SERMONS. 
 
 Designed for Parochial and Domestic Instruction. By the Rev. Edward tfooper. New 
 Edition. 7 vols. 12mo. 11. 18s. boards. 
 
 COPLAND. A DICTIONARY OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE: 
 
 Comprising General Pathology, the Nature and Treatment of Diseases, Morbid Structures, 
 and the Disorders especially incidental to Climates, to Sex, and to the different Epochs of 
 Life, with numerous approved Formulae of the Medicines recommended. By James Copland, 
 M.D., etc. etc. Vols. I. and II. 8vo. 3f. cloth ; and Parts X. to XIV. 4a. 6d. each. 
 
 CORNER. THE CHILDREN'S OWN SUNDAY-BOOK. 
 
 By Miss Julia Corner, Author of " Questions on the History of Europe," etc. With Two 
 Illustrations engraved on Steel. Square fcap. 8vo. 5*. cloth. 
 
 CRESY.-AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, 
 
 THE CRICKET-FIELD; 
 
 Or, the Science and History of the Game. Illustrated with Diagrams, and enlivened with 
 Anecdotes. By the Author of "Principles of Scientific Batting," 'Recollections of 
 College Days," etc. With Two Engravings on Steel; uniform with Harry Hieoner's Hunting 
 Field. Fcap.Svo. [Nearly ready. 
 
 CROCKER'S ELEMENTS OF LAND SURVEYING. 
 
 Fifth Edition, correctert throughout, and considerably improved and modernised, by 
 T. G. Bunt, Land Surveyor, Bristol. To which are added, TABLES OF SIX-FIGURk 
 LOGARITHMS, etc., superintended by Richard Farley, of the Nautical Almanac Establish- 
 ment. PostSvo. 12*. cloth. 
 ** Mr. Farley's Tables of Six-Figure Logarithms may be had separately, price 4*. 6d. 
 
 DALE. THE DOMESTIC LITURGY AND FAMILY CHAP- 
 LAIN: in Two Parts: the First Part being Church Services adapted for Domestic Use, 
 with Prayers for every Day of the Week, selected exclusively from the Book of Common 
 Prayer. Part II. comprising an appropriate Sermon for every Sunday in the Year. By 
 the Rev. Thomas Dale, M.A., Canon-Residentiary of St. Paul's Cathedral. 2d Edition. 
 Post 4to. 2ia. cloth; or, bound by Hayday, 31*. 6rf. calf lettered ; 50*. morocco. 
 
 ,, f THE FAMILY CHAPLAIN, price 12*. cloth. 
 
 (THE DOMESTIC LITURGY, price 10s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 DANDOLO. THE ITALIAN VOLUNTEERS AND LOMBARD 
 
 RIFLE BRIGADE IN THE YEARS 1848-49. Translated from the Italian of Emilio 
 Dandolo. Edited by the Rev. T. L. Wolley, M.A. [Nearly ready. 
 
 DELABECHE. THE GEOLOGICAL OBSERVER. 
 
 By Sir Henry T. Delabeche, F.R.S. Director-General of the Geological Survey of the 
 United Kingdom. In One large Volume, with many Wood Engravings. 8vo. 18*. cloth. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND CO. 
 
 DELABECHE. REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY OF CORN- 
 
 WALL, DEVON AND WEST SOMERSET. By Henry T. De la Beche, F.R.S. etc., Direc- 
 tor-General of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Published by Order of the 
 Lords Commissioners of H. M. Treasury. 8vo. with Maps, Woodcuts, and 12 large Plates, 
 14*. cloth. 
 
 DE LA RIVE'S WORK ON ELECTRICITY. A TREATISE 
 
 ON ELECTRICITY ; ITS THEORY AND PRACTICAL APPLICATION. ByA.De la 
 Rive, of the Academy of Geneva. Illustrated with numerous Wood Engravings. 2 vols. 8vo. 
 
 [Nearly ready. 
 
 DENNISTOUN. MEMOIRS OF THE DUKES OF URBINO; 
 
 Illustrating the Arms, Arts, and Literature of Italy, from MCCCCXL. to MDCXXX. By 
 James Dennistoun, of Dennistoun. With numerous Portraits, Plates, Fac-similes, and 
 Engravings on Wood. 3 vols. square crown 8vo. 2Z. Ss. cloth. 
 
 The object of these volumes is to combine a general picture of the progress of Italian 
 literature and art under the patronage of the smaller Italian principalities, with a history of 
 the houses t>f Montefeltro and Delia Rover e, so far an they were connected with Urbino. For 
 the execution of his purpose, Mr. Dennistoun enjoyed numerous advantages. 
 in Italy for many years, and is well acquainted with the country whose history 
 he intended to relate. Besides the common research in printed volumes, he has 
 to various Italian libraries, including that of Urbino, and examined their ma 
 he has closely inspected Umbrian art, whether in palatial, military, or ecclesia 
 ture, or in painting. With the appreciation of Italy which such a course of s 
 and implies, Mr. Dennistoun has good taste, a sound though not always an 
 ment, and a seal for medieeval subjects, especially art, almost enthusiastic." 
 
 , . 
 
 the execution of his purpose, Mr. Dennistoun enjoyed numerous advantages. He has resided 
 
 a dukedom 
 
 . ined access 
 
 to various Italian libraries, including that of Urbino, and examined their manuscripts; and 
 he has closely inspected Umbrian art, whether in palatial, military, or ecclesiastical architec- 
 
 of study stimulates 
 unbiassed judg- 
 Spectator. 
 
 DISCIPLINE. 
 
 By the Author of "Letters to my Unknown Friends," "Twelve Years Ago," "Some 
 Passages from Modern History," and " Letters on Happiness." Second Edition, enlarged. 
 18mo i 2s. 6rf. cloth. 
 
 THE GEOLOGY AND FOSSILS OF THE TERTIARY AND 
 
 CRETACEOUS FORMATIONS of SUSSEX. By the late Frederick Dixon, Esq. F.G.S. 
 The Fossils engraved from Drawings by Messrs. Sowerby, Dinkel, and Erxleben. In One 
 large Volume, with 44 Plates, and many Wood Engravings. Royal 4to. 63s. cloths India 
 
 ** In this Work are embodied the results of many years' Geological and Palzeontological 
 Observations by the Author, together with some Remarks on the Archaeology of Sussex. It 
 also includes Descriptions 
 
 Of the Fossil Reptilia, by Prof. Owen, F.R.S. 
 
 Of the Echinoderma, by Prof. Edward Forbes, F.R.S. 
 
 Of the Crustacea, by Prof. Thomas Bell, Sec. R.S. 
 
 Of the Corals, by William Lonsdale, Esq. F.G.S. 
 
 And of the Fossil Shffls, by J. De Carle Sowerby, Esq. F.L.S. 
 
 DOUBLEDAY AND HEWITSON'S BUTTERFLIES. THE 
 
 GENERA OF DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA; comprising their Generic Characters a Notice 
 of the Habits and Transformations and a Catalogue of the Species of each Genus. By 
 Edward Doubleday, Esq. F.L.S. etc., late Assistant in the Zoological Department of the 
 British Museum. Continued byJ. O. Westwood.Esq. Illustrated with 75 coloured Plates, by 
 W. C. Hewitson, Esq. author of "British Oology." Imperial 4to.. uniform with Gray 
 and Mitchell's " Genera of Birds." 
 
 *,* In course of publication, in Monthly Parts, 5s. each. The publication, which had been 
 suspended for a few months, in consequence of the death of Mr. Doubleday, has been resumed, 
 and will be continued regularly until the completion of the work in about Fifty Parts, of 
 which 41 are now ready. 
 
 DRESDEN GALLERY. THE MOST CELEBRATED PIC- 
 
 TURES OF THE ROYAL GALLERY at DRESDEN, drawn on Stone, from the 
 
 Originals, by Franz Hanfstaengl; with Descriptive and Biographical Notices, in Fsench 
 
 and German. Nos. I. to LVIIL, imperial folio, each containing 3 Plates with accompanying 
 
 Letter-press, price 20s. to Subscribers; to Npii. subscribers, 30s. Single Plates, 12s. each. 
 
 *,* To bs completed in Two more Numbers, price 20s. each, to Subscribers; Nos. LI. to LX. 
 
 containing each 4 Plates and Letterpress. 
 
 DUNLOP (JOHN) THE HISTORY OF FICTION. 
 
 Being a Critical Account of the most celebrated Prose Works of Fiction, from the earliest 
 Greek Romance* to the Novels of the Present Age. By John Dunlop. New Edition, com- 
 plete in One Volume. Medium 8vo. 15s. cloth. 
 
10 
 
 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 EASTLAKE. MATERIALS FOR A HISTORY OF OIL 
 
 PAINTING. By Charles Lock Eastlake, Esq. P.R.A. F.R.S. F.S.A. Secretary to the Royal 
 Commission for Promoting the Fine Arts in connexion with the rebuilding of the Houses of 
 Parliament, etc. 8vo. 16*. cloth. 
 
 * Vol. II. On the Italian Practice of Oil Painting, is preparing for publication. 
 
 ELMES'S THOUGHT BOOK, OR HOR^ VACIV^E. 
 
 Horae Vadvae ; or, a Thought Book of the Wise Spirits of all Ages and all Countries, fit for 
 all Men and all Hours. Collected, Arranged, and Edited bjr James Elmes, Author of ' Me- 
 moirs of Sir Christopher Wren," etc. Fcap. Ifimo. (printed by C. Whittingham, Chiswick), 
 4s. Qd. bound in cloth. 
 
 THE ENGLISHMAN'S GREEK CONCORDANCE OF THE 
 
 NEW TESTAMENT; being an attempt at a Verbal Connexion between the Greek 
 and the English Texts ; including a Concordance to the Proper Names, with Indexes, 
 Greek-English and English -Greek. Second Edition, carefully revised ; with a new Index, 
 Greek and English. Royal 8vo. 42s. 
 
 THE ENGLISHMAN'S HEBREW AND CHALDEE CON- 
 CORDANCE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT; being an attempt at a Verbal Connexion be- 
 tween the Original and the English Translations : with Indexes, a List of the Proper Names 
 and their Occurrences, etc. etc. 2 vols. royal 8vo. 31. 13s. 6rf. cloth; large paper, 41. 14s. Gd. 
 
 EPHEMERA. THE BOOK OF THE SALMON. 
 
 In Two Parts. Part I. The Theory, Principles, and Practice of Fly-Fishing for Salmon; 
 with Lists of good Salmon Flies for every good River In the Empire. Part II. the Natural 
 History of the Salmon, all its known Habits described, and the best way of artificially 
 Breeding it explained. Usefully illustrated with numerous coloured engravings of Salmon 
 Flies and Salmon Fry. By Ephemera, Author of " A Hand-Book of Angling;" assisted by 
 Andrew Young, of Invershin, Manager of the Duke of Sutherland's Salmon Fisheries. 
 Foolscap 8vo. with coloured Plates, 14s. cloth. 
 
 EPHEMERA. A HAND-BOOK OF ANGLING: 
 
 Teaching Fly Fishing, Trolling, Bottom Fishing, and Salmon Fishing. With the Natural 
 History of River Fish, and the best Modes of Catching them. By Ephemera. New 
 Edition, enlarged and improved. Foolscap 8vo. with Wood Engravings, 9s. cloth. 
 
 ERMAN. TRAVELS IN SIBERIA: 
 
 Including Excursions Northwards, down the Obi, to the Polar-Circle, and Southwards, 
 to the Chinese Frontier. By Adolph Erman. Translated by W. D. Cooley, Esq . author of 
 "The History of Maritime and Inland Discovery." 2 vols.Svo. with Map, 31s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 EVANS. THE SUGAR PLANTER'S MANUAL: 
 
 Being a Treatise on the Art of obtaining Sugar from the Sugar Cane. By W. J.Evans, M.I). 
 8vo. 9s. cloth. 
 
 FORBES. DAHOMEY AND THE DAHOMANS: 
 
 Being the Journals of Two Missions to the King of Dahomey, and Residence at his Canital, 
 in the Years 1849 and 1850. By Frederick E. Forbes, Commander, R.N., F.R.G.S ; Author 
 of Five Years in China," and "Six Months in the African Blockade." With 10 Plates 
 printed in colours, and Wood Engravings. 2 vols. post 8vo. 21*. cloth. 
 
 FORESTER AND BIDDULPH. NORWAY IN 1848 & 1849: 
 
 Containing Rambles among the Fjelds and Fjords of the Central and Western Districts; 
 and including Remarks on its Political, Military, Ecclesiastical, and Social Organisation. 
 By Thomas Forester, Esq. With Extracts from the Journals ot Lieutenant M.S. Biddulph, 
 Royal Artillery. With a new coloured Map, Wood Engravings, and 10 coloured Plates 
 from Drawings made on the Spot. 8vo. 18. cloth. 
 
 FOSS. THE JUDGES OF ENGLAND: 
 
 With Sketches of their Lives, and Miscellaneous Notices connected with the Courts at West- 
 minster from the time of the Conquest. By Edward Foss, F.S.A., of the Inner Temple. 
 Vols. I. and II. 8vo. 28. cloth. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 1 1 
 
 FOSTER. A HAND-BOOK OF MODERN EUROPEAN LITE- 
 RATURE: British, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Hungarian, Italian, Polish and 
 Russian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. With a full Biographical and Chronological 
 Index. By Mrs. .Foster. Foolscap 8vo. 8*. Gd. cloth. 
 
 ** The object of this book is, tint so much to give elaborate criticisms on the various 
 writers in the languages to whose literature it is intended ax a guide, as to direct the student 
 to the best writers in each, and to inform him upon what subjects they have written. 
 
 GIBBON. HISTORY OF THE DECLINE AND FALL OF 
 
 THE ROMAN EMPIRK. A new Edition, in One Volume ; with an Account of the 
 Author's Life and Writings, by Alexander Chalmers, Esq. F.A.S. 8vo. Portrait, 18s. cloth. 
 
 ** An Edition in 8 vols. 8vo. 60s. boards. 
 
 GILBART. A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON BANKING. 
 
 By James William Gilbart, F.R.S. General Manager of the London and Westminster Bank. 
 5th Edition, with Portrait of the Author, and View of the "London and Westminster Bank," 
 Lothbury. 2 vols. 8vo. 24s. cloth. 
 
 THE POETICAL WORKS OF OLIVER GOLDSMITH. 
 
 Illustrated by Wood Engravings, from Designs by Members of the Etching Club. Edited 
 by BoJton Corney, Esq. Square crown 8vo., uniform with Thomson's Seasons illustrated 
 by the Etching Clttb, 21s. cloth ; or 36s. bound in morocco, by Hayday. 
 
 NATURAL HISTORY OF THE ISLAND OF JAMAICA. 
 
 By P. H.Gosse, Author of "The Birds of Jamaica," "Popular British Ornithology," etc. 
 Post 8vo. with Illustrations printed in colours. [Nearly ready. 
 
 GOWER. THE SCIENTIFIC PHENOMENA OF DOMESTIC 
 
 LIFE FAMILIARLY EXPLAINED. By Charles Foote Gower. New Edition. Foolscap 
 8vo. with Engravings on Wood, 5s. cloth. 
 
 GRAHAM. ENGLISH; OR, THE ART OF COMPOSITION. 
 
 Explained in a Series of Instructions and Examples. By G. F. Graham. New Edition, re- 
 vised and improved. Foolscap 8vo. 6. cloth. 
 
 GRANT (MRS.) LETTERS FROM THE MOUNTAINS. 
 
 Being the Correspondence with her Friends, between the years 1773 and 1803. By Mrs. 
 Grant, of Laggan. 6th Edition. Edited, with Notes and Additions, by her Son, J. P. Grant, 
 Esq. 2 vols. post 8vo. 21s. cloth. 
 
 GRANT (MRS.) MEMOIR AND CORRESPONDENCE OF 
 
 THE LATE MRS. GRANT, of Laggan, author of " Letters from the Mountains," etc. 
 Edited by her Son, J. P. Grant, Esq. New Edition. 3 vols. post 8vo. Portrait, 31s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 GRAY AND MITCHELL'S ORNITHOLOGY. THE GENERA 
 
 GRAY. TABLES AND FORMULAE FOR THE COMPUTA- 
 TION OF LIFE CONTINGENCIES, with copious Examples of Annuity, Assurance, and 
 Friendly Society Calculations. By Peter Gray, F.R.A.S. Associate of the Institute of 
 Actuaries of Great Britain and Ireland. Royal 8vo. 15s. cloth. 
 
 GWILT. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF ARCHITECTURE: 
 
 Historical, Theoretical, and Practical. By Joseph Gwilt. Illustrated with more than 
 One Thousand Engravings on Wood, from Designs by J.S. Gwilt. Second Edition (1851), 
 with Supplemental View of the Symmetry and Stability of Gothic Architecture : comprising 
 upwards of F,ighty additional Woodcuts. 8vo. 52s. cloth. 
 
 SUPPLEMENT *TO GWILT'S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF ARCHI- 
 TECTURE. Comprising a View of the Symmetry and Stability of Gothic Architecture ; 
 Addenda to the Glossary ; and an Index to the entire Work. By Joseph Gwilt. Illustrated 
 with upwards of Eighty Woodcuts by R. Branston. 8vo. 6s. cloth. 
 
12 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 HALL'S (SIDNEY) GENERAL LARGE LIBRARY ATLAS OF 
 
 FIFTY-THREE MAPS (size 20 in. by 76 in.) .with the Divisions and Boundaries carefully 
 coloured ; and an Alphabetical Index of all the Names contained in the Maps, with their 
 Latitude and Longitude. An entirely New Edition, corrected throughout from the best 
 and most recent Authorities ; with all the Railways laid down, and many of the Maps re- 
 drawn and re-engraved. Colombier 4to.5J. 5s. half-bound in russia. 
 
 SIDNEY HALL'S RAILWAY MAP OF ENGLAND AND 
 
 WALES . Square foolscap 8vo. price 2s. 9rf. cloth . 
 
 ** The Map of England and Wales, contained in "Sidney Hall's large Library Atlas," 
 fsize 20 in. by 16 in.) corrected and re-engraved, with all the Linen of Rail way laid down, 
 may be had separately, price 2s. 6rf., coloured und mounted on folding canvas in a case, for 
 the pocket. 
 
 HAMILTON. CRITICAL ESSAYS ON PHILOSOPHY, LITE- 
 
 RATURE, AND ACADEMICAL REFORM, Contributed to The Edinburgh Review by Sir 
 William Hamilton, Bart. With additional Notes and Appendices. [In the press. 
 
 HARRISON. ON THE RISE, PROGRESS, AND PRESENT 
 
 STRUCTURE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. By the Rev. M. Harrison, M. A., late 
 Fellow of Queen's College, Oxford. Post 8vo. 8*. 6rf. cloth. 
 
 HARRY HIEOVER. THE HUNTING-FIELD. 
 
 By Harry Hieover, Author of "Stable Talk and Table Talk; or, Spectacles for Young 
 Sportsmen." With Two Plates, one representing "The Right Sort;" the other, "The 
 Wrong Sort." Fcap. 8vo. 5*. half bound. 
 
 HARRY HIEOVER. PRACTICAL HORSEMANSHIP. 
 
 By Harry Hieover, Author of "Stable Talk and Table Talk; or, Spectacles for Young 
 Sportsmen." With 2 Plates, one representing " Going like Workmen ;" the other, " Going 
 like Muffs." Foolscap 8vo. 5*. half-bound. 
 
 HARRY HIEOVER. THE STUD, FOR PRACTICAL PUR- 
 
 POSES AND PRACTICAL MEN: being a Guide to the Choice of a Horse for use more 
 than for show. By Harry Hieover, Author of " Stable Talk and Table Talk." With 2 Plates, 
 one representing "A pretty good sort for most purposes;" the other, "'Rayther' a bad 
 sort for any purpose." Foolscap 8vo. 5s. half-bound. 
 
 HARRY HIEOVER. THE POCKET AND THE STUD; 
 
 Or, Practical Hints on the Management of the Stable. By Harry Hieover, Author of 
 "Stable Talk and Table Talk ; or, Spectacles for Young Sportsmen." With a Portrait of 
 the Author on his favourite Horse " Harlequin." 2d Edition. Foolscap 8vo. 5s. half-bound. 
 
 HARRY HIEOVER. STABLE TALK AND TABLE TALK; 
 
 Or, SPECTACLES for YOUNG SPORTSMEN. By Harry Hieover. New Edition. 2vols. 
 8vo. with Portrait, 24. cloth. , 
 
 HAWKER. INSTRUCTIONS TO YOUNG SPORTSMEN 
 
 In all that relates to Guns and Shooting. By Lieut. Col. P. Hawker. 9th edition, corrected, 
 enlarged, and improved ; with Eighty-five Plates and Woodcuts, by Adlard and Branston, 
 from Drawings by C. Varley,Dickes, etc. 8vo. 21. cloth. 
 
 HAYDN. THE BOOK OF DIGNITIES; 
 
 Or, Rolls of the Official Personages of the British Empire, from the Earliest Periods to the 
 Present Time: comprising the Administrations of Great Britiau ; the Offices of State, and 
 all the Public Departments ; the Ecclesiastical Dignitaries; the Functionaries of the Law ; 
 the Commanders of the Army and Navy : and the Hereditary Honours and other Dis- 
 tinctions conferred upon Families and Public Men. Being a New Edition, improved and 
 continued, of BEATSON'S POLITICAL INDEX. By Joseph Haydn, Compiler of "The 
 Dictionary of Dates," and other Works. In One very large Volume, 8vo. [In the Spring. 
 
 HEAD. THE METAMORPHOSES OF APULEIUS: 
 
 A Romance of the Second Century. Translated from the Latin by Sir George Head, 
 Author of " A Tour of Many Days in Rome ;" Translator of " Historical Memoirs of C ardi- 
 nal Pacca." Post 8vo. 12*. cloth. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 13 
 
 HEAD. HISTORICAL MEMOIRS OF CARDINAL PACCA, 
 
 Prime Minister to Pope Pius VII. Written by Himself. Translated from the Italian, by Sir 
 George Head, author of " Rome; a Tour of Many Days." 2 vols. post Svo. 21*. cloth. 
 
 SIR GEORGE HEAD. ROME: A TOUR OF MANY DAYS. 
 
 By Sir Georg-e Head. 3 vols. Svo. 56s. cloth. 
 
 SIR JOHN HERSCHEL. OUTLINES OF ASTRONOMY. 
 
 By Sir John F. W. Herschel, Bart. etc. New Edition ; with Plates and Engravings on Wood. 
 Svo. 18s. cloth. 
 
 MRS. HEY. THE MORAL OF FLOWERS; 
 
 Or, Thoughts gathered from the Field and the Garden. By Mrs. Hey. Being a New 
 Edition of "The Moral of Flowers;" and consisting of Poetical Thoughts on Garden and 
 Field Flowers, accompanied by Drawings beautifully coloured after Nature. Square crown 
 Svo. uniform in size with Thomson's Seasons illustrated by the Etching Club, 21*. cloth. 
 
 MRS. HEY. SYLVAN MUSINGS; 
 
 Or, the Spirit of the Woods. By Mrs. Hey. Being a New Edition of " The Spirit of the 
 Woods ;" and consisting of Poetical Thoughts on forest Trees, accompanied by Drawings 
 of Blossoms and Foliage, beautifully coloured after Nature. Square crown Svo. uniform in 
 size with Thomson's Seasons illustrated by the Etching Club, 21s. cloth. 
 
 HINTS ON ETIQUETTE AND THE USAGES OF SOCIETY: 
 
 With a Glance at Bad Habits. By kyoayot;. "Manners make the Man." NewEdition, 
 revised (with Additions) by a Lady of Rank. Foolscap Svo. 2s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 HO ARE. A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE CULTIVA- 
 TION OF THE GRAPE VINE ON OPEN WALLS. By Clement Hoare. NewEdition. 
 Svo. 7s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 LORD HOLLAND'S FOREIGN REMINISCENCES. FOREIGN 
 
 REMINISCENCES. By Henry Richard Lord Holland. Comprising Anecdotes, and an 
 Account of such Persons and Political Intrigues in Foreign Countries as have fallen 
 within his Lordship's Observation. Edited by his Son, Heiiry Edward Lord Holland. 
 With Fac-simile. Post Svo. 10*. 6d. 
 
 HOOK (DR. W. F.) THE LAST DAYS OF OUR LORD'S 
 
 MINISTRY; A Course of Lectures on the principal Events of Passion Week. By Walter 
 Farquhar Hook, D.D., Vicar of Leeds, Prebendary of Lincoln, and Chaplain in Ordinary to 
 the Queen. New Edition. Foolscap Svo. 6s. cloth. 
 
 HOOKER. KEW GARDENS: 
 
 Or a Popular Guide to the Royal Botanic Gardens of Kew. By Sir William Jackson Hooker, 
 K.H. D.C.L. F.R.A. L.S.' etc. etc. Director. New Edition; with numerous Wood- 
 Engravings. 16mo. price 6d. sewed. 
 
 HOOKER AND ARNOTT. THE BRITISH FLORA 
 
 HORNE (THE REV. T. H.) AN INTRODUCTION TO THE 
 
 CRITICAL STUDY AND KNOWLEDGE OF THE HOLY SCRIPTURES. By the 
 Rev. Thomas Hartwell Horne,B.D. of St. John's College, Cambridge. New Edition, revised 
 and corrected. 5 vols. Svo. with Maps and Fuc-siiuiles, 3/.3s. cloth; or 51. bound in calf 
 by Hayday. 
 
 HORNE (THE REV. T. H.)-A COMPENDIOUS INTRODUC- 
 TION TO THE STUDY OF THE BIBLE. By the Rev. Thomas Hartwell Home, B.D.of 
 St. John's College, Cambridge. Being an Analysis of his "Introduction to the Critical Study 
 and Knowledge of the Holy Scriptures." New Edition. 12mo. with Maps and Engravings, 
 . 9s. boards. 
 
1 4 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 HOWITT THE CHILDREN'S YEAR. 
 
 By Mary Howitt. With Four Illustrations, engraved by John Absolon, from Original 
 Designs by Anna Mary Howitt. Square IGmo.os. cloth. 
 
 HOWITT. THE BOY'S COUNTRY BOOK; 
 
 Being- the real Life of a Country Boy, written by Hin 
 
 Pleasures, and Pursuits of Children in the Country. Edited by William Howitt, author of 
 
 'The Rural Life of England, "etc. New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. with 40 Woodcuts, 6s. cloth. 
 
 HOWITT, VISITS TO REMARKABLE PLACES; 
 
 Old Halls, Battle-Fields, and Scenes illustrative of Striking Passages in English History and 
 Poetry. By William Howitt. New Edition; with 40 Woodcuts. Medium 8vo. 21s. cloth. 
 SECOND SERIES, chiefly in the Counties of DURHAM and NORTHUMBERLAND, with a 
 Stroll along the BORDER. With upwards of 40 highly-finished Woodcuts, from Drawings 
 made on the spot. Medium 8vo. 21s. cloth. 
 
 HOWITT. THE RURAL LIFE OF ENGLAND. 
 
 By William Howitt. New Edition, corrected and revised. With Engravings on Wood by 
 Bewick and Williams ; uniformwith Waits to Remarkable Placet. Medium 8vo.21. cloth . 
 
 HOWSON SUNDAY EVENING: 
 
 Twelve Short Sermons for Family Reading. 1. The Presence of Christ; 2. Inward and 
 Outward Life; 3. The Threefold Warning; 4. Onr Father's Business ; 5. Spiritual Murder; 
 G. The Duty of Amiability; 7. Honesty and Candour; 8. St. Peter and Cornelius ; 9- The 
 Midnight Traveller; 10. St. Andrew; 1 1. The Grave of Lazarus ; 12. The Resurrection of the 
 Body. By the Rev. J. S. Howson, M.A., Principal of the Collegiate Institution, Liverpool, 
 and Chaplain to the Duke of Sutherland. Foolscap 8vo. 2*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 HOWSON AND CONYBEARE. THE LIFE AND EPISTLES 
 
 OF SAINT PAUL. By the Rev. J. S. Howsou, M.A., and the Rev. W. J. Conybeare, M.A. 
 2 vols.4to. illustrated by W. H. Bartlett. [See p. 8. 
 
 HUDSON. THE EXECUTOR'S GUIDE. 
 
 ByJ.C. Hudson, Esq., late of the Legacy Duty Office, London ; author of " Plain Directions 
 for Making Wills," and" The Parent'sHand-Book." NewEditiou. Foolscap Svo.os. cloth. 
 
 HUDSON. PLAIN DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING WILLS 
 
 In conformity with the Law, and particularly with reference to the Act 7 Wm. IV. and 1 Viet. 
 c. 26. To which is added, a clear Exposition of the Law relating to the Distribution of Per- 
 sonal Estate in the case of Intestacy ; with two Forms of Wills, and much useful Information, 
 etc. By J.C.Hudson, Esq. New Edition, corrected. Fcap. 8vo. 2s. 6d. cloth. 
 ** The above Two Works may be had in One Volume, price It. cloth. 
 
 HUMBOLDT ASPECTS OF NATURE, 
 
 In Different Lands and Different Climates , with Scientific Elucidations. By Alexander Von 
 Humboldt. Translated, with the Author's sanction and co-operation, and at his express 
 desire, by Mrs. Sabine. 16mo. 6s. cloth: or in 2 vols. 3s. 6d. each cloth; 2s. 6rf. each 
 sewed. 
 
 BARON HUMBOLDT'S COSMOS; 
 
 Or, a Sketch of a Physical Description of the Universe. Translated, with the Author's 
 sanction and co-operation, under the superintendence of Lieutenant-Colonel Edward Sabine, 
 F.R.S. For. Sec. R.S. New Edition. Vols. I. and II. 16mo. 3s. 6d. each cloth; 2s. 6rf. 
 each sewed: or in post 8vo. price 12a. each. Vol. III. Part I. post 8vo. 6s. cloth: or iu 
 16mo. 2*. 6d. sewed ; 3s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 SENTIMENTS AND SIMILES OF SHAKSPEARE. 
 
 HUMPHREYS. A RECORD OF THE BLACK PRINCE; 
 
 Being a Selection of such Passages in his Life as have been most quaintly and strikingly 
 narrated by the Chroniclers of the Period. Embellished with highly-wrought Miniatures 
 and Borderings, selected from various Illuminated MSS. referring to Events connected with 
 English History. By Henry Noel Humphreys. Post 8vo. in a richly carved and deeply 
 pierced binding, 21s. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND CO. 15 
 
 HUMPHREYS. THE BOOK OF RUTH. 
 
 From the Holy Scriptures. Embellished with brilliant coloured Borders, selected from 
 some of the finest Illuminated MSS. in the British Museum, the Bibliotheque Nationale, 
 Paris, the Soane Museum, etc.; and with highly-finished Miniatures. The Illuminations 
 executed by Henry Noel Humphreys. Square foolscap 8vo. in deeply embossed leather 
 covers, 21s. 
 
 HUMPHREYS.-MAXIMS AND PRECEPTS OF THE SAVIOUR: 
 
 Being a Selection of the most beautiful Christian Precepts contained in the Four Gospels; 
 illustrated by a series of Illuminations of original character, founded on the Passages 
 "Behold the Fowls of the Air," etc., "Consider the Lilies of the Field," etc. The 
 Illuminations executed by Henry Noel Humphreys. Square foolscap 8 vo. 21*. richly bound 
 in stamped calf ; or 30s. in morocco, by Hayday. 
 
 HUMPHREYS. THE MIRACLES OF OUR SAVIOUR. 
 
 With rich and appropriate Borders of original Design, a series of Illuminated Figures of 
 the Apostles from the Old Masters, six Illuminated Miniatures, and other Embellishments. 
 The Illuminations executed by Henry Noel Humphreys. Square foolscap 8vo. hi massive 
 carved covers, 21s.; or bound in morocco, by Hayday, 30*. 
 
 HUMPHREYS. PARABLES OF OUR LORD. 
 
 Richly Illuminated, with appropriate Borders, printed in colours and in black and gold; 
 with a Design from one of the early German Engravers. The Illuminations executed by 
 Henry Noel Humphreys. Square foolscap 8vo. 21*. in massive carved covers; or 30*. 
 bound in morocco. 
 
 HUMPHREYS AND JONES. THE ILLUMINATED BOOKS 
 
 OF THE MIDDLE AGES : a series of Fac-similes of the most beautiful MSS. of the Mid- 
 dle Ages, printed in gold, silver, and colours, by Owen Jones ; selected and described by 
 Henry Noel Humphreys. Elegantly bound in antique calf. Royal folio, \Ql. 10*.; imperial 
 folio (large paper), 161. 16*. 
 
 HUNT. RESEARCHES ON LIGHT: 
 
 An Examination of all the Phenomena connected with the Chemical and Molecular Changes 
 produced by the Influence of the Solar Rays ; embracing all the known Photographic Pro- 
 cesses, and new Discoveries in the Art. By Robert Hunt, Keeper of Mining Records, 
 Museum of Practical Geology. 8vo. with Plate and Woodcuts, 10*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 MRS. JAMESON'S LEGENDS OF THE MONASTIC ORDERS 
 
 As represented in the Fine Arts. Containing St. Benedict and the early Benedictines in 
 Italy, France, Spain, and Flanders; the Benedictines in England and in Germany; the 
 Reformed Benedictines; early Royal Saints connected with the Benedictine Order ; the 
 Augustines; Orders derived from the Augustine Rule ; the Mendicant Orders ; the Jesuits; 
 and the Order of the Visitation of St. Mary. Forming the SECOND SERIES of Sacred and 
 Legendary Art. With Eleven Etchings by the Author, and 84 Woodcuts. Square crown 
 8vo. 28*. cloth. 
 
 MRS. JAMESON'S SACRED AND LEGENDARY ART; 
 
 Or, Legends of the Saints and Martvrs. FIRST SERIES. Containing, Legends of the 
 Angels'and Archangels ; the Evangelists and Apostles; the Greek and Latin Fathers; the 
 Magdalene; the Patron Saints; the Virgin Patronesses; the Martyrs; the Bishops; the 
 Hermits; and the Warrior-Saints of Christendom. Second Edition (1850), printed in 
 One Volume for the convenience of Students and Travellers; with numerous Woodcuts, 
 . and Sixteen Etchings by the Author. Square crown 8vo. 28*. cloth. 
 
 MRS. JAMESON'S LEGENDS OF THE MADONNA, 
 
 As represented in the Fine Arts. Forming the THIRD and concluding SERIES of Sacre 
 and Legendary Art. By Mrs. Jameson, Author of ''Characteristics of Women," et 
 With Etchings by the Author, and Engravings on Wood. Square crown 8vo. 
 
 [In the press. 
 
 JARDINE. A TREATISE OF EQUIVOCATION. 
 
 Wherein is largely discussed the question Whether a Catholicke or any other Person before 
 a magistrate, being demanded upon his Oath whether a Preiste were in such a place, may 
 (notwithstanding his perfect knowledge to the contrary) without Perjury, and securely in 
 conscience, answer No: with this secret meaning reserved in his mynde -That he was not 
 there, so that any man is bounde to detect it. Edited from- the Original Manuscript in the 
 Bodleian Library, by David Jardine, of the Middle Temple, Esq., Barrister at Law ; Author 
 of the "Narrative of the Gunpowder Treason," prefixed to his edition of the "Criminal 
 Trials." U the press. 
 
16 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 JEFFREY (LORD). CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE EDINBURGH 
 
 REVIEW. By Francis Jeffrey,late One of the Judges in the Court of Session in Scotland. 
 Second Edition. iivols.Svo. 42s. cloth. 
 
 BISHOP JEREMY TAYLOR'S ENTIRE WORKS: 
 
 With the Life by Bishop Heber. Revised and corrected by the Rev. Charles Page Eden. 
 Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. Vols. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII . and VIII. 8vo. 10*. 6rf. each, 
 cloth. 
 
 ** In course of publication in 10 vols. price half-a-guinea each. Vol. I. (the last in order 
 of publication) will contain Bishop Heber's Life of Jeremy' Taylor, extended by rhe Editor. 
 
 irol.lX.ii in the press. 
 
 READINGS FOR EYERY DAY IN LENT. 
 
 Compiled from the Writings of Bishop Jeremy Taylor. By the Author of *'Amy Herbert," 
 *' The Child's First History of RomeV etc. Fcap. 8vo. 5*. cloth. 
 
 JOHNSON. THE WISDOM OF THE RAMBLER, ADVEN- 
 
 TURKR, AND IDLER. C 
 Johnson, LL.D. Foolscap 
 
 TURKR, AND IDLER. Comprising a Selection of 110 of the best Essays. By Samuel 
 ' " ' :ap 8vo. 7s. cloth. 
 
 JOHNSON. THE FARMER'S ENCYCLOPEDIA, 
 
 And DICTIONARY of RURAL AFFAIRS : embracing all the recent Discoveries in Agri- 
 cultural Chemistry; adapted to the comprehension of unscientific Readers. By Cuthbert 
 W Johnson, Esq., F.R.S. Barrister-at-Law, Editor of the "Farmers' Almanack," etc. 
 8vo. with Wood Engravings, '21. 10s. cloth. 
 
 JOHNSTON. A NEW DICTIONARY OF GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 Descriptive, Physical, Statistical, and Historical: Forming a complete General Gazetteer 
 of the World, By Alexander Keith Johnston, F.R.S .E. F.R.G.S. F.G.S. ; ^Geographer at 
 Edinburgh in Ordinary to Her Majesty; Author of "The Physical Atlas of Natural Phe- 
 nomena." In One very large Volume of 1,440 pages, comprising nearly Fifty Thousand 
 Names of Places. 8vo. 3(5s.. cloth.; or strongly half-bound in russia, with flexible back, 
 price 41s. 
 
 KAY. THE SOCIAL CONDITION AND EDUCATION OF 
 
 THE PEOPLE IN ENGLAND AND EUROPE: shewing the results of the Primary 
 Schools and of the Division of Landed Property in Foreign Countries. By Joseph Kay, Esq. 
 M.A., of Trinity College, Cambridge; Barrister-at-Law; and late Travelling Bachelor of 
 the University of Cambridge. 2 thick vols. post 8vo. 21s. cloth. 
 
 KEMBLE. THE SAXONS IN ENGLAND: 
 
 A History of the English Commonwealth till the period of the Norman Conquest. By John 
 Mitchell Kemble, M.A.,F.C.P.S., etc. 2 vols. 8vo. 28s. cloth. 
 
 KINDERSLEY. THE VERY JOYOUS, PLEASANT AND 
 
 REFRESHING HISTORY of the Feats, Exploits, Triumphs, and Achievements of the Good 
 Knight, without Fear and without Reproach, the gentle Lord De Bayard. Set forth in 
 English by Edward Cockburn Kindersley, Esq. With Ornamental Headings, and Frontis- 
 piece by E. H. Wehnert. Square post 8vo. 9s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 KIRBY AND SPENCE. AN INTRODUCTION TO ENTO- 
 
 MOLOGY, Or, Elements of the Natural History of Insects: comprising an account of 
 noxious and useful Insects, of their Metamorphoses, Foodj Stratagems, Habitations, 
 Societies, Motions, Noises, Hybernation, Instinct, etc. By W. Kirby, M.A. F.R.S. & L.S. 
 Rector of Barham; and W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S . New Edition, enlarged. 2 vols. 
 8vo. 31*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 L. E. L. THE POETICAL WORKS OF LETITIA ELIZABETH 
 
 Doyle. 
 
 %* Also an edition in 4 vols. foolscap Svo. with Illustrations by Howard, etc. 28s. cloth ; 
 or bound in morocco, with gilt edges, 21. 4s. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 17 
 
 LAING. OBSERVATIONS ON THE SOCIAL AND POLI- 
 TICAL STATE OF THE EUROPEAN PEOPLE IN 1848 AND 1849: being the Second 
 Series of "Notes of a Traveller." By Samuel Laing, Esq., author of "A Journal of a Resi- 
 dence in Norway," "A Tour in Sweden," the Translation of ' The Heimskringla," and of 
 " Notes of a Traveller on the Social and Political State of France, Prussia," etc. 8vo. 14*. 
 cloth. 
 
 LATHAM. ON DISEASES OF THE HEART. 
 
 Lectures on Subjects connected with Clinical Medicine ; comprising Diseases of the Heart. 
 By P. M. Latham, M.D. Physician Extraordinary to the Queen ; and late Physician to St. 
 Bartholomew's Hospital. New Edition. 2 vols. 12mo. 16*. cloth. 
 
 LEE. TAXIDERMY. 
 
 Or, the Art of Collecting, Preparing, and MountingObjectsof NaturalHistory. For the use 
 of Museums and Travellers. By Mrs. R. Lee. New Edition, improved ; with an account of a 
 Visit to Walton Hall, and Mr. Waterton's Method of Preserving Animals. Fcap. Svo.with 
 Woodcuts,/*. 
 
 LEE. ELEMENTS OF NATURAL HISTORY; OR, FIRST 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF ZOOLOGY. For the Use of Schools and Young Persons: comprising 
 the Principles of Classification, interspersed with amusing and instructive Accounts of the 
 most remarkable Animals. By Mrs. R. Lee. New Edition, revised and enlarged; with 
 numerous additional Woodcuts. Foolscap 8vo. 7*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 LETTERS ON HAPPINESS, ADDRESSED TO A FRIEND. 
 
 By the Authoress of ' Letters to My Unknown Friends," "Twelve Years Ago, a Tale," 
 "Some Passages from Modern History," and "Discipline." Foolscap 8vo. 6s* cloth. 
 
 LETTERS TO MY UNKNOWN FRIENDS. 
 
 By a Lady. Third Edition. Foolscap 8vo. 6*. cloth. 
 
 LINDLEY. AN INTRODUCTION TO BOTANY. 
 
 By Prof. J. Lindley, Ph.D., F.R.S. L.S. etc. New Edition, with Corrections and numerous 
 Additions. 2 vols. Svo.with Six Plates and numerous Woodcuts, 24*. cloth. 
 
 LINWOOD (W.) ANTHOLOGIA OXONIENSIS; 
 
 Sive, Florilegium e lusibus poeticis diversorumOxoniensium Gracis et Latinisdecerptum. 
 
 CuranteGulielmo Linwood, M.A. jEdisChristi Alummo. 8vo.l4. cloth. 
 Were the prize of song- to be awarded by our arbitration between the competing Minttreh 
 of Isis and Cam, we should be as much puzzled as Virgil's Shepherd, and like him ice should 
 have to pronounce a special verdict ; et tu dignus, et hie. For, if in the Arundinet we Jin d 
 more of airiness and variety, the Anthologia is not inferior in poetical spirit; while in 
 classical purity and correctness it has perhaps a slight advantage. 1 " Christian Remembrancer. 
 
 LORIMER. LETTERS TO A YOUNG MASTER MARINER 
 
 On some Subjects connected with his Calling. By the late Charles Lorimer. A New Edi- 
 tion. Foolscap 8vo. 5s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 LOUDON. THE AMATEUR GARDENER'S CALENDAR: 
 
 Being a Monthly Guide, as to what should be avoided as well as what should be done in a 
 Garden in each Month : with plain Rules how to do what is requisite ; Directions for laying 
 out and planting Kitchen and Flower Gardens, Pleasure Grounds, and Shrubberies ; and a 
 short account, in each Month, of the Quadrupeds, Birds, and Insects, then most injurious to 
 ' Gardens. By Mrs. Loudon. 16mo. with numerous Wood Engravings,/*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 LOUDON THE LADY'S COUNTRY COMPANION; 
 
 Or, How to Enjoy a Country Life Rationally. By Mrs. Loudon, authorof "Gardeningfor 
 Ladies, "etc. New Edition. Foolscap 8vo., with Plate and Woodcuts, /. 6d. cloth. 
 
 LOUDON'S SELF-INSTRUCTION FOR YOUNG GARDENERS, 
 
 Foresters, Bailiffs, Land Stewards, and Farmers; in Arithmetic, Book-keeping, Geo- 
 metry, Mensuration, Practical Trigonometry, Mechanics, Land-Surveying, Levelling, 
 Planning and Mapping, Architectural Drawing, and Isometrical Projection and Perspective ; 
 with Examples shewing their applications to Horticultural and Agricultural Purposes. 
 With a. Portrait of Mr. Loudon, and aMemoir by Mrs. Loudon. Svo.withWoodEngravings, 
 7*. 6d. cloth. 
 
18 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 LOUDON'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF TREES AND SHRUBS: 
 
 Being the Arboretum et Fruticetutn Britannicum abridged: containing the Hardy Trees 
 and Shrubs of Great Britain, Native and Foreign, scientifically and popularly described : 
 with their Propagation, Culture, and Uses in the Arts. Svo.with upwards of 2.000Engraviugs 
 on Wood, 2/.10*. cloth. 
 
 LOUDON'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF GARDENING: 
 
 LOUDON'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF AGRICULTURE: 
 
 LOUDON'S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PLANTS: 
 
 Including all the Plants which are now found in, or have been introduced into, Great Britain 
 giving their Natural History, accompanied by such Descriptions, Kngraved Figures, and 
 Elementary Details, as may enable a beginner, who is a mere English reader, to discover the 
 name of every Plant which he may find in flower, and acquire all the information respecting 
 itwhichis useful and interesting. By J. C. Loudon, F.L.S. , etc. The Specific Characters 
 by an Eminent Botanist ; the Drawings by J. D. C. Sowerby, F.L.S. A new Edition, with a 
 newSupplementand anew Index. Svo.with nearly 10,000 Wood Engravings, 73*. 6rf. cloth. 
 
 LOUDON'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF COTTAGE, FARM, AND 
 
 VILLA ARCHITECTURE and FURNITURE. Containing Designs for Cottages, Villas, 
 I'arm Houses, Farmeries, Country Inns, Public Houses, Parochial Schools, etc. ; with the 
 requisite Fittings- up, Fixtures, and Furniture, and appropriate Offices, Gardens, and Garden 
 Scenery: each Design accompanied by Analytical and Critical Remarks. By J.C. Loudon, 
 F.L.S.etc. New Edition, Edited by Mrs. Loudon. Svo.with more than 2,000 Engravings on 
 Wood, 63s. cloth. 
 
 LOUDON'S HORTUS BRITANNICUS; 
 
 Or, Catalogue of all the Plants indigenous to, cultivated in, or introduced into Britain. An 
 entirely New Edition (1850), corrected throughout: with a Supplement, including all the 
 New Plants down to March, 1850; and a New General Index to the whole Work. Edited by 
 Mrs. Loudon ; assisted by W. H. Baxter, Esq. and David Wooster. Svo. 31*. 6d. 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO LOUDON'S HORTUS BRITANNICUS; 
 
 Including all the Plants introduced into Britain, all the newly discovered British Species, 
 and all the kinds originated in British Gardens, up to March 1850. With a new General 
 Index to the whole work, including the Supplement. Prepared by W. H. Baxter, Esq. ; 
 assisted by L>. Wooster, under the direction ot Mrs. Loudon. Svo. 14s. cloth. 
 
 LOW. ON LANDED PROPERTY, AND THE ECONOMY OF 
 
 ESTATES: Comprehending the Relations between Landlord and Tenant, and the Princi- 
 ples and Forms of Leases; of Farm Buildings, Enclosures, Drains, Embankments, Roads, 
 and other Rural Works, Minerals, and Woods. By David Low, Esq. F.R.S.E. etc., author 
 of " Elements of Practical Agriculture," etc. Svo. with numerous Wood Engravings, 
 21s. cloth. 
 
 LOW. ELEMENTS OF PRACTICAL AGRICULTURE: 
 
 Comprehending the Cultivation of Plants, the Husband 17 of the Domestic Animals, and the 
 Economy of the Farm. By David Low, Esq. F.R.S.E., Professor of Agriculture in the Uni- 
 versity of Edinburgh. New Edition; with an entirely new set of above 200 Woodcuts. 
 Svo. ^ls. cloth. 
 
 MACAULAY. CRITICAL AND HISTORICAL ESSAYS CON- 
 TRIBUTED TO THE EDINBURGH REVIEW. By Thomas Babington Macaulay. New 
 Edition, complete in One Volume ; with Portrait by E. U. Eddis, engraved in line by G. VV. 
 Greatbach, and Vignette. Square crown Svo. 21s. cloth; 30.?. calf extra, by Hayday. 
 Or (Sixth Edition) in 3 vols. Svo. 36s. cloth. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 19 
 
 MACAULAY. THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND, 
 
 From the Accession of James II. By Thomas Babington Macaulay. New Edition. Vols. I. 
 and II. Svo. 3-*. cloth. 
 
 MACAULAY. LAYS OF ANCIENT ROME. 
 
 With " Ivry" and "The Armada." By Thomas Babington Macaulay. New Editiou. 16mo. 
 4*. 6d. cloth; morocco, lOa.Grf. (bound by Hayday). 
 
 1\{R. MACAULAY'S LAYS OF ANCIENT ROME. 
 
 With numerous Illustrations, Original and from the Antique, drawn on Wood by George 
 Scharf, jun. and engraved by Samuel Williams. New Edition. Fcap. 4to. 21s. boards ; 
 morocco, 42s. (bound by Hayday). 
 
 MACDONALD. VILLA VEROCCHIO; OR, THE YOUTH OF 
 
 LEONARDO DA VINCI: a Tale. By the late Diana Louisa Macdoiiald. Fcap. 8vo. 
 6*.cloth. 
 
 " An exceedingly agreeable volume, full of feeling and interest." Examiner. 
 
 " In this most pleasing of hintoriettes, we have an episode from the life of one who carved 
 
 out for himself the highest place among the great master-minds of his age The 
 
 scenery of the locality [the Pal d'Arno and Firenze], the manners of the day, the characters 
 of the great men of that age, and the affections of the best of the world's race, which go far 
 to console us for our sad lot here below, are sketched with a facility, a correctness, and a 
 delicacy that fail not of carrying the reader, without a moment's stop, from the first to the 
 last sentence of this little volume." Britannia. 
 
 MACKINTOSH'S (SIR JAMES) MISCELLANEOUS WORKS: 
 
 Including his Contributions to The EDINBURGH REVIEW. A New Edition (1851), 
 complete in One Volume ; with Portrait engraved in line by W. Grcatbach, and Vignette. 
 Square crown 8vo. 21*. cloth ; or 30*. calf- extra by Hayday. 
 
 M'CULLOCH.- A DICTIONARY, GEOGRAPHICAL, STATIS- 
 TICAL, AND HISTORICAL, of the various Countries, Places, and Principal Natural 
 Objects in the World. By J. R. M'Culloch, Esq. Illustrated with Six large Maps. New 
 Edition (1850-1851), corrected and in part re-written ; with a Supplement. 2 thick vols. 8vo. 
 63*. cloth. 
 
 M<CULLOCH.-A DICTIONARY, PRACTICAL, THEORETI- 
 CAL, AND HISTORICAL, OF COMMERCE, AND COMMERCIAL NAVIGATION. 
 By J. R. M'Culloch, Esq. A New Edition (1850), corrected, enlarged, and improved; with 
 a Supplement. Svo.with Maps and Plans, 50*. cloth; or 55*. strongly half-bound in russia. 
 
 ** A SUPPLEMENTS the last Edition, published in 1849, may be had separately, price 
 4*. Gd. sewed. 
 
 M'CULLOCH. AN ACCOUNT, DESCRIPTIVE, AND STATIS- 
 TICAL, of the BRITISH EMPIRE ; exhibiting its Extent, Physical Capacities, Population, 
 Industry, and Civil and Religious Institutions. By J. R. M'Culloch, Esq. 3d Edition, 
 corrected, enlarged, and greatly improved. 2 thick vols. 8vo. 42*. cloth. 
 
 M'CULLOCH. A TREATISE ON THE PRINCIPLES AND 
 
 ' PRACTICAL INFLUENCE OF TAXATION AND THE FUNDING SYSTEM. By J.R. 
 M'Culloch, Esq. Svo. 10*. cloth. 
 
 MAITLAND. THE CHURCH IN THE CATACOMBS: 
 
 A Description of the Primitive Church of Rome, illustrated by its Sepulchral Remains. 
 By Charles Maitland. New Edition, revised; with numerous Engravings on Wood. Svo. 14*. 
 
 MARCET. CONVERSATIONS ON CHEMISTRY: 
 
 n which the Elementsof that Science are familiarly Explained and Illustrated by Ex] 
 aents. By Jane Marcet. New Edition, corrected. 2 vols. foolscap Svo. 14*. cloth. 
 
 MARCET. CONVERSATIONS ON POLITICAL ECONOMY: 
 
 In which the Elements of that Science are familiarly explained. By Jane Marcet. New 
 Edition, revised and enlarged. Foolscap 8vo.7.6d. cloth. 
 
%g 
 
 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 MARCET.-CONVERSATIONS ON NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 In which the Elements of that Science are familiarly explained, and adapted to the compre- 
 hension of Young Persons. ByJaneMarcet. New Edition, enlarged and corrected. Fcap. 
 8vo. with 2.3 Plates, 10s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 MARCET. CONVERSATIONS ON VEGETABLE PHYSIO- 
 
 LOGY; comprehending the Elements of Botany, with their application to Agriculture. 
 By Jane Marcet. New Edition. Foolscap 8vo. with Four Plates, 9*. cloth. 
 
 I 
 
 MARCET. CONVERSATIONS ON LAND AND WATER. 
 
 By Jane Marcet. New Edition revised and corrected. Foolscap 8vo. with coloured Map 
 shewing the comparative Altitude of Mountains, 5s. Gd. cloth. 
 
 MARRYAT (CAPT.) MASTERMAN READY; 
 
 Or, the Wreck of the Pacific. Written for Young People. By Captain Marryat,C.B. author 
 of "Peter Simple,^ etc. 3 vols.f cap. 8vo. with numerous Engravings on Wood, 22*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 MARRYAT. THE PRIVATEER'S-MAN ONE HUNDRED 
 
 YEARS AGO. By Captain F. Marryat, C.B., author of "Peter Simple," "Masterman 
 Ready," etc. 2 vols. fcap. 8vo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 MARRYAT. THE MISSION; 
 
 Or, Scenes in Africa. Written for Young People. By Captain Marryat, C.B., author of 
 "Peter Simple," "Masterman Ready,"etc. 2 vols. fcap. 8vo. 125. cloth. 
 
 MARRYAT. THE SETTLERS IN CANADA. 
 
 Written for Young People. By Captain Marryat, C.B., author of "Peter Simple," 
 "Masterman Ready," etc. New Edition. Fcap.Svo. with two Illustrations,/*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 MAUNDER. THE SCIENTIFIC AND LITERARY TREA- 
 
 SURY: A New and Popular Encyclopaedia of Science and the Belles Lettres j including all 
 Branches of Science, and every Subject connected with Literature and Art. The whole 
 written in a familiar style, adapted to the comprehension of all persons desirous of acquir- 
 ing information on the subjects comprised in the work, and also adapted for a Manual of 
 convenient Reference to the move instructed. BySamuelMaunder. NewEditioa. Fcap. 
 8vo. 10*. cloth; bound in roan., 12*. 
 
 MAUNDER'S TREASURY OF HISTORY 
 
 MAUNDER'S TREASURY OF NATURAL HISTORY; 
 
 Or, a Popular Dictionary of Animated Nature: in which the Zoological Characteristics that 
 distinguish the different Classes, Genera, and Species are combined with avariety of interest- 
 ing Information illustrative of the Habits, Instincts, and General Economy of the Animal 
 
 cal Taxidermy, and aGlossarial Appendix. 
 
 Drawings made expressly for this Work. 
 
 , 
 
 Kingdom. To which are added, a Syllabus of Practical Taxidermy, and aGlossarial Appendix. 
 Embellished with 900 Engravings on Wood, from Drawi 
 New Edition. Fcap.Svo. 10*. cloth; bound in roan, 12*. 
 
 MAUNDER'S TREASURY OF KNOWLEDGE, 
 
 And LIBRARY of REFERENCE: Comprising an English Grammar; Tables of English 
 Verbal Distinctions; Proverbs, Terms, and Phrases, in Latin, Spanish, French, and Italian, 
 translated; new and enlarged English Dictionary; Directions for Pronunciation; new 
 Universal Gazetteer; Tables of Population and Statistics; List of Cities, Boroughs, and 
 Market Towns in the United Kingdom; Regulations of the General Post-Office; List of 
 Foreign Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral Productions ; compendious Classical Dictionary ; 
 Scripture Proper Names accented, and Christian Names of Men and Women: with Latin 
 Maxims translated ; List of Abbreviations ; Chronology and History : compendious Law 
 Dictionary; Abstract of Tax Acts ; Interest and other Tables ; Forms of Epistolary Address ; 
 Tables of Precedency; Synopsis of the British Peerage; and Tables of Number, Money, 
 Weights and Measures. 18th Edition, revised throughout and greatly enlarged. Foolscap 
 8vo. 10*. cloth ; bound iuroan, 12*. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 
 
 MAUNDER'S BIOGRAPHICAL TREASURY: 
 
 Consisting of Memoirs, Sketches, and brief Notices of above 12,OOOEminenl Persons of all 
 Ages and Nations, from the Earliest Period of History ; forming a new and complete Dic- 
 tionary of Universal Biography. A New and thoroughly revised Edition (1851) ; corrected 
 throughout, and brought down to the Present Time by the introduction of numerous addi- 
 tional Lives. Foolscap 8vo. 10s. cloth; bound in roan, 12s. 
 
 MEMOIRS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF GREAT 
 
 BRITAIN, and of the Museum of Economic Geology in London. Published by Order of 
 the Lords Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury. Vol. I. royal 8vo. with Woodcuts 
 and 9 Plates, (seven coloured) , 21s. cloth ; and Vol. II. in two thick Parts, with 63 Plates 
 (three coloured), and numerous Woodcuts,42s. cloth, or, separately, 21. each Part Also, 
 
 BRITISH ORGANIC REMAINS ; consisting of Plates and Figures engraved on Steel, with 
 descriptive Letterpress, and forming a portion of the Memoirs of the Geological Survey. 
 Decades I. to III. royal 8vo. 2s. 6rf. each, or royal 4to. 4s. 6rf. each. 
 
 MERIVALE. A HISTORY OF THE ROMANS UNDER THE 
 
 EMPIRE. By the Rev. Charles Merivale, late Fellow and Tutor of St. John's College, 
 Cambridge. Vols. I. and II. 8vo. 28s. cloth. 
 
 MONTGOMERY'S f JAMES) POETICAL WORKS. 
 
 With some additional Poems, and the Author's Autobiographical Prefaces. A NewEdition, 
 complete in One Volume, uniform with Southey's "The Doctor etc." and Commonplace 
 Books;" with Portrait and Vignette. Square crown 8vo. 10s. Grf. cloth; morocco, 21s. Or 
 in 4 vols. foolscap 8vo. with Portrait, and Seven other Plates, 20s. cloth; bound in 
 morocco, H.16. 
 
 MOORE. HEALTH, DISEASE, AND REMEDY, 
 
 Familiarly and Practically considered in a few of their Relations to the Blood. By George 
 Moore, M.D., Member ol the Royal College of Physicians, etc., author of "The Power of 
 the Soul over the Body," etc. Post 8vo. 7*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 MOORE. THE POWER OF THE SOUL OVER THE BODY. 
 
 Considered in relation to Health and Morals. By George Moore, MJ). Member of the 
 Royal College of Physicians, etc. NewEdition. Post 8vo. 7s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 MOORE. THE USE OF THE BODY IN RELATION TO THE 
 
 MIND. By George Moore, M.D. Member of the Royal College of Physicians, etc. New 
 Edition. Post 8vo. 9s. cloth. 
 
 MOORE. MAN AND HIS MOTIVES. 
 
 By George Moore, M.D. Member of the Royal College of Physicians, etc. New Edition. 
 Post 8vo. 8s. cloth. 
 
 MOORE'S POETICAL WORKS: 
 
 Containing the Author's recent Introduction and Notes. Complete in One Volume, uniform 
 with Lord Byron's and Southey's Poems. With Portrait by George Richmond, engraved in 
 line, and View of Sloperton Cottage. Medium Svo. II. Is. cloth ; or 42s. bound in morocco, 
 by Hayday. Or in 10 vols. foolscap Svo. with Portrait, and 19 Plates, 2/. 10s. cloth; 
 morocco, 41. 10s. 
 
 THOMAS MOORE'S SONGS, BALLADS, AND SACRED SONGS. 
 
 First collected Edition, uniform with the smaller Edition of Mr. Macaulay's Lays of 
 Ancient Rome; with Vignette by Richard Doyle. 16mo. 5s. cloth; or 12s. 6d. bound in 
 morocco, by Hayday. 
 
 MOORE'S IRISH MELODIES. 
 
 New Edition, uniform in size with the smaller Edition of Mr. Macaulay's " Lays of Ancient 
 Rome." With the Autobiographical Preface from the Collective Edition of Mr. Moore's 
 Poetical Works, and a Vignette by D. Maclise, R.A. 16mo. 5*. cloth ; 12s. 6rf. bound in 
 morocco, by Hayday. -Or in foolscap Svo. with Vignette by Corbould. 10s. cloth; bound 
 in morocco, 13s. 6d. 
 
 MOORE'S IRISH MELODIES. 
 
 Illustrated by D. Maclise, R.A. Imperial Svo. with 161 Designs, engraved on Steel, 3?. 3s. 
 boards; or4/. \4s.6d. bound in morrocco, by Hayday. Proof Impressions (only 200 copies 
 printed, of which a few remain) , 6/. 6s. boards. 
 
22 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 MOORE'S LALLA ROOKH: AN ORIENTAL ROMANCE. 
 
 New Edition, uniform in size with the smaller Edition of Mr. Macaulay's Lays of Ancient 
 Rome. With the Autobiographical Preface from the Collective Edition of Mr. Moore's 
 Poetical Works, and a Vignette by D. Maclise, R.A. IGmo. hs. cloth ; 12*. 6d. bound in 
 morocco, by Hayday. Or in foolscap 8vo. with 4 Plates by Westall, 10*. 6d. cloth; or 
 14*. bound in morocco, 
 
 MOORE'S LALLA ROOKH: AN ORIENTAL ROMANCE. 
 
 New Edition. Medium 8vo. illustrated with 13 flue Engravings, 21*. cloth; morocco, 35*.; 
 with India Proof Plates, 42*. cloth. 
 
 MORELL. THE PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. 
 
 By J. D. Morell, M.A., author of an Historical and Critical View of the Speculative Philo- 
 sophy of Europe in the Nineteenth Century. 8vo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 MOSELEY. ILLUSTRATIONS OF PRACTICAL MECHANICS, 
 
 By the Rev. H.Moseley, M.A., Professor of Natural Philos 
 College, London; author of " The Mechanical Principles i 
 tore. New Edition. Fcap.Svo. with Woodcuts, 8s. cloth. 
 
 f Natural Philosophy and Astronomy in King's 
 :_! n_: :!_ of Engineering and Architec- 
 
 MOSELEY. THE MECHANICAL PRINCIPLES OF EN- 
 GINEERING AND ARCHITECTURE. By the Rev. H.Moseley, M.A. F.R.S., Professor 
 of Natural Philosophy and Astronomy in King's College, London; and author of "Illus- 
 trations of Practical Mechanics. 8vo. with Woodcuts and Diagrams, II. 4*. cloth. 
 
 MOSHEIM'S ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, 
 
 Ancient and Modern. Translated, with copious Notes, by James Murdock, D.D. New 
 Edition, revised, and continued, by the Rev. Henry Soames, M.A. 4 vols. 8vo. 48. cloth. 
 
 MOUNT SAINT LAWRENCE. 
 
 By the Author of "Mary the Star of the Sea." 2 vols. post 8vo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 MURE. A CRITICAL HISTORY OF THE LANGUAGE AND 
 
 LITERATURE OF ANCIENT GREECE. By William Mure, M. P., of Caldwell. 3 vols. 
 8vo. 36*. cloth. 
 
 MURRAY. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF GEOGRAPHY: 
 
 Comprising a complete Description of the Earth: exhibiting its Relation to the Heavenly 
 Bodies, its Physical Structure, the Natural History of each Country, and the Industry, Com- 
 merce, Political Institutions, and Civil and Social State of all Nations. By Hugh Murray, 
 F.R.S.E. Second Edition; with 82 Maps, and upwards of 1,000 other Wood Engravings. In 
 One large Volume, 8vo. 31. cloth. 
 
 THE EARTHLY RESTING-PLACES OF THE JUST. 
 
 By the Rev. Erskine Neale, M.A., Rector of Kirton, Suffolk; author of "The Closing 
 Scene." With Wood Engravings. Feap. 8vo. 7*. cloth. 
 
 NEALE.- THE CLOSING SCENE; 
 
 Or, Christianity and Infidelity contrasted in the Last Hours of Remarkable Persons. By the 
 Rev. Erskine Neale, M.A. , 'Rector of Kirton, Suffolk ; author of "The Earthly Resting- 
 Places of the Just," etc. New Editions of the First and Second Series. 2vols.fcap. 
 8vo. 12*. cloth ; or separately 6s. each. 
 
 NEWMAN. DISCOURSES ADDRESSED TO MIXED CON- 
 GREGATIONS. By John Henry Newman, Priest of the Oratory of St. Philip Neri. Second 
 Edition. 8vo. 12s. cloth. 
 
 OWEN JONES. WINGED THOUGHTS. 
 
 A Series of Poems. By Mary Anne Bacon. With .Illustrations of Birds, designed by 
 E. L. Bateman, and executed in illuminated printing by Owen Jones. Uniform wit'h 
 Flowers and their Kindred Thoughts, and Fruits from the Garden and the Field. Impe- 
 rial 8vo. 31*. 6d. elegantly bound in calf. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 23 
 
 OWEN JONES. FLOWERS AND THEIR KINDRED 
 
 THOUGHTS : A Series of Stanzas. By Mary Anne Bacon, Author of "Winged Thoughts." 
 With beautiful Illustrations of Flowers, designed and printed in Colours by Owen Jones. 
 Imperial Svo. 31*. 6rf. elegantly bound in calf. 
 
 OWEN JONES. FRUITS FROM THE GARDEN AND THE 
 
 FIELD. A Series of Stanzas. By Mary Anne Bacon, Author of " Winged Thoughts." With 
 beautiful Illustrations of Fruit, designed and printed in Colours by Owen Jones. Impe- 
 rial Svo. 31*. 6d. elegantly bound in calf. 
 
 OWEN JONES'S ILLUMINATED EDITION OF GRAY'S 
 
 ELEGY. GKAY'S ELEGY, WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. Illuminated, 
 in the Missal style, by Owen Jones. Imperial Svo. 31*. 6d. elegantly bound. 
 
 OWEN JONES'S ILLUMINATED EDITION OF THE SERMON 
 
 ON THE MOUNT. -THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT. Printed in Gold and Colours, 
 in the Missal style; with Ornamental Borders by Owen Jones, and an Illuminated Frontis- 
 piece by W. Boxall. New Edition. Square foolscap Svo., in rich silk covers, 21*.; or 
 bound in morocco, by Hayday, 25s. 
 
 OWEN JONES'S ILLUMINATED EDITION OF THE MAR- 
 RIAGE SERVICE. THE FORM OF SOLEMNISATION OF MATRIMONY. From 
 The Book of Common Prayer. Illuminated, in the Missal style, by Owen Jones. Square 
 ISmo. 21*. elegantly bound in white calf. 
 
 OWEN JONES'S ILLUMINATED EDITION OF THE 
 
 PREACHER. The Words of the Preacher, Son of David, King of Jerusalem. From the 
 Holy Scriptures. Being the Twelve Chapters of the Book of Ecclesiastes, elegantly illu- 
 minated, in the Missal style, by Owen Jones. Imperial Svo. in very massive carved covers, 
 42*.; or handsomely bound in calf, 31*. 6d. 
 
 OWEN JONES'S ILLUMINATED EDITION OF SOLOMON'S 
 
 SONG. THE SONG OF SONGS, WHICH IS SOLOMON'S. From the Holy Scriptures. 
 Being the Six Chapters of the Book of the Song of Solomon, richly illuminated, in the 
 Missal style, by Osven Jones. Elegantly bound in relievo leather. Imperial 16mo. 21*. 
 
 OWEN JONES'S TRANSLATION OF D'AGINCOURT'S HIS- 
 
 TORY OF ART. THE HISTORY OF ART, BY ITS MONUMENTS, from its Decline in 
 the Fourth Century to its Restoration in the Sixteenth. Translated from the French of 
 Seroux d'Agincourt, by Owen Jones, Architect. In 3,335 Subjects, engraved on 328 Plates. 
 , Vol. I. Architecture, 73 Plates; Vol. II. Sculpture, 51 Plates; Vol. III. Painting, 204 
 Plates. 3 vols. royal folio, 5J. 5*. sewed. 
 
 OWEN. LECTURES ON THE COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
 
 AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS, delivered at the Royal 
 College of Surgeons in 1843. By Richard Owen, F.R.S. Hunterian Professor to the College. 
 From Notes taken by William White Cooper, M.R.C.S. and revised by Professor Owen. 
 With Glossary and Index. New Edition, corrected. Svo. with very numerous Woodcuts. 
 
 [Acar/y ready. 
 
 OWEN. LECTURES ON" THE COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
 
 AND PHYSIOLOGY of the VERTEBRATE ANIMALS, delivered at the Royal College 
 of Surgeons in 1844 and 1846. By Richard Owen, F.R.S. Huuterian Professor to the Col- 
 lege. In 2 vols. Vol. I. Svo. with numerous Woodcuts, 14*. cloth. 
 
 PALEY'S EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY; AND HORJE 
 
 PAULINA. A New Edition, with Notes, an Analysis, and a Selection of Papers from the 
 Senate-House and College Examination Papers. Designed for the use of Students in the 
 University. By Robert Potts, M.A. Trinity College, Cambridge. Svo. 10*. 6d. cloth. 
 
24 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 PASCAL'S ENTIRE WORKS, TRANSLATED BY PEARCE. 
 
 THE COMPLETE WORKS OF BLAISE PASCAL: With M. Villemain's Essay on 
 Pascal considered as a Writer and Moralist, prefixed to the Provincial Letters -, and the 
 Miscellaneous Writings, Thoughts on Religion, and Evidences of Christianity, re- 
 arranged, with large Additions, from the French Edition of Mons. P. Faugere. Newly 
 translated from the French, with Memoir, Introductions to the various Works, Editorial 
 Notes, and Appendices, by George Pearce, Esq. 3 vols. post 8vo. with Portrait, 25.1. 6d. 
 cloth. 
 
 ** The Three f'olumes may be had separately, as follows : 
 
 Vol. 1.- PASCAL'S PROVINCIAL LETTERS: with M. Villemain's Essay on Pascal 
 prefixed, and a new Memoir. Post 8vo. Portrait, 8s. 6d. 
 
 Vol. II. PASCAL'S THOUGHTS ON RELIGION, AND EVIDENCES OF CHRISTI- 
 ANITY, with Additions from original MSS.: from M. Faugere's Edition. Post 8vo. 
 85. Grf. 
 
 Vol. III. PASCAL'S MISCELLANEOUS WRITINGS. CORRESPONDENCE, DE- 
 TACHED THOUGHTS, etc. from M. Faugere's Edition. Post 8vo. 8*. 6d. 
 
 PEREIRA. A TREATISE ON FOOD AND DIET: 
 
 With Observations on the Dietetical Regimen suited for Disordered States of the Digestive 
 Organs; and an Account of the Dietaries of some of the principal Metropolitan and other 
 Establishments for Paupers, Lunatics, Criminals, Children, the Sick, etc. ByJon.Pereira, 
 M.D.F.R.S.,authorof "Elementsof MateriaMedica." 8vo.l6. cloth. 
 
 PESCHEL (C. F.) ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS. 
 
 By C.F. Peschel, Principal of the Royal Military College, Dresden, etc. etc. Translated 
 from the German, with Notes, by E. West. 3 vols. fcap. 8vo. with Woodcuts, 2Ia. cloth. 
 
 ( Part I. The Physics of Ponderable Bodies. Fcap.8vo.7*. 6rf. cloth. 
 Separately/ p ar tll. Imponderable Bodies (Light, Heat, Magnetism, Electricity, 
 (_ and Electro-Dynamics) . 2 vols. fcap. 8vo. 13*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 PHILLIPS. FIGURES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PAL^E- 
 
 OZOIC FOSSILS OF CORNWALL, DEVON, and WEST SOMERSET; observed in 
 the course of the Ordnance Geological Survey of that District. By John Phillips, F.R.S. 
 F.G.S. etc. Published by Order of the Lords Commissioners of H. M. Treasury. 8vo. 
 with 60 Plates, comprising very numerous Figures, 9s. cloth. 
 
 PHILLIPS. AN ELEMENTARY INTRODUCTION TO MINE- 
 RALOGY : Comprising a Notice of the Characters, Properties, and Chemical Constitution 
 of Minerals: with Accounts of the Places and Circumstances in which they are found. 
 By William Phillips, F.L.S. M.G.S. etc. A New Edition, corrected, enlarged, and im- 
 proved, by H.J. Brooke, F.R.S.; and W. H. Miller, M.A. F.R.S. Professor of Mineralogy 
 in the University of Cambridge. Post 8vo. with numerous Wood Engravings. 
 
 [In the press. 
 
 PORTLOCK. REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE 
 
 COUNTY OF LONDONDERRY, and of Parts of Tyrone and Fermanagh, examined and 
 described underthe Authority of the Master-Generaland Board of Ordnance. ByJ.E. Port- 
 lock, F.R.S. etc. Svo.with 48 Plates, 24. cloth. 
 
 POWER. SKETCHES IN NEW ZEALAND, 
 
 with Pen and Pencil. By W. Tyrone Power, D.A.C G. From a Journal kept in that Coun- 
 try, from July 1846 to June 1848. With 8 Plates and 2 Woodcuts, from Drawings made on 
 the spot. Post 8vo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 THE VADE-MECUM OF FLY-FISHING FOR TROUT: 
 
 Being a complete Practical Treatise on that Branch of the Art of Angling; with plainand 
 copious Instructions for the Manufacture of Artificial Flies. By G.P.R. Pulman, author 
 of " The Book of the Axe." Third Edition, re-written and greatly enlarged ; with several 
 Woodcuts. Fcap. 8vo. 6*. cloth. 
 
 PYCROFT. A COURSE OF ENGLISH READING; 
 
 Adapted to every Taste and Capacity. With Literary Anecdotes. By the Rev. James 
 Pycroft,B. A., author of "The Collegian's Guide, "etc. New Edition. F"cap.8vo.5*. cloth. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND CO. 25 
 
 DR. REECE'S MEDICAL GUIDE: 
 
 For the use of the Clergy, Heads of Families, Schools, and Junior Medical Practitioners. 
 Comprising a complete Modern Dispensatory, and a PracticalTreatise on the distinguishing 
 Symptoms. Causes, Prevention, Cure, and Palliation of the Diseases incident to the Human 
 Frame. With the latest Discoveries in the different Departments of the Healing Art, 
 Materia Medica, etc. Seventeenth Edition (1850), with considerable Additions; revised 
 and corrected by the Author's Son, Dr. Henry Reece, M.R.C.S. etc. 8vo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 RICH. THE ILLUSTRATED COMPANION TO THE LATIN 
 
 DICTION AUY AND GREEK LEXICON: forming a Glossary of all the Words respecting 
 Visible Objects connected with the Arts, Manufactures, and Everyday Life of the Ancients. 
 VVith Representations of nearly Two Thousand Objects from the Antique. By Anthony 
 Rich,jun. B.A., late of Caius College, Cambridge. Post 8vo. with about 2,000 Woodcuts, 
 21*. cloth. 
 
 NARRATIVE OF AN OVERLAND JOURNEY IN SEARCH 
 
 OF THE DISCOVERY SHIPS under Sir John Franklin, in the Years 1847, 184S, and 1849. 
 By Sir John Richardson, M.D.,F.R.S., etc,, Inspector of Hospitals. Published by Autho- 
 rity of the Admiralty. 2 vols.Svo. with Maps and Plans. [In the presi. 
 
 RIDDLE. A COPIOUS AND CRITICAL LATIN-ENGLISH 
 
 LEXICON, founded on the German-Latin Dictionaries of Dr. William Freund. By the 
 Kev. J. E. Riddle, M.A., of St. Edmund Hall, Oxford. Uniform with Yonge's English. 
 Greek Lexicon. New Edition. Post 4to. 50*. cloth. 
 
 RIDDLE. A COMPLETE LATIN-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH- 
 LATIN DICTIONARY, for the use of Colleges and Schools. By the Rev. J. E. Riddle, 
 M.A., of St. Edmund Hall, Oxford. New Edition, revised and corrected. 8vo. 31s. 6d. 
 cloth. 
 
 . t P . , t THE ENGLISH-LATIN DICTIONARY, IQs.Gd. 
 
 *,* Separately 1 
 
 I THE LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY, 21*. 
 
 RIDDLE. A DIAMOND LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 
 
 A Guide to the Meaning, Quality, and right Accentuation of Latin Classical Words. By 
 the Rev. J.E. Riddle, M. A., of St. Edmund Hall, Oxford. New Edition. Royal 32mo. 
 4s. bound. 
 
 RIVERS.THE ROSE AMATEUR'S GUIDE: 
 
 Containing ample Descriptions of all the fine leading varieties of Roses, regularly classed in 
 their respective Families; their History and Mode of Culture. By T. Rivers, Jun. Fourth 
 Edition, corrected and improved. Foolscap 8vo. 6*. cloth. 
 
 ROBINSON'S LEXICON TO THE GREEK TESTAMENT. 
 
 A Greek and English Lexicon of the New Testament. By Edward Robinson. D.D. L.L.D. 
 Professor of Biblical Literature in the Union Theological Seminary, New York ; Author 
 of "Biblical Researches in Palestine," etc. New Edition (1850), revised and in great 
 part re-written ; in One large Volume. 8vo. 18*. cloth. 
 
 ROGERS. ESSAYS SELECTED FROM CONTRIBUTIONS 
 
 TO THE EDINBURGH REVIEW. By Henry Rogers. 2 vols. 8vo. 24s. cloth. 
 
 RONALDS. THE FLY-FISHER'S ENTOMOLOGY. 
 
 Illustrated by coloured Representations of the Natural and Artificial Insect; and accompanied 
 by a few Observations and Instructions relative to Trout and Grayling Fishing. By Alfred 
 Ronalds. Fourth Edition, corrected ; with 20 Copperplates. 8vo. 14*. cloth. 
 
 ROVINGS IN THE PACIFIC, 
 
 From 1837 to 1849 ; with a GLANCE AT CALIFORNIA. By A Merchant long resident at 
 Tahiti. With 4 Illustrations printed in colours. 2 vols. post 8vo. 21*. cloth. 
 " The series of most interesting adventures which befel him in the course of his roving*, 
 are narrated in vigorous and unpolished language ; and are evidently faithful itnpressioni 
 set down while experience wax fresh, and while the author was far away from the convention- 
 alities which often deaden original faculties, and constrain m#' thoughts . . . Events crowd 
 so thickly in these volumes, and they are all so new, that it is difficult to decide which are the 
 most interesting . . . The volumes altogether may be described as full of novelty and amuse, 
 ment, blended with much that is new and passing strange." Express. 
 
26 
 
 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 ROWTON (F.) THE DEBATER: 
 
 Being a Series of complete Debates, Outlines of Debates, and Questions for Discussion. 
 With ample references to the best sources of information upon each particular topic. By 
 Frederic Rowton, Lecturer on General Literature Foolscap Svo. 6*. cloth. 
 
 SCHLEIDEN. PRINCIPLES OF SCIENTIFIC BOTANY; 
 
 or, Botany as an Inductive Science. By Dr. M. J. Schleiden, Extraordinary Professor of 
 Botany in the University of Jena. Translated by Edwin Lankester, M.D., F.L.S., Lecturer 
 on Botany at the St. George's School of Medicine, London. 8vo. with Plates and Woodcuts, 
 21*. cloth. 
 
 SCOFFERN. THE MANUFACTURE OF SUGAR, 
 
 in the Colonies and at Home, chemically considered. By John Scoffern, M.B. Lond., late 
 Professor of Chemistry at the Aldersgate School of Medicine. 8vo. with Illustrations (one 
 coloured), 10. 6d. cloth. 
 
 SEAWARD. SIR EDWARD SEAWARD'S NARRATIVE OF 
 
 HIS SHIPVVRECK, and consequent Discovery of certain Islands in the Caribbean Sea: 
 with a Detail of many extraordinary and highly interesting Events in his Life, from 1733 
 to 1J49, as written in his own Diary. Edited b'y Miss Jane Porter. New Edition. 2 vols. 
 post 8vo. 21*. cloth. 
 
 SEWELL. AMY HERBERT. 
 
 By a Lady. Edited by the Rev. William Sewell, B.D., Fellow and Tutor of Exeter Col- 
 lege, Oxford. New Edition. 2 vols. foolscap 8vo. 9*. cloth. 
 
 SEWELL. THE EARL'S DAUGHTER. 
 
 By the Author of "Amy Herbert," "Gertrude," " Laneton Parsonage," ' Margaret Per- 
 cival," and "The Child's History of Rome." Edited by the Rev. William Sewell, B.D., 
 Fellow and Tutor of Exeter College, Oxford. 2 vols. fcap. 8vo. 9*. cloth. 
 
 SEWELL. GERTRUDE. 
 
 A Tale. By the Author of "Amy Herbert." Edited by the Rev. William Sewell, B.D., 
 Fellow and Tutor of Exeter College, Oxford. New Edition. 2 vols. foolscap 8vo. 9*. cloth. 
 
 SEWELL. LANETON PARSONAGE: 
 
 A Tale for Children, on the practical Use of a Portion of the Church Catechism. By the 
 author of "Amy Herbert," Edited by the Rev. W. Sewell, B.D., Fellow and Tutor of 
 Exeter College, Oxford. New Edition. 3 vols. fcap. 8vo. 16*. cloth. 
 
 SEWELL. MARGARET PERCIYAL. 
 
 By the Author of "Amy Herbert." Edited by the Rev. W. Sewell, B.D., Fellow and Tutor 
 of Exeter College, Oxford. New Edition. 2 vols. foolscap Svo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 SHAKSPEARE, BY BOWDLER. 
 
 THK FAMILY SHAKSPEARE, in which nothing is added to the Original Text ; but those 
 Words and Expressions are omitted which cannot with propriety be read aloud. By T. 
 Bowdler, Esq. F.Il.S. New Edition. Svo. with 36 Illustrations after Smirke, etc., 21*. 
 cloth ; or, without Illustrations, 8 vols. Svo. 41. 14*. (id. boards. 
 
 SHARP'S BRITISH GAZETTEER. 
 
 A NEW AND COMPLETE BRITISH GAZETTEER, or Topographical Dictionary of 
 the United Kingdom; containing a Description of every Place, and the principal Objects 
 of note, founded upon the Ordnance Surveys, the best Local and other Authorities, and 
 the most recent Official Documents connected with Population, Constituencies, Corporate 
 and Ecclesiastical Affairs, Poor Laws, Education, Charitable Trusts, Railways, Trade, etc. 
 By J. A. Sharp. In Two very large Volumes, Svo. uniform with Johnston's New 
 General Gazetteer of the World. [In the press. 
 
 .SHORT WHIST: 
 
 Its Rise, Progress, and Laws; with the recent Decisions of the Clubs, and Observations to 
 make any one a Whist Player. Containing also the Laws of Piquet, Cassino, Ecarte, Cribbage, 
 Backgammon. By Major A ***** New Edition. To which are added, Precepts forTyros. 
 By Mrs. B ***** Foolscap Svo. 3*. cloth, gilt edges. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 2? 
 
 SINCLAIR. THE BUSINESS OF LIFE. 
 
 By Catherine Sinclair, author of " The Journey of Life," "Jane Bouverie," "Modern 
 Accomplishments," ' Modern Society," etc. 2 vols. fcap. 8vo. 10*. cloth. 
 
 SINCLAIR THE JOURNEY OF LIFE. 
 
 By Catherine Sinclair, author of "The Business of Life," "Modern Society," "Jane 
 Bouverie," etc. New Edition, corrected and enlarged. Fcap.8vo.5s. cloth. 
 
 SIR ROGER DE COVERLET. 
 
 From The Spectator. With Notes and Illustrations by W. Henry Wills ; and Twelve fine 
 Wood Engravings by John Thompson from Designs by Frederick Tayler. Crown 8vo. 15s. 
 boards; or 27*. bound in raoioeco by Hayday. 
 
 THE SKETCHES; 
 
 ThreeTales. By the Authors of "Amy Herbert," "The King's Messengers," and" Hawk- 
 stone." New Edition. Fcap. 8vo. with Six Plates, 8s. cloth. 
 
 SMEE. ELEMENTS OF ELECTRO-METALLURGY. 
 
 By Alfred Smee, F.R.S., Surgeon to the Bank of England. Third Edition, revised, cor- 
 rected, and considerably enlarged ; with Electrotypes and numerous Woodcuts. Post Svo. 
 10*. Gd. cloth. 
 
 THE WORKS OF THE REV. SYDNEY SMITH. 
 
 Comprising the Author's Miscellaneous Writings, and Contributions to the Edinburgh 
 Review. New Edition, complete in One Volume; with Portrait by E. U. Eddis, engraved 
 in Line by W. Greatbach, and View of Combe Florey Rectory, Somerset. Square crowu Svo. 
 21*. cloth; 30*. calf extra, by Hayday. Or in 3 vols. Svo. with Portrait, 36*. cloth. 
 
 SMITH. ELEMENTARY SKETCHES OF MORAL PHILO- 
 
 SOPHY, delivered at the Royal Institution in the Years 1804, 1805, and 1806. By the late 
 Rev. Sydney Smith, M.A. With an Introductory Letter to Mrs. Sydney Smith, by the late 
 Lord Jeffrey. Second Edition. Svo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 SMITH. SERMONS PREACHED AT ST. PAUL'S CATHE- 
 DRAL, the Foundling Hospital, and several Churches in London ; together with others 
 addressed to a Country Congregation. By the late Rev. Sydney Smith, Canon Resi- 
 dentiary of St. Paul's Cathedral. Svo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 SMITH. THE VOYAGE AND SHIPWRECK OF ST. PAUL: 
 
 with Dissertations on the Sources of the Writings of St. Luke, and the Ships and Navigation 
 of the Ancients. By James Smith, Esq. of Jordauhill, F.R.S.etc. Svo. with illustrative 
 Views, Charts, and Woodcuts, 14*. cloth. 
 
 ot the Ancients. By James Smith, Esq. 
 Views, Charts, and Woodcuts, 14*. cloth. 
 
 SMITH. THE DOCTRINE OF THE CHERUBIM: 
 
 Being an Inquiry, Critical, Exegetical, and Practical, into the Symbolical Character and 
 Design of the Cherubic Figure of Holy Scripture. By George Smith, F.A.S., Member of 
 the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, of the Royal Society of Literature, 
 of the Irish Archaeological Society, etc. Post Svo. 3*. cloth; 
 
 SMITH. S ACRED ANNALS: 
 
 Or, Researches into the History and Religion of Mankind, from the Creation of the World 
 to the Death of Isaac : deduced from the Writings of Moses and other Inspired Authors, 
 copiously illustrated and confirmed by the ancient Records, Traditions, and Mythology of 
 the Heathen World. By George Smith, F.S.A. etc. Crown Svo. 10*. cloth. 
 
 SMITH. THE HEBREW PEOPLE; 
 
 Or, the History and Religion of the Israelites, from the Origin of the Nation to the Time 
 of C hrist : deduced from the Writings of Moses and other Inspired Writers ; and Illustrated 
 by copious References to the Ancient Records, Traditions, and Mythology of the Heathen 
 World. By George Smith, F.A.S., etc. Forming the Second Volume of Sacred Annals. 
 Crown Svo. in Two Parts, 12*. cloth. 
 
28 NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 SMITH. THE RELIGION OF ANCIENT BRITAIN HISTORI- 
 CALLY CONSIDERED ; Or, a Succinct Account of the several Religious Systems which 
 have obtained in this Island from the Karliest Times to the Norman Conquest: including 
 an Investigation into the Early Progress of Error in the Christian Church, the Introduction 
 of the Gospel into Britain, and the State of Religion in England till Popery had gained 
 the Ascendancy. By George Smith, F.A.S. New Edition. 8vo. 7s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 SMITH. PERILOUS TIMES: 
 
 Or, the Agressions of Anti-Christian Error on Scriptural Christianity: considered in refer- 
 ence to the Dangers and Duties of Protestants. By George Smith, F.A.S. Member of the 
 Royal Asiatic Society, and of the Royal Society of Literature. FoolscapSvo. 6s. cloth. 
 
 SNOW. VOYAGE OF THE PRINCE ALBERT IN SEARCH 
 
 OF SIR JOHN FRANKLIN. A Narrative of Every-day Life in the Arctic Seas. By W. 
 Parker Snow. With a Chart, and 4 Illustrations printed in colours. Post 8vo. 12*. cloth. 
 
 THE LIFE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF THE LATE ROBERT 
 
 SOUTHEY. Edited by his Son, the Rev. Charles Cuthbert Southey, M.A. Vicar of Ardleigh. 
 With numerous Portraits i and Six Landscape Illustrations from Designs by W. Westall, 
 A.R.A. 6 vols. post 8vo. 63s. cloth. 
 
 *,* Each of the Six Vols. may be had separately, price 10s. 6d. 
 
 *' A work which, even in this age of literary plenty, will long stand unrivalled for the 
 deeply interesting character of its contents ; whether we have regard to the man whose his- 
 tory it relates, and whose innermost thoughts are laid open to us, or to the various important 
 subjects upon which his capacious mind was constantly exercised." John Bull. 
 
 SOUTHEY'S COMMON-PLACE BOOK. FOURTH SERIES. 
 
 FOURTH and last SERIES, being ORIGINAL MEMORANDA; and comprising Collections, 
 Ideas, and Studies for Literary Compositions in general ; Collections for History of 
 English Literature and Poetry ; Characteristic English Anecdotes, and Fragments for 
 Espriella; Collections for The Doctor etc.; Personal Observations and Recollections, 
 with Fragments of Journals ; Miscellaneous Anecdotes and Gleanings ; Extracts, Facts, and 
 Opinions, relating to Political and Social Society ; Texts for Sermons ; Texts for Enforce. 
 ment ; and L'Envoy. Forming a single Volume complete in itself. Edited by Mr. 
 Southey's Son-in-Law, the Rev. J. W. Warier, B.D. Square crown 8vo. 21s. cloth. 
 
 SOUTHEY'S COMMON-PLACE BOOK. THIRD SERIES. 
 
 Being ANALYTICAL READINGS ; and comprising Analytical Readings, with Illus- 
 trations and copious Extracts, of Works in English Civil History; English Ecclesiastical 
 History; Anglo-Irish History, French Literature ; French History ; Miscellaneous Foreign 
 Civil Hi story; General Ecclesiastical History; Historical Memoirs; Ecclesiastical Biography, 
 Miscellaneous Biography; Correspondence; Voyages and Travels; Topography: Natural 
 History; Divinity; Literary History; Miscellaneous Literature; and Miscellanies. Forming 
 a single Volume complete in itself. Edited by Mr. Southey's Son-in-Law, the Rev. J. 
 W. Warter, B.D. Square crown 8vo. 21s. cloth. 
 
 SOUTHEY'S COMMON-PLACE BOOK. SECOND SERIES. 
 
 Comprising, SPECIAL COLLECTIONS viz. Ecclesiastical, or Notes and Extracts on 
 , Theological Subjects (with Collections concerning Cromwell's Age) ; Spanish and Portu- 
 guese Literature; Middle Ages, etc.; Notes for the History of the Religious Orders; 
 Orientalia, or Eastern and Mahommedan Collections; American Tribes: Incidental and 
 Miscellaneous Illustrations ; Physica, or Remarkable Facts in Natural History ; and Curious 
 Facts, quite Miscellaneous. Edited by Mr. Southey's Son-in Law, the Rev. J. W. 
 Warter, B.D. Forming a single Volume complete in itself. Square crown 8vo. 18s. cloth. 
 
 SOUTHEY'S COMMON-PLACE BOOK. FIRST SERIES. 
 
 Comprising CHOICE PASSAGES, Moral, Religious, Political, Philosophical, Historical, 
 Poetical, and Miscellaneous ; and COLLECTIONS for the History of Manners and Literature 
 in England. Forming a single Volume complete in itself. Edited by Mr. Southey's Son-in- 
 Law, the Rev. J. W. Warter, B.D. New Edition; with medallion Portrait of Southey. 
 Square crown 8vo. 18s. cloth. 
 
 SOUTHEY. THE DOCTOR ETC. 
 
 By the late Robert Southey. Complete in One Volume. Edited by the Author's Son-in- 
 Law, the Rev. John Wood Warter. With Portrait, Vignette Title-page, Bust of the Author, 
 and Coloured Plate. NewEdition. Square crown 8vo. 21*. cloth. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSES. LONGMAN AND Co. 29 
 
 SOUTHEY. THE LIFE OF WESLEY 
 
 ROBERT SOUTHEY'S COMPLETE POETICAL WORKS: 
 
 Containing all the Author's last Introductions and Notes. Complete in One Volume, with 
 Portrait and View of the Poet's Residence at Kesvvick; uniform with Lord Byron's and 
 Moore's Poetical Works. Medium 8vo.21*. cloth; 42*. bound in morocco, by Hayday. Or 
 in JUvols. foolscap 8vo. with Portrait and 19 Plates, "21. 10*.; morocco, 4MU*. 
 
 SOUTHEY SELECT WORKS OF THE BRITISH POETS, 
 
 From Chaucer to Lovelace inclusive. With Biographical Sketches by the late Robert 
 Southey. Medium 8vo. 30*. cloth. 
 
 STEEL'S SHIPMASTER'S ASSISTANT. 
 
 Compiled for the use of Merchants, Owners and Masters of Ships, Officers of Customs, and 
 all Persons connected with Shipping- or Commerce ; containing the Law and Local Regula- 
 tions affecting the Ownership, Charge, and Management of Ships and their Cargoes; 
 together with Notices of other Matters, and all necessary Information for Mariners. New 
 Edition, rewritten throughout. Edited by Graham Willmore, Esq. M.A. Barrister-at-Law ; 
 George Clements, of the Customs, London ; and William Tat e, author of "The Modern 
 Cambist." 8vo. 28*. cloth; or 29*. bound. 
 
 STEPHEN-ESSAYS IN ECCLESIASTICAL BIOGRAPHY. 
 
 From The Edinburgh Review. By the Right Hon. Sir James Stephen, K.B. Professor of 
 Modern History in the University of Cambridge. Second Edition. 2 vols. 8vo.24. cloth. 
 
 STOW. THE TRAINING SYSTEM, THE MORAL TRAINING 
 
 SCHOOL, AND THE NORMAL SEMINARY. By David Stow, Esq., Honorary Secretary 
 to the Glasgow Normal Free Seminary; author of "Moral Training," etc. Eighth Edition, 
 enlarged ; with Plates and Woodcuts. Post 8vo. 6*. cloth. 
 
 SWAIN. -ENGLISH MELODIES. 
 
 By Charles Swain, author of "The Mind, and other Poems." Fcap.8vo.6*.cloth; or bound 
 in morocco, 12*. 
 
 THE LAW RELATING TO MERCHANT SEAMEN. 
 
 Arranged chiefly for the use of Masters and Officers in the British Merchant Service. 
 With an Appendix, containing the Navigation Act ; the Mercantile Marine Act, 1850; the 
 general Merchant Seamen's Act: the Seamen's Protection Act; the Notice of Examinations 
 of Masters and Mates; and the Scale of Medicines (Dec. 19, 1850), and Medical Stores 
 (Dec. 20, 1850) issued by the Board of Trade By Edward William Symous, Chief Clerk to 
 the Thames Police Court. 4th Edition. 12mo. 5*. cloth. 
 
 T ATE. ON THE STRENGTH OF MATERIALS: 
 
 TAYLER (REV. CHARLES B.) MARGARET; 
 
 Or, the Pearl. By the Rev. Charles B. Tayler, M. A., author of Lady Mary; or, Not of 
 the World;" etc. New Edition. FoolscapSvo. 6*. cloth. 
 
 TAYLER (REV. CHARLES B.) LADY MARY; OR, NOT OF 
 
 THE WORLD. By the Rev. Charles B. Tayler, author of "Margaret, or the Pearl/'etc. 
 New Edition. Foolscap 8vo. with Frontispiece, 6*. 6rf. cloth. 
 
SO NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS 
 
 TAYLOR. THE VIRGIN WIDOW: 
 
 A Play. By Henry Taylor, author of " The Statesman," " Philip Van Artevelde," " Edwin 
 the Fair," etc. Foolscap 8vo. 6s. cloth. 
 
 TAYLOR LOYOLA: AND JESUITISM 
 
 In its Rudiments. By Isaac Taylor, author of "Natural History of Enthusiasm." With 
 medallion Portrait. Post 8vo. 10*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 THIRLWALL. THE HISTORY OF GREECE. 
 
 By the Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of St. David's. A new Edition, revised ; with Notes. 
 Vols. I. to V. Svo. with Maps, 12*. each cloth. To be completed in 8 volumes. 
 
 ** Also, an Edition in 8 vols.fcap. 8vo. with Vignette Titles, 21. 8s. cloth. 
 
 A HISTORY OF GREECE, 
 
 From the Earliest Time to the Taking of Corinth by the Romans, B.C. 146, mainly based 
 upon Bishop Thirlwall's History of Greece. By Dr. Leoiihard Schmitz, F.R.S.E., Rector 
 of the High School of Edinburgh. Second Edition. 12mo. 7*. Gd. cloth. 
 
 THOMAS'S INTEREST TABLES. 
 
 A New Set of interest Tables, from One to Three per Cent, per Annum, calculated by 
 Eighths per Cent. By William Thomas. 4to. [Nearly ready. 
 
 THOMSON'S SEASONS. 
 
 Edited by Boltou Corney, Esq. Illustrated with Seventy-seven Designs drawn on Wood by 
 the Members of the Etching Club. Engraved by Thompson and other eminent Engravers. 
 Square crown Svo. uniform with Goldsmith's Poems illustrated by the Etching Club, 
 21*. cloth; bound in morocco, byHayday,36. 
 
 THOMSON'S SEASONS. 
 
 Edited, with Notes, Philosophical, Classical, Historical,and Biographical, by AnthonyTodd 
 Thomson, M.D. F.L.S., etc. Fcap.8vo. 7*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 THOMSON. THE DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF THE SICK 
 
 ROOM, necessary, in Aid of Medical Treatment, for the Cure of Diseases. By Anthony 
 Todd Thorn son, M.D. F.L.S., late Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and of Fo- 
 rensic Medicine, in University College, London, etc. New Edition. Post Svo. 10s. 6d. 
 cloth. 
 
 THOMSON (JOHN).- TABLES OF INTEREST, 
 
 At Three, Four, Four-and-a-half, and Five per Cent., from One Pound to Ten Thousand, 
 and from One to Three Hundred and Sixty-five Days, in a regular progression of Single 
 Days; with Interest at all the above Rates, from One to Twelve Months, and from One to 
 Ten Years. Also, Tables shewing the Exchange on Bills, etc. etc. etc. By JohnThomson, 
 Accountant. New Edition. 12mo. 8*. bound. 
 
 THOMSON SCHOOL CHEMISTRY; 
 
 Or Practical Rudiments of the Science. By Robert Dundas Thomson, M.D. Master in 
 Surgery in the University of Glasgow ; Lecturer on Chemistry in the same University ; and 
 formerly in the Medical Service of the Honourable East India Company. Foolscap Svo. 
 with Woodcuts, 7*. cloth. 
 
 THE THUMB BIBLE; 
 
 Or, Verbum Sempiternum. By J. Taylor. Being an Epitome of the Old and New Testa- 
 ments in English Verse. New Edition (1850), printed from the Edition of 1693, by C. 
 Whittingham, Chiswick. 64mo. la. 6d. bound and clasped. 
 
 TOMLINE (BISHOP). AN INTRODUCTION TO TPIE STUDY 
 
 OF THE BIBLE; Being the First Volume of the Elements of Christian Theology ; con- 
 tuining Proofs of the Authenticity and Inspiration of the Holy Scriptures; a Summary of the 
 History of the Jews; an Account of the Jewish Sects ; and a brief Statement of the Contents 
 of the several Books of the Old Testament. By the late George Tomline,D.D.F.R.S . New 
 Edition. Foolscap Svo. 5*. &d. cloth. 
 
PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Oo. 31 
 
 TOOKE. THE HISTORY OF PRICES; 
 
 With reference to the Causes of their principal Variations, from the year 1792 to the year 
 1838, inclusive. Preceded by a Sketch of the History of the Corn Trade in the last Two 
 Centuries. By Thomas Tooke, Esq. F.R.S. 3 vols.Svo. 2f.8*. cloth. 
 
 TOOKE. THE HISTORY OF PRICES, 
 
 And of the State of the Circulation, from 1839 to 1847, inclusive: with a General Review 
 of the Currency Question, and Remarks on the Operation of the Act 7 and 8 Viet. c. 32 : 
 being a continuation of The History of Prices from 1792 to 1839. By Thomas Tooke, Esq. 
 F.R.S. 8vo. 18s. cloth. 
 
 TOWNSEND. MODERN STATE TRIALS. 
 
 Revised and illustrated with Essays and Notes. By William Charles Towusend, Esq. 
 M.A. Q.C., late Recorder of Macclesfield ; 2 vols. 8vo. 30s. cloth. 
 
 " Mr. Townsend has done an acceptable service both to the legal profession and the public 
 in forming this collection of sr.tne of the most important and interesting judicial proceedings 
 which have ever been witnessed in English courts of justice. . . . We need say no more to 
 recommend the volumes of Mr. Townsend, which, whether as a record of precedents or a 
 repertory of some of the most remarkable specimens of forensic eloquence, are equally 
 useful." Morning Chronicle. 
 
 TOWNSEND (CHARLES). THE LIVES OF TWELVE 
 
 EMINENT JUDGES OF THE LAST AND OF THE PRESENT CENTURY. By 
 W. Charles Townsend, Esq., M.A. Q.C., late Recorder of Macclesfield. 2 vols. 8vo. 28*. cloth. 
 
 TURNER. THE SACRED HISTORY OF THE WORLD, 
 
 Attempted to be Philosophically considered, in a Series of Letters to a Son. By Sharon 
 Turner, F.S.A. and R.A.S.L. Eighth Edition, edited by the Rev. Sydney Turner. 3 vols. 
 postSvo. 31*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 TURTON'S (DR.) MANUAL OF THE LAND AND FRESH- 
 
 WATER SHELLS OF THE BRITISH ISLANDS. A new Edition, thoroughly revised, 
 with Additions. By John Edward Gray. Post 8vo. with Woodcuts, and 12 coloured Plates, 
 15s. cloth. 
 
 TWELVE YEARS AGO: 
 
 ci.tc-.ia on Happiness, 
 ipSvo. 6s. 6d. cloth. 
 
 11 JCjJLi V j 1 -LLiAJA-O -OL.M \J . 
 
 A Tale. By the Author of " Letters to My Unknown Friends." " L< 
 *' Discipline," and * ' Some Passages from Modern History/' Foolsca 
 
 TWINING. ON THE PHILOSOPHY OF PAINTING: 
 
 A Theoretical and Practical Treatise ; comprising Esthetics in reference to Art the Appli- 
 cation of Rules to Painting and General Observations on Perspective. By H. Twining, Esq. 
 Imperial 8vo. with numerous Plates and Wood Engravings, 21*. cloth. 
 
 TWISS. THE LETTERS APOSTOLIC OF POPE PIUS IX. 
 
 Considered, with reference to the Law of England and the Law of Europe. With an Appen- 
 dix of Documents. By Travers Twiss, D.C.L. of Doctors' Commons ; Fellow of University 
 College, Oxford; and Commissary-General of the Diocese of Canterbury. 8vo. 9*. cloth. 
 
 URE. DICTIONARY OF ARTS, MANUFACTURES, AND 
 
 MINES : Containing a clear Exposition of their Principles and Practice. By Andrew Ure, 
 M.U. F.R.S. M.G.S.M.A.S.Lond., M. Acad. N.S. Philad. ; S. Ph.Soc.N. Germ. Hanov.j 
 Mullii, etc. etc. 3d Edition, corrected. 8vo. with 1,241 Woodcuts. 50*. cloth. 
 
 By the same Author, 
 SUPPLEMENT OF RECENT IMPROVEMENTS. 2dEdition. 8vo. 14*. cloth. 
 
 WATERTON. ESSAYS ON NATURAL HISTORY, 
 
 Chiefly Ornithology. By Charles Waterton, Esq., author of "Wanderings i 
 America." With an Autobiography of the Author, and Views of WaltonHall. New J 
 2 vols. foolscap 8vo. 14*. 6d. cloth. 
 
 *** Separately Vol. 1. (First Series), 8.; Vol. II. (Second Series), 6*. Gd. 
 
32 PUBLISHED BY MESSRS. LONGMAN AND Co. 
 
 ALARIC WATTS'S POETRY AND PAINTING. LYRICS OF 
 
 THE HEART; with other Poems. By Alaric A. Watts. With Forty-one highly finished 
 Line Engravings, executed expressly for this work by the most eminent Painters and 
 Engravers. 
 
 In one Volume, square crown 8vo. price 31*. 6d. boards, or 45s. bound in moroccobyHayday ; 
 Proof Impressions, 63s. boards. Plain Proofs 41, Plates, demy 4to. (only 100 copies printed) 
 21. ~2s. in portfolio ; India Proofs before letters, colombier 4to. (only 50 copies printed), 51. 5t. 
 in portfolio. 
 
 WEBSTER.-AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DOMESTIC ECONOMY: 
 
 Comprising such subjects as are most immediately connected with Housekeeping 5 as, 
 The Construction of Domestic Edifices, with the "Modes of Warming, Ventilating, and 
 Lightingthem A Description of the various Articles of Furniture, with the Nature of their 
 Materials Duties of Servants, etc. etc. By Thomas Webster, F.G.S., eic. etc.; assisted 
 by the late Mrs. Parkes. New Edition. 8vo. with nearly 1,000 Woodcuts, 50*. cloth. 
 
 WESTWOOD (J.O.)-AN INTRODUCTION TO THE MODERN 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF INSECTS; founded on the Natural Habits and comparative 
 Organisation of the different Families. By J. O.Westwood, F. L. S. etc. 2 vols. 8vo. 
 with numerous Illustrations, 21. 7. cloth. 
 
 WHEATLEY. THE ROD AND LINE; 
 
 Or, Practical Hints and Dainty Devices for the sure taking of Trout, Grayling, etc. By 
 Hewett VVheatley, Esq., Senior Angler. Foolscap 8vo. with Nine coloured Plates, 10s. 6d. 
 cloth. 
 
 WILBERFORCE (W.) A PRACTICAL VIEW OF THE PRE- 
 VAILING RELIGIOUS SYSTEMS OF PROFESSED CHRISTIANS, in the Higher and 
 Middle Classes in this Country, contrasted with Real Christianity. By William Wilberforce, 
 Esq. late M.P. for the County of York. New Editions. 8vo. 8s. boards. 12mo. 4s. 6d. cloth.. 
 
 LADY WILLOUGHBY'S DIARY. 
 
 So much of the Diary of Lady Willoughbv as relates to her Domestic History, and to the 
 Eventful Reign of King Charles the First, the Protectorate, and the Restoration (1035 to 
 1663) . Printed, ornamented, and bound in the style of the period to which The Diary refers. 
 New Edition; in Two Parts. Square foolscap 8vo. 8s. each, boards; or 18s. each, bound 
 in morocco by Hayday. 
 
 YOUATT. THE HORSE. 
 
 By William Youatt. With a Treatise of Draught. A New Edition ; with numerous Wood 
 Engravings from Designs by William Harvey. Svo. 10*. cloth. 
 
 ** Messrs. Longman and Co.'* Edition should be ordered. 
 
 YOUATT. THE DOG. 
 
 By William Youatt. A New Edition; with numerous Wood Engravings from Designs by 
 William Harvey. Svo. 6s. cloth. 
 
 ** The above works, which were prepared under the superintendence of the Society for the 
 Diffusion of Useful Knowledge, are rn JW published by Messrs. Longman and Co., by align- 
 ment from Mr. Charles Knight. It in to be observed, that the edition f Mr. Youatt's book on 
 the Horse which Messrs. Longman and Co. have purchased from Mr. Knight, Is that which was 
 thoroughly revised by the author, and thereby rendered in many respects a new work. The 
 engravings aho were greatly improved. Both works are the most cwHplete treaties in the 
 language on the History, Structure, Diseases, and Management of the Animals of which they 
 treat. 
 
 ZUMPT. A GRAMMAR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE. 
 
 By C. G. Zumpt, Ph. D. Professor in the University, and Member of the Royal Academy of 
 Berlin. Translated from the 9th Edition of the original, and adapted to the'use of English 
 Students, by Leonhard Schmitz, Ph. 1)., Rector ot the High School of Edinburgh ; with 
 numerous Additions and Corrections by the Author. New Edition. Svo. 14s. cloth. 
 
 [J/arcA31,1851. 
 
 London: Printed by M, MASON, Ivy Lane, Pateinoeter Row. 
 

YB IC487